MASTER 
NEGATIVE 
NO. 91-803 15-5 


MICROFILMED 1991 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES/NEW YORK 


as part of the 
“Foundations of Western Civilization Preservation Project” 


Funded by the 
NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR THE HUMANITIES 


Reproductions may not be made without permission from 
Columbia University Library 


COPYRIGHT STATEMENT 


The copyright law of the United States -- Title 17, United 


States Code -- concerns the making of photocopies or other 
reproductions of copyrighted material... 


Columbia University Library reserves the right to refuse to 


accept a copy order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order 
would involve violation of the copyright law. 


AUTHOR: 


AESCHYLUS 


TITLE: 


AGAMEMNON OF 
AESCHYLUS ... 


PLACE: 


CAMBRIDGE 


DATE: 


18/8 


Master Negative # 


q-Bo3sis -—s 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT 


BIBLIOGRAPHIC MICROFORM TARGET 


Original Material as Filmed - Existing Bibliographic Record 


| 88Ae7 Agamemnon. 1878. 
| OF78 Gr. & Eng. 


Aeschylus. 
The Agamemnon of Aeschylus, with a metrical 
translation and notes critical and illustrative, 


by Benjamin Hall Kennedy ... Cambridge, Univer- 
sity press, 1878. 


XX, 212 p. 19 cm. 


Edited for the syndics of the University press. 


Restrictions on Use: 


FILM _ SIZE: 


IMAGE PLACEMENT: IA IB /IB 
DATE FILMED:_ 2 "21: ἥ 
I 


INITIALS 
CATIONS, INC_WOODBRIDGE, CT 


FILMED BY: RESEARCH PUB 


BIBLIOGRAPHIC IRREGULARITIES 


MAIN 
ENTRY:_@sch ylUs. 


ibli hi larities i iginal men 
List volumes and pages affected; include name of institution if filming borrowed text. 


Page(s) missing/not available: 


Volumes(s) missing ποῖ available: 


Illegible and/or damaged page(s): 


Page(s) or volumes(s) misnumbered: 


Bound out of sequence: 


Page(s) or illustration(s) filmed from copy borrowed from: UC Saywta Bay bee 
Xvi - XK, SS—64, 66, [064 -"ἰὃ 


Other: 


FILMED IN WHOLE 
OR PART FROM A 
COPY BORROWED 


FROM UNIVERSITY 
OF CALIFORNIA, 


SANTA BARBARA 


15 mm 


a 34 


Ὁ, 44 


9 


28 


ll 


se 


"»"ῃ 
w Wed 
| μ! 


με ἢ} 
2 ἢ 
a 
1.4 


Nae 
h 


145 
i 
[0 thie 


301/587-8202 


125 


BY APPLIED IMAGE, INC. 


MANUFACTURED TO AIIM STANDARDS 


2 


] 


Centimeter 


AEE | tee ompnetem pape «τὶ γέρων 


δδΑς 7 


Columnthia university 
in the @ity of Lew Work 


Library 


αὐδήν. 


THE AGAMEMNON 


AESCHYE@e 


WITH A METRICAL TRANSLATION AND NOTES 
CRITICAL AND ILLUSTRATIVE 


BY 


Gambridae : 


| 
4 4 
ΕἾ 
> 


AY M.A 
PRINTED ay Cc. je CLAY, 


BENJAMIN HALL KENNEDY, D.D. 


AT THE UNIVERSITY PRES» REGIUS PROFESSOR OF GREEK, CAMBRIDGE; AND CANON OF ELY. 


—_— 


“gh 


EDITED FQR THE)SYNDICS ΟΕ THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 


| Cambridge : 
™ AT THE,UNIVERSITY PRESS. 


London: CAMBRIDGE WAREHOUSE, 17, PATERNOSTER ROW. 
Cambritge: DEIGHTON, BELL, AND CO. 
Leipsig: F. A. BROCKHAUS. 


1878 


[All Rights reserved. ] 


HONORI + ET + MERITIS 
ALMAE + MATRIS - CANTABRIGIAE 
CVI . QVANTVM - IPSE . DEBEAT 
TESTES +» SVNT + ANNALES + ACADEMICI 


HOC - OPVSCVLVM + QVALECVMOVE - SIT 


VERECVNDE . DEDICARE + VELIT + EDITOR 


INEVNTE + ANNO + AETATIS - SVAE . SEPTVAGESIMO - QVINTO 


A.D, VIII. ID. NOVEMB. A.S. MDCCCLXXVIII. 


INTRODUCTION. 


I. 1. The Agamemnon is the first play in the Tri- 
logy called ᾿Ορεστείᾳ,, acted B.C. 458, OZ 80, 2, in the 
archonship of Philocl¢s, three years before the death of 
Aeschylus. The other two tragedies which follow it are 
the Choephoroe and Eumenides: with them was acted 
the Satyric drama Proteus, probably at the great Dio- 
nysia (τὰ κατ᾽ ἄστυ); and the prize was awarded to our 
poet. He had a patriotic motive, arising from his strong 
conservative opinions, for the constitution of the plot of 
the third play. The authority of the ancient Court of 
Areopagus was menaced with diminution, if not extinc- 
tion, by a law which Ephialtes brought forward, on the 
instigation of Pericles, who led the democratic party in 
opposition to Kimon, the son of Miltiades. Aeschylus, 
a stern aristocrat, desired by his Aumenides to support 
the dignity and power of this venerable institution, which 
he there represents as holding a solemn trial of Orestes 
under the presidency of Pallas Athene, the tutelar of 


Athens. 

2. These three tragedies must be regarded as con- 
stituting one great whole; three acts, as it were, of one 
plot. In the first play, the Agamemnon, is ‘the Crime.’ 
The victorious king, returning from Troy, is murdered 
by his wicked wife Clytaemnestra with the help of her 

b2 


Vill INTRODUCTION. 


paramour Aegisthus. In the second, the Choephoroe, 
is ‘the Vengeance.’ Orestes returns from his retreat in 
Phokis, circumvents Clytaemnestra and Aegisthus, and 
puts both to death: but, having thus contracted the 
guilt of matricide, he becomes a victim to the haunting 
torture of the Furies (Erinyes or Eumenides). In the 
third—the Eumentdes—we have ‘the Avenger’s Trial.’ 
Orestes flies to Delphi, there obtains the protection of 
Apollo, who procures for him a trial before the ancient 
court of Areopagus, under the presidency of Pallas. The 
Furies plead against him, Apollo speaks for the defence : 
at the close Orestes is acquitted by the casting vote of 
the goddess, restored to his civil rights, and freed from 
the persecuting power of the Furies, whom Pallas con- 
soles with the promise of a grove and sacred rites at 


ὩΣ 
“ 


Colonus near Athens. 


II. 1. Aeschylus, like his contemporary Pindar, is 


a strictly religious pagan. But his religion is of a sterner 
and gloomier cast than Pindar’s; probably chequered 
by his philosophic studies in the schools of Sicily and 
Italy. He may well be called a pessimist, nay, the 
very patriarch and first preacher of pessimism. Look 
at his Prometheus. In that drama, man born to trouble. 
as the sparks fly upwards (450 &c., τάν βροτοῖς δὲ πήματα 
κ. τ.λ.), has gained through Prometheus all that is to 
raise him from his low estate; natural science, letters. 
numbers, medicine, arts, with their ministers, fire and 
metals : 

βραχεῖ δὲ μύθῳ πάντα συλλήβδην μάθε, 

πᾶσαι τέχναι βροτοῖσιν ἐκ Προμηθέως. 
And with what issue? For these benefactions to men 
the benefactor is expelled from heaven, chained on Cau- 


casus, and tormented by command of the divine ruler 


INTRODUCTION. ix 


Zeus. True it is, a hope is held out of better things 
(521 &c.), but a very distant, a very indefinite one. Art, 
says Prometheus, is weaker than Necessity. Who, asks 
the Chorus, guides the rudder of Necessity ?>—The Fates 
and the Furies.—Is Zeus then weaker than these >—He 
cannot escape Destiny.—What is destined for him, but to 
reign for ever? To this question Prometheus refuses a 
reply: the season is not come. The Προμηθεὺς λυόμενος 
is lost, and we cannot take the answer from the modern 
voice of Shelley. 


2. The supreme power then, according to Aeschy- 
lus, in human affairs, is Μοῖρα, τὸ πεπρωμένον, Fate or 
Destiny. In the Prometheus he expands this power into 
that mythic trinity (Μοῖραι τρίμορφοι, Clotho, Lachesis 
and Atropos) which Rome adopted with the title of 
Parcae, but also with that of Fata, afterwards Fatae, from 
whom we get our Fays or Fairies. Again, he recognises 
them in the Choephoroe, ὦ μεγάλαι Μοῖραι (304); and 
thrice in the Eumenides, where he calls them half-sisters 
of the Furies: and makes the latter reproach Apollo 
with having ruined or destroyed (φθίσας) the antique 
Fates by receiving Orestes at Delphi (1165), and again 
with having persuaded the Fates to make mortals im- 
mortal by the restoration to life of Alcestis (694). But, 
in the Agamemnon, Fate (Μοῖρα or τὸ πεπρωμένον) is 
spoken of only in the singular, except perhaps, in one 
remarkable passage (951), which will be considered when 
we reach it. See 68. In short, Aeschylus believes in 
predestination as strongly as the author of the Koran or 
the great Genevese interpreter of the Bible. 


3. But, as the Furies, avengers of Crime, are so near 
akin to the Fates, and co-operate with these, Aeschylus 


eee 
vka 


Le τος OL A a aH τας πα «ς 


aot 


oo — 


a 


wi 
) 


x INTRODUCTION. 


has a theory too on this subject, which acts an impor- 
tant part in this play, being often brought forward, 
especially in the choral ode which begins 664, and again 
in the scenes with Cassandra, and in the conclusion of 
the drama. The most pregnant word in Aeschylus on 
the subject is”Arn. We can cite no place in which ἄτη 
simply means @ crime (this is rather ἁμαρτία) or even 
wickedness in the abstract (this is rather δυσσέβεια or 
ὕβρις) : but it often means the madness attending crime, 
as in Homer (᾿Αλεξάνδρου ἕνεκ᾽ ἄτης) and, oftener, the woe 
and the curse consequent on crime, and propagating it. 
This sense we see repeatedly in the Agamemnon, Again, 
“Arn is deified as being, along with the Furies, an avenger 
of crime: that is, while the Erinyes torment the criminal 
by the horrors of conscience, Ate drives him on to add 
crime to crime, thus intensifying his guilt and his punish- 
ment. And so his πρώταρχος atn (1165) entails upon 
him a ὑστερόποινος “Arn (Choeph. 377). See Ag. 1408. 


4. And this “Arn attaches herself not only to the 
individual, but also to a family, to a house, which by the 
guilt of one progenitor may contract a clinging Woe, a 
Familiar Curse, pursuing it from generation to genera- 
tion. Such is the Woe of Oedipus and his race, shown 
in the three plays of Sophocles, and finding its climax 
in the Antigone. Such, in the Oresteia of Aeschylus, is 
the Curse attaching to the Atreidan house, whether we 
are to derive it from the earliest sinner Tantalus (which 
may fairly be argued from Agam. 1402 &c.) or refer it 
only to the later deeds of Atreus and Thyestes, as 
Aegisthus does in his speech, 1517 &c.* See 1435 &c., 


* The revolting legends on this subject vary considerably in their 
details. See Schliemann’s Mycenae and Tiryns, ch. iii. 


INTRODUCTION. xi 


where we read also of that demon or evil genius, the 
ἀλάστωρ (unforgetting one), who dogs the guilty house 
as the abettor and agent of "Ary. To him corresponds 
the Lemur of Roman mythology. 


5. But neither does Aeschylus represent Agamem- 
non as free from personal guilt. He too has inherited 
the Family Curse of criminal conduct, though in a less 
heinous degree. He has led a great host of Achaeans 
to Troy, there to whiten with their bones the coast of 
Asia, or leave them beneath the waters of Scamander 
and Simois. Nor was he permitted to sail on that great 
expedition until he had expiated an affront to Artemis 
by shedding at Aulis the blood of his daughter Iphi- 
geneia. Thus had he contracted the guilt of kindred 
bloodshed : and this deed is made by Clytaemnestra the 
apology for her own crime, as it might be, in part at 
least, the motive. See the choral ode, 640, and the ana- 
paests following: also 1343 &c. 


III. We may here observe that the murder of Aga- 
memnon is several times introduced in the Odyssey, and 
in each place ascribed to the treachery of Aegisthus. In 
I. 33 &c. Zeus mentions it to Athene, and declares that 
men impute their evils to the gods, but incur them really 
by their own fault, as Aegisthus, whom he had warned 
by the mouth of Hermes not to consort with Clytaem- 
nestra and kill Agamemnon: yet he committed these 
crimes and was slain in consequence by Orestes, Again, 
III. 253 &c., Nestor gives Telemachus a detailed account 
of the murder, which Aegisthus accomplished by an am- 
bush. And in Iv. 512 &c. Proteus tells a similar story to 
Menelaus. Neither of these narratives ascribes to Cly- 
taemnestra a direct share in the deed, but her guilt is 


xil INTRODUCTION. 


implied in the fact that she marries Aegisthus, and so 
conveys to him the throne of Argos. But in IV. 92, 
Menelaus imputes the crime to her treachery : 
τείως μοι ἀδελφεὸν ἄλλος ἔπεφνεν 
λάθρη, ἀνωιστί, δόλῳ οὐλομένης ἀλόχοιο. 

Virgil, a careful student of Greek dramatic poetry, 
adopts the Aeschylean story: 

Ipse Mycenaeus magnorum ductor Achivom 
coniugis infandae prima inter limina dextra 
oppetiit: devictam Asiam subsedit adulter. 

Aen. ΧΙ. 266, 

This version of the legend Aeschylus must have 
drawn from post-Homeric poetry, probably from Stesi- 
chorus. 

IV.1. In the earliest age of the Greek drama, the 
Chorus was all in all. Thespis is said to have added 
a monologue by a single actor; which was improved 
and dignified by Phrynichus. To Aeschylus is ascribed 
the introduction of dialogue. But in his plays, as might 
be expected, the Chorus continues to occupy a more 
important place than in those of Sophocles and Eu- 
ripides. In the Swpplices and Eumenides it consists of 
persons directly and prominently concerned in the story. 
In the Prometheus and the Septem contra Thebas, as 
in the Choephoroe, the choral maidens have the position 
of sympathizers only, but the action of the two’ former 
plays is so slight as hardly to deserve the name of a 
dramatic plot. This is true of the Persae also: but in 
that play the members of the Chorus hold the important 
rank described by themselves in the opening lines: and 
they have, consequently, a prominent interest in the 
events that follow. Analogous to their position is that 
of the aged men (πρέσβος ᾿Αργείων) who form the Chorus 


INTRODUCTION. ΧΕΙ 


of the Agamemnon. K. Ottfried Miiller justly saw that 
they (twelve in number) represent a council of state 
appointed to cooperate with Clytaemnestra during the 
absence of Agamemnon. Hence the patriotic solicitude 
which they exhibit throughout; hence the anxious 
doubts they hint to the herald and to Agamemnon ; 
hence their brief and hurried consultation at the 
moment when they realize the assassination of the 
king (a passage which almost seems meant to caricature 
the ‘strenuous inertness’ of political assemblies) : hence 
the menacing indignation with which in the close of 
the play they reproach the guilty queen, and defy the 
regicide Aegisthus. 

2. Outlines of the choral songs, and of the suc- 
cessive dialogues in which the plot is developed, will 
be found in the Notes accompanying the English Trans- 
lation. 

3. As to the characters introduced :— 

(1) The Watchman (Φύλαξ), who speaks the Pro- 
logue and then disappears, is a servant of the royal 
household, a somewhat grumbling spruch-sprecher, but 
staunchly loyal to his absent lord. 


(2) The herald Talthybius, in the second Epeiso- 
dion, after saluting his country and its deities, an- 
nounces in a pompous tone the approaching arrival 
of Agamemnon, then details with doleful emphasis the 
sufferings of the army on its outward voyage, and at 
Troy; and afterwards describes the violent tempest 
by which the returning fleet was scattered. Aeschylus 
has assigned to this personage, in his two latter speeches, 
a tedious and disjointed style, for which it is not. easy 


to discover a reason. 


INTRODUCTION. 


(3) Of Agamemnon’s character, as it appears in 
the third Epeisodion, there is not much to be said. 
His tone and language are dignified ; his sentiments 
religious, sage, and suitable to a constitutional βασι- 
λεὺς : he disapproves the oriental honours prepared for 
him, and declines to accept them: but a few sophistries 
of his treacherous wife prevail against his better judg- 
ment, and she leads him, walking on purple tapestries, 
to the chamber of death. 


(4) Aegisthus is merely a contemptible and loath- 
some coward, gloating over the success of his stealthy 
vengeance, 


(5) It is to the delineation of Clytaemnestra and 
Cassandra, and to the choral songs, that Aeschylus 
has devoted the highest powers of his genius in this 
drama. The Agamemnon is often compared with the 
Macbeth of Shakespeare. But in any such comparison 
the Choephoroe must be taken with the Agamemnon ; 
for Macbeth contains the retribution as well as the 
crime; and these are distributed by Aeschylus into 
the first two dramas of the Orestean trilogy. In these 
great works of Greek and English genius there are 
indeed several striking parallels. In each, the plot is 
founded on the murder of a king: but in the one, re- 
venge and hatred prompt the crime ; in the other, ambi- 
tion only. In each,a woman is the principal agent: but 
in Aeschylus, Clytaemnestra both plans and perpetrates 
and exults in the perpetration ; she has a dastard for 
her accomplice; she is ‘a lioness that cohabits with a 
wolf.’ Shakespeare’s heroine is a lioness who breathes 
her own spirit into a lion less resolute than herself: 
she instigates to the deed, she prepares, she would even 


INTRODUCTION. XV 


have done it, had not Duncan looked like her father 
as he slept. In both plots, punishment follows crime; 
but, in the pagan poet, the criminals merely die by 
the hand of one avenger: in the modern drama, re- 
morse is not omitted; the wife, more daring at first, 
breaks down first, and dies in phrensied anguish; the 
husband rushes to the battle-field, and falls despairing. 
Aeschylus has no parallel to Macbeth himself; and, 
were it for this cause only, he must yield the palm in 
the present comparison to our ‘myriad-minded’ poet. 
But his choral odes abound in maxims strikingly ap- 
plicable to the story of Macbeth, to his crimes and 


his fate. Such are 


͵ »- , 4 
βιᾶται δ᾽ a τάλαινα πειθὼ 

Ζ ΄σ "»᾿ "ἢ . 
πρόβουλος, παῖς ἄἀφερτος ἄτας 

4 - ’ 

ἄκος δὲ ταν ματαῖιον, 
ra , > , 
βροτοὺς θρασύνει γὰρ αἰσχρόμητις 

; , 
τάλαινα παρακοπὰ πτρωτοπτημων. 

τὸ δυσσεβὲς γὰρ ἔργον 
΄ ‘ , , , > > 7 , 
μέτα μὲν πλείονα τίκτει σφετέρᾳ δ᾽ εἰκότα γέννᾳ. 
~ , ‘ > » - > > , , 
τῶν πολυκτόνων yap οὐκ ἄσκοποι θεοί" κέλαιναι δ᾽ ᾽᾿Ερινύες χρόνῳ 
‘ ” > *# , 
τυχηρὸν ovr ἄνευ δίκας 
- ΚῪ ta ΄ 

παλιντυχεῖ τριβᾷ βίου 

i} > > , > > 4 
κτίζουσ᾽ ἀμαυρόν, ev δ᾽ ai- 

, ” > , 

στοις τελέθοντος οὔτις ἀλκαά. 424 


(6) A supernatural element enters into the Aes- 
chylean and into the Shakesperian plot. Cassandra re- 
presents it in the former, the Witches in the latter; but 
the representations are widely different in most respects. 
The Witches are creatures of medizval credulity, satanic 
agents human and feminine, who tempt the innocent to 
sin, and lead them by fraudulent arts from crime to crime, 


ΧΥῚ INTRODUCTION. 


ending in destruction. . In Shakespeare’s plot they are im- 
portant characters, on account of the influence they ex- 


ercise on the feelings and actions of Macbeth. Cassandra, "ἢ 


the frantic prophetess, whose predictions find no belief, is_ 
a personage well known in the legend of Troy; and her 
interview with the Chorus, forming the fourth episode of 
the A gaimemnon, is executed with a beauty and passionate 
power to which we know no parallel in the same kind. 
jut, while she serves to heighten; we may almost say to 
constitute, the pathos of the play, she has no signal in- 


fluence in the development of the plot. Her arrival at | ν 


Argos as the prize, and, according to Greek custom, the 


. 
assumed paramour of Agamemnon, supplies Clytaem- 


nestra with a further excuse for her bloody deed, and 


enhances the luxury of its commission: but her motives 


were ample enough without it: they are, primarily, hatred 
and vengeance ; secondarily, but, as we think, in a very 
minor degree, ambition and guilty love. Lady Mac= 
beth’s crime is committed without hatred, without having 
a wrong to avenge, against a generous benefactor and a 
good sovereign. Ambition, high-soaring, all-grasping, is 
the one Sole motive : ambition for a husband whom she 
loves, and, in that husband, for herself. Clytaemnestra 
is a mother robbed of her darling child and deserted by 
a husband whom she also knows to be unfaithful. Asa 
wronged woman, she feels none of the repentant horror 
and anguish which kill Lady Macbeth: she is remorse- 
less to her last moments. And so we recognise a just 
aesthesis in the delineation of both these women (so like 
in some respects, so different in others) by two great 
poets whom twenty centuries, with all the contrasts of 
ancient and modern thought, divide from one another. 


V. The Scene of the Agamemnon is laid at Argos: 
ν > 


“tioned in the Agamemnon. 


INTRODUCTION. 


xvii 
see ll. 24, 462, 741. Yet the royal seat of Agamemnon, 
described as such throufhout the Homeric poems, was 
not Argos itsclf, but Mycenae, which lay among the 


mountains in the north of the Argive plain, between five 
and six miles from Argos: and there its ruins have re- 


mained ever since its capture and destruction by the: 
Argives B.C. 468, OZ 78, 1, ten years before the Ovesteia. 


was produced. Yet Mycenae is not so much as men- 
Dr Schliemann, the inde- 
fatigable explorer of its site, in his elaborate work en- 
titled Mycenae and Tiryns, p. 36, Says: “Strabo justly 
observes that, on account of the close vicinity of Argos 
and Mycenae, the tragic poets have made a confusion 
regarding their names, continually substituting the one 
for the other. But this is to be excused, because in 
antiquity travelling was both difficult and very unsafe. 
Besides, people were not archaeologists, &c.” Mr W. G. 
Clark writes more fully to the same effect in defence 
of Aeschylus for thus neglecting to distinguish the 
two neighbouring cities (Peloponnesus, p. 70). “Rigorous 
exactness,” he says, “is quite alien from the spirit of 
Aeschylus and of all the old poets The,scene of 
the Agamemnon is beforé the palace of the Atreidae, and 
I question whether he wasted a second thought upon its 
site. There is not in all the play the faintest allusion to 
the scenery of the Argive plain, or the relative position 
of its cities. Aeschylus had evidently been a diligent 
reader or hearer*of Homer—his characters, language, and 
allusions prove this....He could not, therefore, have been 
ignorant that Mycenae was constantly spoken of by 
Homer as the city and abode of the Atreidae, and yet 
throughout the play there is no mention of Mycenae.... 
No doubt the citizens of Argos, as they transported the 


greree 


΄ 


INTRODUCTION. 


xvill 
people of Mycenae and incorporated them with their 
own body, were anxious also to appropriate their an- 
cient legends and heroic fame. The Agamemnon was 
represented ten ycars after this final destruction of the 
ancient capital of the Atreidac. The fact that the poet 
does not mention the city seems to indicate that its 
fate excited little or no sympathy in contemporary 
Greece. If the Argive topography of Aeschylus is thus 
‘ndefinite and negative, that of Sophocles is elaborately 
wrong. In the opening scene of the Electra, the Paeda- 
rogue, addressing 
Argos you were longing for, and this the Lycean agora 


of the wolf-slaying god (to wit, the market-place of the 


Orestes, says: ‘Here is the ancient 


and this on the left is the renowned 
the place we are come to, 


town of Argos), 
temple of Hera; and, at 
believe that you have before your cyes Mycenae rich in 
gold, and here the blood-stained house of the Pelopidae.’ 
No one reading this description would infer that Argos 
was between five and six miles distant, and the Heraeum 
nearly two. The truth is, that neither Sophocles nor 
his Paedagogue thought of administering a lecture on 
topography under the guise of a dramatic entertainment, 
as Milton or Ben Jonson might have done; so far from 
it, he held the entertainment to be all in all, and made 
topography and everything else give way to t 118 
wanted to produce an effect by bringing Argos, Mycenae, 
and the Heraeum within the compass of a single coup 
Δ᾽ αἱ, and I warrant that not one of the spectators was 
pedantic enough to quarrel with him for it.” 

VI. The Translation which follows our Text was 
written to be read from time to time in lectures delivered 
at Cambridge during the months of February and March, 
1878. It is not an attempt to poetise Aeschylus in 


* which in English is called Alexandrine. 


tions of Blomfield, Peile and 


INTRODUCTION. 


English, but merely to supply students with a close 
rendering somewhat more agreeable than a prose ver- 
sion. Its dialogue metre is that of the Greek original, 
The lyric lines 


do not imitate Greck rhythm, but the antistrophic verses 
correspond to those of the strophe. 


The principles on 
which the text is formed are stated at p. 155, and fol- 
lowed by outlines of the textual corrections, and of the 


choric metres. The Addenda at the close should be 


* carefully read, as they will be found here and there to 


amend previous notes as well as to supplement them. 
VII. Mr Paley’s Aeschylus was always in use while 
we prepared our lectures and the present volume. 
Hermann’s notes kept company with it; and the edi- 
Davies lent much assis- 
tance. We have also consulted Butler (to us ‘venerabile 
nomen’), Conington, Dindorf, Enger, Karsten, Keck, 
Klausen, Scholefield, Schitz, Van Heusde, Wellauer, 


ἘΠ Wejl. From the notes of these scholars we have learnt 


the views of many others, whose works, though not in 
our hands, are occasionally cited: as Auratus, Canter, 
Casaubon, Stanley, Vettori, among older critics; Ahrens, 
Bothe, Franz, Hartung, Haupt, Heimsoeth, Pauw, Schnei- 


dewin, among later. It ‘s needless to add that, wherever 


--we have been able to obtain the judgments of Porson, 


Elmsley, Dobree, we have received them with just 

veneration. We posscss the fac-simile of the Codex 
Mediceus printed by the Delegates of the Oxford Press: 
and we have constantly referred to the able Translation 


> of Aeschylus by our learned and kind friend Miss Anna 
* Swanwick, to whom we are indebted for a splendidly 


> illustrated copy of that work. 
» the Lexicon of Aeschylus executed by (it must now, alas, 


We have also had in use 


ΧΧ INTRODUCTION. 


be said) the late Mr Linwood. The unexpected tidings 
of his death reached us when we were drawing near 
the conclusion of our present work: and we must say of 
him what, two years ago, we said of another old friend, 
Richard Shilleto, that he has left behind him in these 
realms none who can claim to be his superior as an 
accurate and accomplished Greek scholar. Cambridge 
has to regret the earlier loss, Oxford the later, England 
both*. 

At the close of the volume we have supplied an 
Index to our various annotations, but without any larger 
glossary; considering that our interpretation of par- 
ticular words is indicated by our translation and its 
notes; and also deeming it probable, that most students 


glossary of 


of the Agamemnon will have at hand the 


Linwood or that of Blomfield, or both, besides the Greek 
Lexicon of Liddell and Scott. 


* At the moment of going to press we learn the sad but not unexpected 
death of one who is cited in these pages, William George Clark, Senior 
Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, formerly Tutor and Vice-Master 
of that College, and Public Orator of the University. This excellent and 
truly genial scholar is known to the literary world by several works, 
especially by his valuable edition of Shakespeare, executed in conjunction 
with Mr Aldis Wright. He was the grace and delight of the social circle 
in which he moved till within the last few years, when his health sank 
beneath the fatal malady, which has now brought his life to a close. His 
loss will be mourned and his memory cherished widely. In him the 
present Editor has to lament a brilliant pupil, who during forty years 
continued to be a warm and beloved friend. 


CORRIGENDA. 


LINE 


979, 
1030, 
1055, 
1263, 


Ὁ" 


I, 
169, 
195; 
2350, 
569, 
608, 
646, 
795; 


το 


͵ 
10, 


for ἕπου" τὰ read ἐπεὶ τὰ 

replace vulg. ἄφερτον φίλοισιν 

for κτείνει, replace vulg. τύπτει 

place comma before τάδε, not after it 

from foot, omit ‘young’ 
19, for ‘Mesode’ read ‘ Pro-Ode’ (and so elsewhere) 
for ‘tell, long while’ vead ‘profit, long’ 

for ‘Argos’ read ‘ Argives,’ and omit” Apyous in note 
Jor ‘this’ read ‘the’ 

for ‘to us indeed’ read ‘but unto us’ 

for ‘steel’ read ‘brass’ 

vead ‘the storm to Achaeans not unrous’d ’ 

for ‘with’ read ‘for’ 

from foot, for ‘988’ read ‘984’ 

for ‘killeth’ read ‘striketh’ 


first note, for "ἅπαξ λεγόμενον ᾽ read ‘ Aeschylean word’ 


ὙΠΟΘΕΣΙΣ 
ΑΓΑΜΕΜΝΟΝΟΣ. 


5 + 7 ~ If > 4 ΄σ » , - , 
ATAMEMNON εἰς Ἴλιον ἀπιὼν τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ, εἰ πορθήσοι τὸ 
ἴλιον, ὑπέσχ ἧς αὐτῆς ἡμέ, ί διὰ πυρσοῦ. ὅθ ᾿ 
Lov, ὑπέσχετο τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρας σημαίνειν διὰ πυρσοῦ. ὅθεν σκοπὸν 
> 16 > 66 Κλ , a , 4 ΄ Ά «ε κ 
ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ μισθῷ Κλυταιμνήστρα, ἵνα τηροίη τὸν πυρσὸν. καὶ ὁ μὲν 
> ‘ > , ω 5.» ‘ ‘ “ A f “ wy id 
ἰδὼν ἀπήγγειλεν" αὐτὴ δὲ τὸν τῶν πρεσβυτῶν ὄχλον μεταπέμπεται, 
κ᾿ a a ἀν" τ ε ‘ , : - > ’ 
περὶ τοῦ πυρσοῦ ἐροῦσα᾽ ἐξ ὧν καὶ ὁ χορὸς συνίσταται" οἵτινες ἀκού- 
> » ‘ys ’ 
σαντες παιανίζουσι. pet οὐ πολὺ δὲ καὶ Ταλθύβιος παραγίνεται, καὶ 


‘ ‘ "ἢ “ “~ 2 ΄ ae in,” δι ὦ a» ° “ 
τὰ κατὰ τὸν πλοῦν διηγεῖται. ᾿Αγαμέμνων δ᾽ ἐπὶ ἀπήνης ἔρχεται" εἵπετο 


δ᾽ NG eae ame I > , ἔνθ n ὰ λάφυρ Ἀ ς Κασάνδρα αὐτὸ 4 
αὐτῳ ἐτέρα ἀπήνη, ενῦα ἣν Ta Λαφυρα καὶ ἢ Ka ρα. ὕτος μεν 


Φ ΄ " ‘ > 4 ΄σ » ’ ᾿ - Ul 4 
οὖν προεισέρχεται εἰς τὸν οἶκον σὺν TH Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ. Kacavdpa δὲ 
΄ ‘ > 4 kK , > λθ ~ ‘ ς “~ 4 - 
προμαντεύεται, πρὶν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια εἰσελθεῖν, τὸν ἑαυτῆς καὶ τοῦ 
"A , 6a Ἢ 4 > "0 , ’ 4 > da 
γαμέμνονος θάνατον, καὶ τὴν ἐξ ‘Opeorov μητροκτονίαν, καὶ εἰσπηδᾷ 
ε , , , -~ 4 , ~ 
ὡς θανουμένη, ῥίψασα τὰ στέμματα. τοῦτο δὲ τὸ μέρος τοῦ δράματος 
> , 
θαυμάζεται) ws ἔκπληξιν ἔχον καὶ οἶκτον ἱκανόν. ἰδίως δὲ Αἰσχύλος 
‘ > , 2. ote > “ “ 4 4 , 
τὸν Ayapeuvova ἐπὶ σκηνῆς" ἀναιρεῖσθαι ποιεῖ. τὸν δὲ Κασάνδρας 
, ΄ Ἁ > 4 ε οι. ΄ ’ »” 4 
σιωπήσας θάνατον; νεκρὰν αὐτὴν ὑπέδειξε. πεποίηκέ τε Αἴγισθον καὶ 
» ΄ ¢ , oe , 4 ~ > / le 
Κλυταιμνήστραν ἕκατερον διϊσχυριζόμενον περὶ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως ἑνὶ κεφα- 
λ “ee ry , a 7 , Ἶ , ὡ 4 dé » r “- a Ἢ 
ai@* τὴν μέν, τῇ ἀναιρέσει ᾿Ιφιγενείας" τὸν δέ, ταῖς τοῦ πατρὸς 
, ᾽ > , = 
Θυέστου ἐξ ᾿Ατρέως συμφοραῖς. 
> Ld ~ a» 7 > ’ > ~ 
Ἐδιδάχθη τὸ δρᾶμα ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Φιλοκλέους, ᾿Ολυμπιάδι ὀγδοηκοστῇ, 
, - 5 , ΄ Ω > , 
ἔτει δευτέρῳ πρῶτος Αἰσχύλος ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, Xonhopors, Evpeviot, Πρω- 
ad ‘ “ y , - ΄“ > , 
TEL σατυρικῷ. ἐχορήγει Ξενοκλῆς ᾿Αφιδνεύς. 


Προλογίζει δὲ ὁ φύλαξ, θεράπων ᾿Αγαμέμνονος. 


1 '᾿Επὶ σκηνῆς. The writer of this argument may merely mean, that the cries of 
Agamemnon from within are heard on the stage, but not those of Cassandra. . 


K. A. 


TA ΤΟΥ ΔΡΑΜΑΤΟΣ ΠΡΟΣΩΠΑ, 


®YAAZ. 

ΧΟΡΟΣ TEPONTON. 
KAYTAIMNH2TPA. 
TAAOYBIOS KHPY2. 
ATAMEMNON, 
KASANAPA. 
AITIZ6032. 


SIGNS USED. 


« before a word, and in the line with it, implies that such word 
is an emendation of that which corresponds in mss.; *dAx@ 107. 


* * above the line imply that the words between them are 
emendations of what corresponds in mss.; *év répywv™ 17. 
+ or ++ indicate probable corruption. 


[ ] suggests that the word or words are probably spurious. 


A point or points before or after words indicate the probable 
loss of a corresponding number of syllables. 


ATAMEMNON. 


®TAAZ. 


\ > A A > ’ 
Θεοὺς μὲν αἰτῶ τῶνδ᾽ ἀπαλλαγὴν πόνων 
~ / a “Ὁ 
φρουρᾶς ἐτείας μῆκος, ἣν κοιμώμενος 
Υ > C A 4 
στέγαις ᾿Ατρειδῶν ἄγκαθεν, κυνὸς δίκην, 
, 
ἄστρων κάτοιδα νυκτέρων ὁμήγυριν, 
\ \ / nm \ / “A 
καὶ τοὺς φέροντας χεῖμα καὶ θέρος βροτοῖς 
, , 
λαμπροὺς δυνάστας ἐμπρέποντας αἰθέρι 
[αστέρας, ὅταν φθίνωσιν, ἀντολάς τε τῶν]. 
\ wn , , 
καὶ νῦν φυλάσσω λαμπάδος τὸ σύμβολον, 
> \ ; , 
αὐγὴν πυρὸς, φέρουσαν ἐκ Τροίας φάτιν 
ε ; , Ἂ SO \ A 
ἁλωσιμὸν τε βαξιν ὧδε yap κρατεῖ 
4 . Γ 
γυναικὸς ἀνδρόβουλον ἐλπτίζον κέαρ. 
os “4 ἃ , » " ΜΝ 
εὖτ᾽ ay δὲ νυκτίπλαγκτον ἔνδροσόν T ἔχω 
, 9 > 5" 
εὐνὴν ὀνείροις οὐκ ἐπισκοπουμένην 
ν᾿ ἐν ͵ \ ς Δ᾽ “(' a 
ἐμήν φόβος yap av? ὕπνου παραστατεῖ, 
\ \ , nw 
τὸ μὴ βεβαίως βλέφαρα συμβαλεῖν ὕπνῳ" 
γε ’ > , “Δ , A“ 
ὅταν δ᾽ ἀείδειν ἢ μινύρεσθαι δοκῶ, 


A 
Ἐὲν réuvov™ 


“ rad ῃ ” 
ὕπνου TOO αἀντίμολπον ᾶκος, 
’ , 9 » a \ / 
κλαίω τότ᾽ οἴκου τοῦδε συμφορὰν στένων, 

\ , " 

οὐχ ὡς τὰ πρόσθ᾽ ἄριστα διαπονουμένου. 
»" + , \ ’ » > ‘ ΄ 

νῦν δ᾽ εὐτυχὴς γένοιτ᾽ ἀπαλλαγὴ πόνων, 
b | / hd / 

εὐωγγέλου φανέντος ὀρφναίου πυρός. 

> a , ε ad 

ὦ χαῖρε λαμπτὴρ VUKTLS, ἡμερήσιον 


AIZXTAOT 


φάος πιφαύσκων καὶ χορῶν κατάστασιν 
πολλῶν ἐν *Apyes τῆσδε συμφορᾶς χάριν. 
ἰοῦ, ἰοῦ. 

᾿Αγαμέμνονος γυναικὲὴ σημαίνω τορῶς, 

εὐνῆς ἐπαντείλασαν ὡς τάχος δόμοις 
ὀλολυγμὸν εὐφημοῦντα τῇδε λαμπάδι 
ἐπορθιάζειν, εἴπερ Ἰλίου πόλις 

ἑώλωκεν, ὡς ὁ φρυκτὸς ἀγγέλλων πρέπει’ 
αὐτός T ἔγωγε φροίμιον χορεύσομαι" 

τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι, 
τρὶς && βαλούσης τῆσδέ μοι φρυκτωρίας. 
γένοιτο δ᾽ οὖν μολόντος εὐφιλῆ χέρα 
ἄνακτος οἴκων τῇδε βαστάσαι χερί. 

τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα σιγῶ" βοῦς ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ μέγας 
βέβηκεν" οἶκος δ᾽ αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, 
σαφέστατ᾽ ἂν λέξειεν᾽ ὡς ἑκὼν ἐγὼ 
μαθοῦσιν αὐδῶ κοὐ μαθοῦσι λήθομαι. 


ΧΟΡΟΣ. 


, \ ” AN ? \ II “ 
δέκατον μὲν ἔτος Tod ἐπεὶ 1᾿ριάμου 
μέγας ἀντίδικος 
, > 0. > , 
Μενέλαος ἀναξ nd ᾿Αγαμέμνων, 
διθρόνου Διόθεν καὶ δισκήπτρου 
“ ‘ a > an 
τιμῆς ὀχυρὸν ζεῦγος ᾿Ατρειδᾶν, 
’ > / / 
στόλον Ἀργείων χιλιοναύτην 
ΕΥ οι » 4 ΠῚ 
τῆσδ᾽ απο χώρας 
ἦραν στρατιῶτιν ἀρωγὴν, 

, > θ ΄“ iu Μ᾽ A 
μέγαν ἐκ Cupov κλάζοντες Apn, 
/ ~ ΚΙ ν᾿ a ; 
τρόπον αὐγυπιῶν, oir ἐκπατίοις 

ἄλγεσι παίδων ὕπατοι λεχέων 
στροφοδινοῦνται, 
πτερύγων ἐρετμοῖσιν ἐρεσσόμενοι, 


ATAMEMNON. 


, 
δεμνιοτήρη 
f > / 
πόνον optariywy ὀλέσαντες. 
¢ ᾽ A wv > 
ὕπατος δ᾽ ἀΐων ἢ τις ᾿Απόλλων 
a \ a \ > ; 
ἢ Ilav ἢ Ζεὺς οἰωνόθροον 
4 eo Bo δ᾽ ὃ ἤ 
yoov ofvRoav τῶνδε μετοίκων 
ς , 
ὑστερόποινον 
’ - 
πέμπει παραβᾶσιν ᾿Ἐιρινύν. 
ef δ᾽ > , a ς 
οὕτω Ατρέως παῖδας ὁ κρείσσων 
> ᾽ > , , 
ἐπ ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ πέμπει Eévios 
Fev , , \ \ 
HEUS, ToAvavopos ἀμφὶ γυναικὸς 
\ / “ 
πολλὰ παλαίσματα καὶ γυιοβαρὴ 
γόνατος κονίαισιν ἐρειδομένου 
[ὩΣ , > 
OLAKVALOMEVNS T ἐν προτελείοις 
/ ; , fo 
κάμακος θήσων Δαναοῖσιν 
[4 /; θ᾽ ε / » > ἢ al 
Γρωσι ὁμοίως. ἔστι δ᾽ ὕπη νῦν 
, ™ lal >] 4 
ἔστι" τελεῖται δ᾽ ἐς TO πεπρωμένον" 
#7? ξ , v7? te 
οὔθ᾽ *vToKaiwy οὔθ᾽ ὑπολείβων 
v ; ε] ῇ ς [4] 
οὔτε δακρύων ἀπύρων ἱερῶν 


| \ ν᾽ ~ / 
opyas atevels παραθέλξει. 


ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἀτίται σαρκὶ παλαιᾷ 

τῆς τότ᾽ ἀρωγῆς ὑπολειφθέντες 
μέίμνομεν, ἰσχὺν 

ἰσόπαιδα: νέμοντες ἐπὶ σκήπτροις. 


ef 


ὅ τε γὰρ νεαρὸς μυελὸς στέρνων 
ἐντὸς πκἀνάσσων 
.] “ > , ¥ f 
ἰσόπρεσβυς, "Ἄρης δ᾽ οὐκ ἔνι χώρᾳ, 
τό θ᾽ ὑπέργηρων, φυλλάδος ἤδη 
κατακαρφομένης, τρίποδας μὲν ὁδοὺς 
’ \ > b | \ > / 
στείχει, παιδὸς δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἀρείων 
5 ¢ u ᾽ 
ὄναρ ἡμερόφαντον ἀλαΐένει. 
σὺ δέ, Τυνδάρεω 
, yr / 
θύγατερ, βασίλεια Κλυταιμνήστρα, 
ῇ ’ ’ 
τί χρέος; τί νέον ; τί δ᾽ ἐπαισθομένη, 


ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


τίνος ἀγγελίας 
πειθοῖ περίπεμπτα θυοσκινεῖς : 
πάντων δὲ θεῶν τῶν ἀστυνόμων, 
ὑπάτων, χθονίων, 
τῶν T οὐρανίων τῶν T ἀγοραίων, 
βωμοὶ δώροισι φλέγονται᾽" 
ἄλλη δ᾽ ἄλλοθεν οὐρανομήκης 
λαμπὰς ἀνίσχει, 
φαρμασσομένη χρίματος ἁγνοῦ 
μαλακαῖς ἀδόλοισι παρηγορίαις, 
πελάνῳ μυχόθεν βασιλείῳ. 
τούτων Ἐλέξαις ὅ τι καὶ δυνατὲν 
καὶ θέμις αἰνεῖν, 
παιὼν τε γενοῦ τῆσδε μερίμνης, 
i) νῦν τοτὲ μὲν κακόφρων τελέθει, 
τοτὲ δ᾽ ἐκ θυσιῶν ἀγανὰ φαίνουσ᾽ 
ἐλπὶς ἀμύνει φροντίδ᾽ ἄπληστον 
τὴν θυμοβόρον *dpevt λύπην." 
κύριός εἰμι θροεῖν ὅδιον κράτος αἴσιον ἀνδρῶν 
ἐκτελέων" ἔτι γὰρ θεόθεν καταπνείεν | 
πειθὼ μολπᾶ ἂν 


κἀλκᾷ ξύμ μῴυτος αἰών" 


td rw es 
OT WS ᾿Αχαιῶν δίθρονον κράτος, “Ελλάδος κἥβας 


ξύμφρονα τάγαν, 
πέμπει ξὺν δορὶ " καὶ χερὶ πράκτορι IIO 


, wv ANS > > 9 
θούριος ὄρνις Tevxpid ἐπ᾽ alay, 
οἰωνῶν βασιλεὺς βασιλεῦσι νεῶν, ὁ κελαινὸς ὅ τ᾽ ἐξόπιν 
πἀργᾷς, 
φανέντες ἴκταρ μελάθρων χερὸς ἐκ πδοριπάλτον 
“παμπρέπτοις ἐν ἕδραισι, 
βοσκόμενοι λαγίναν ἐρικύμονα φέρματι γένναν, 
βλαβέντα λοισθίων δρόμων. 
Μ ’ > , ‘ > Ν᾿ Ul 
αίλινον, aidivov εἰπέ, τὸ δ᾽ εὖ νικάτω. 


ATAMEMNON. 


Kedvos δὲ oTparopavris ἰδὼν δύο λήμασι δισσοὺς 
᾿Ατρεΐδας μαχίμους, ἐδάη λαγοδαίτας 
πομποῦς τ᾽ ἀρχάς, 
οὕτω δ᾽ εἶπε τεράζων" 
“ Χρόνῳ μὲν ἀγρεῖ Πριάμου πόλιν &de κέλευθος͵ 
πάντα δὲ πύργων 
κτήνη πρόσθε τὰ "δημιοπληθέα 
μοῖρ᾽ ἀλαπάξει πρὸς τὸ βίαιον. 125 
οἷον μή τις κἄγα θεόθεν κνεφάσῃ προτυπὲν στόμιον μέγα 
Τροίας 
στρατωθέν" οἴκῳ γὰρ ἐπίφθονος Ἄρτεμις ἁγνά, 
πτανοῖσιν κυσὶ πατρὸς 
αὐτότοκον πρὸ λόχου μογερὰν πτάκα θυομένοισι:" 
στυγεῖ δὲ δεῖπνον αἰετῶν. 120 
αἴλινον, αἴλινον εἰπέ, τὸ δ᾽ εὖ νικάτω. 
τόσσον περ εὔφρων ad καλὰ ἐπῳδ. 
δρόσοισι «επτοῖς μαλερῶν λεόντων, 
πάντων T ἀγρονόμων φιλομάστοις 
θηρῶν ὀβρικάλοισι, τερπνὰ 135 
τούτων αἰτεῖ ξύμβολα Kpavat, 
δεξιὰ μέν, κατάμομφα δὲ φάσματα στρουθῶν. 
ἼἸήιον Ἐδ᾽ ἐκκαλέω Ἐ Παιᾶνα, 
μή τινας ἀντιπνόους Δαναοῖς χρονίας ἐχενῇδας ἀπλοίας 
τεύξῃ, σπευδομένα θυσίαν ἑ ἑτέραν, ἄνομόν τιν᾽, ἄδαυτον, 140 
νεικέων τέκτονα σύμφυτον, οὐ δεισήνορα" μέμνει 
γὰρ φοβερὰ παλίνορτος 
οἰκονόμος δολία μνάμων μῆνις τεκνόποινος..-- 
τοιάδε Κάλχας ξὺν μεγάλοις ἀγαθοῖς ᾿ἀπέκλαγξεν 
μόρσιμ᾽ ἀπ᾽ ὀρνίθων ὁδίων οἴκοις βασιλείοις" 145 
τοῖς δ᾽ ὁμόφωνον 
αἴλινον, αἴλινον εἰπέ, τὸ δ᾽ εὖ νικάτω. 
Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ᾽ ἐστίν, εἰ τόδ᾽ αὐ- στρ. α΄. 
τῷ φίλον κεκλημένῳ, 


sane al 


Ὲ - ae ithaca on ds digi τα teeter ee 


AISXTAOT 


τοῦτό νιν προσεννέπω. 
οὐκ ἔχω προσεικάσαι, 
πάντ᾽ ἐπισταθμώμενος, 
πλὴν Διός, εἰ τὸ μάταν ἀπὸ φροντίδος ἄχθος 
χρὴ βαλεῖν ἐτητύμως. 
ποὔθ᾽ ὅστις πάροιθεν ἦν μέγας, 
παμμάχῳ θράσει βρύων, 
οὐδὲν * dy éyou* πρὶν ὦν, 
ὅς “τ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἔφυ, τρια- 
κτῆρος οἴχεται τυχών. 
Ζῆνα δέ τις προφρόνως ἐπινίκια κλάξζων 160 
τεύξεται φρενῶν τὸ πᾶν' 
τὸν φρονεῖν βροτοὺς ὁδώσαντα, «τὸν πάθει μάθος στρ. β΄. 
θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν. 
στάξει δ᾽ ἔν θ᾽ ὕπνῳ πρὸ καρδίας 
μνησιπήμων πόνος, καὶ παρ᾽ ἄκοντας ἦλθε σωφρονεῖν" 165 
δαιμόνων δέ που χάρις +Blaa 
σέλμα σεμνὸν ἡμένων. 
καὶ τόθ᾽ ἡγεμὼν ὁ πρέσβυς νεῶν ᾿Αχαιϊκῶν, avr. β΄. 
μάντιν οὔτινα ψέγων, 
ἐμπαίοις τύ χαισι συμπνέων͵.--- Ι70 
εὖτ᾽ ἀπλοίᾳ κεναγγεῖ βαρύνοντ᾽ ᾿Αχαιϊκὸς λεὼς 
Χαλκίδος πέραν ἔχων παλιρρο- 
θοις ἐν Αὐλίδος τόποις, 
πνοαὶ δ᾽ ἀπὸ Στρύμονὸς μολοῦσαι 
κακὄσχολοι, UNOTLOES, δύσορμδὶ 
βροτῶν ada, 
vetov Tey καὶ πεισμάτων ἀφειδεῖς, 
παλίμμήκη “χρόνον τιθεῖσαι 
war Eatvoy ἄνθος ᾿Κργείων τρίβῳ" 
ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ πικροῦ 
χείματος ἄλλο μῆχαρ 
βριθύτερον πρόμοισιν 


ATAMEMNON. 


μάντις ἔκλαγξεν, προφέρων 
Ἄρτεμιν, ὥστε χθόνα βάκτροις ἐπικρούσαντας ᾿Ατρείδας 
δάκρυ μὴ κατασχεῖν ---- 
ἄναξ δ᾽ ὁ πρέσβυς τόδ᾽ εἶπε φωνῶν: ἀντ. γ΄. 
“Βαρεῖα μὲν κὴρ τὸ μὴ πιθέσθαι" 186 
βαρεῖα δ᾽, εἰ 
τέκνον δαΐξω, δόμων ἄγαλμα, 
πῤεέθροις παρθενοσφάγοισιν 
᾿μιαίνων πατρὸς Ἐ χέρας βωμοῦ πέλας. 190 
τί τῶνδ᾽ ἄνευ κακῶν; 
πῶς λιπόναυς γένωμαι, 
ξυμμαχίας ἁμαρτών: 
παυσανέμου γὰρ θυσίας 
παρθενίου θ᾽ αἵματος ὀργᾷ περιόργως ἐπιθυμεῖν θέμις" εὖ 
γὰρ ein. 195 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀνάγκας ἔδυ λέπαδνον, στρ. δ΄. 
φρενὸς πνέων δυσσεβῆ τροπαίαν 
ἄναγνον, ἀνίερον, τόθεν 
τὸ παντότολμον φρονεῖν μετέγνω" 
*Bpotovs θρασύνει γὰρ αἰσχρόμητις 
τάλαινα παρακοπὰ πρωτοπήμων᾽ 


> = \ 
ἔτλα δ᾽ οὖν θυτὴρ γενέσθαι θυγατρός, 
γυναικοποίνων πολέμων ἀρωγὰν 


καὶ προτέλεια ναῶν. 

λιτὰς δὲ καὶ κληδόνας πατρῴους 
παρ᾽ οὐδὲν αἰῶνα παρθένειόν «τ᾽ 

ἔθεντο φιλόμαχοι βραβῆς. 
φράσεν δ᾽ ἀόξοις πατὴρ μετ᾽ εὐχὰν 
δίκαν χιμαίρας ὕπερθε βωμοῦ 
πέπλοισι περιπετῆ παντὶ θυμῷ 
προνωπῆ λαβεῖν ἀέρδην, στόματός 
TE καλλιπρῴρου φυλακὰν κατασχεῖν 

φθόγγον ἀραῖον οἴκοις 


Κα 


SS πες πανὶ FE mE 


al 
Ὦ a 


en A CY i ane αν 


ν᾽ a At capt 


a a ap neta een: 


ΤΊ 
j 
: 
; 
3 
a 


Ἶ 


ΑἸΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


“ “ » ἢ , , 
Bia χαλίνων τ᾿ ἀναύδῳ μένει. 
, > “θυ 
κρόκον βαφὰς δ᾽ ἐς πέδον χέουσ᾽ #40 
ἔβαλλ᾽ ἕκαστον θυτήρων 
> / Γ / 
ἀπ᾽ ὄμματος βέλει φιλοίκτῳ, 
᾽ ¢ - , 
πρέπουσά θ᾽ ὡς ἐν γραφαῖς, προσεννέπειν 
θέλουσ᾽" ἐπεὶ πολλάκις 
, - ; 
πατρὸς κατ᾽ ἀνδρῶνας εὐτραπέζους 
» ¢ ΒΥ " > , , ~ 4 
ἐμελψεν, ayva δ᾽ atavpwros αὐδᾷ πατρὸς 
/ , Vv 
φίλου τριτόσπονδον εὔποτμον «παι- 
a Λ 3 ἤ 
ava φίλως ἐτίμα. 
4 > > eo wv? > , 
τὰ δ᾽ ἔνθεν οὔτ᾽ εἶδον οὔτ᾽ ἐννέπω" 
\ aes > wv 
τέχναι δὲ Κάλχαντος οὐκ ak pavTot, 
΄ 
/ \ ~ \ ‘a 
Δίκα δὲ τοῖς μὲν παθοῦσιν 
μαθεῖν ἐπιρρέπει" ἕτὸ μέλλον δ᾽, 
> \ / > xv , 
ἐπεὶ γένοιτ, av κλύοις"“ προχαιρέτω" 
ἴσον δὲ τῷ προστένειν" 
4 e/ / A 
Topov yap ἥξει *EvvopOpov adyais.* 
, ᾽ 3 Ν᾿ ἃ , 5 A ξ 
πέλοιτο δ᾽ οὖν τἀπὶ τούτοισιν εὖ πρᾶξις, ὡς 
ὦ ros ν᾽ 3 / / 
θέλει τόδ᾽ ἄγχιστον ᾿Απίας γαί- 
as μονοῴρουρον ἕρκος. 
ef / ; - 
ἥκω σεβίζων σόν, Κλυταιμνήστρα, κράτος" 
, >] 4 " a , 
δώκη yap ἐστι φωτὸς ἀρχηγοῦ τίειν 
“a 9 ᾽ ’ , 
yuvaik , ἐρημωθέντος ἄρσενος θρόνου. 
\ ©) ca Ν Me ὃ \ ¥ \ , 
σὺ ὃ “εἰ TL" κεδνὸν εἴτε μὴ πεπυσμένη 
> , Υ͂ A 
εὐαγγέλοισιν ἐλπίσιν θυηπολεῖς 
/ > 3 ” >] \ ; 
κλύοιμ ἂν εὔφρων" οὐδὲ συγώσῃ φθόνος. 


ΚΛΥΤΑΙΜΝΗΣΤΡΑ, 


εὐάγγελος μέν, ὥσπερ ἡ παροιμία, 
"Eas γένοιτο μητρὸς Εὐφρόνης πάρα. 
πεύσει δὲ χάρμα μεῖζον ἐλπίδος κλύειν' 
Πριάμου γὰρ ἡρήκασιν ᾿Αργεῖοι πόλιν. 


ATAMEMNON. 


πῶς dys; πέφευγε τοὔπος ἐξ ἀπιστίας. 
Τροίαν ᾿Αχαιῶν οὖσαν" ἦ τορῶς λέγω ; 
χαρά μ᾽ ὑφέρπει δάκρυον ἐκκαλουμένη. 

εὖ γὰρ φρονοῦντος ὄμμα σοῦ κατηγορεῖ. 

τί γὰρ τὸ πιστόν; ἔστι τῶνδέ σοι τέκμαρ: 
cor τί δ᾽ οὐχί, μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ: 
πότερα δ᾽ ὀνείρων φάσματ' εὐπειθῆ σέβεις ; 
οὐ δόξαν ἂν λάβοιμι βριζούσης φρενός. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἡ σ᾽ ἐπίανέν τις ἄπτερος φάτις -: 
παιδὸς νέας ὥς κάρτ᾽ ἐμωμήσω φρένας. 
ποίου χρόνου δὲ καὶ πεπόρθηται πόλις - 
τῆς νῦν τεκούσης φῶς τόδ᾽ εὐφρόνης λέγω. 
καὶ τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχος ; 
“Ἥφαιστος, Ἴδης λαμπρὸν ἐκπέμπων σέλας. 
φρυκτὸς δὲ φρυκτὸν δεῦρ᾽ ἀπ᾿ κἀγγάρου πυρὸς 
ἔπεμπεν" Ἴδη μὲν πρὸς Ἑ).ρμαῖον λέπας 
Λήμνου" μέγαν δὲ πανὸν ἐκ νήσου τρίτον 
ἼΛθῳον αἶπος Ζηνὸς ἐξεδέξατο, 

ὑπερτελής τε πόντον ὥστε νωτίσαι 

ἰσχὺς πορευτοῦ λαμπάδος πρὸς ἡδονὴν 
*TpovKELTO χρυσοφεγγές, ὥς τις ἥλιος, 
σέλας παραγγείλασα Μακίστουκσκοπαῖς" 

ὁ δ᾽ οὔ τι μέλλων οὐδ᾽ ἀφρασμόνως ὕπνῳ 
νικώμενος παρῆκεν ἀγγέλου μέρος" 

ἑκὰς δὲ φρυκτοῦ φῶς ἐπ᾽ Evpimov ῥοὰς 
Μεσσαπίου φύλαξι σημαίνει μολόν. 

οἱ δ᾽ ἀντέλαμψαν καὶ παρήγγειλαν πρόσω, 
γραίας ἐρείκης θωμὸν ἅψαντες πυρί. 
σθένουσα λαμπὰς δ᾽ οὐδέπω μαυρουμένη, 
ὑπερθοροῦσα πεδίον ᾿Ασωποῦ, δίκην 
φαιδρᾶς σελήνης, πρὸς Κιθαιρῶνος λέπας, 
ἤγειρεν ἄλλην ἐκδοχὴν πομποῦ πυρός. 

φάος δὲ τηλέπομπον οὐκ ἠναίνετο 


ΑἸΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


, , , A > , 
φρουρά, πλέον καίουσα τῶν εἰρημένων" 
> ¢ “A > 
λίμνην δ᾽ ὑπὲρ Τοργῶπιν ἔσκηψεν φάος" 
¥ > a > , , , 
opos T ἐπ Αἰγίπλαγκτον ἐξικνούμενον 
\ ; 
ὥτρυνε θεσμὸν Ἐμηχαρίζεσθαι πυρός. 
/ >] > ; " , , 
πέμπουσι δ᾽ avdaiovtes ἀφθόνῳ μένει 
λογὸς μέγαν πώγωνα, καὶ Σαρωνικοῦ 
μ , p 


A ; a % ξ ; ; 
πορθμοῦ πκάτοπτον πρῶν᾽ κὑπερβάλλει πρόσω 


/ > v > | v => 9% I , 
Ἐφλέγουσ᾽, ἄνω τ᾽ * ἐσκήψεν, εἶτ ἀφίκετο 
+ - 9 > / ; 
Apaxvaiov αἷπος, ἀστυγείτονας σκοπάς" 

Vv > > ~ " ; ; , 
κάπειτ Ατρειδῶν εἰς τόδε σκήπτει στέγος 
; ῇ J 2 Vv > jf 
φάος τόδ᾽, οὐκ ἄπαππον Ἶδαίου πυρός. 

ΤῸ» ΄ , 
τοιοίδ᾽ ἕτοιμοι λαμπαδηφόρων νόμοι, 
vw > wv 7 ; 
ἄλλος παρ ἄλλου διαδοχαῖς πληρούμενοι" 

~ > ς ~ \ ΄σ ; 
νικᾷ δ᾽ ὁ πρῶτος Kal τελευταῖος δραμών. 
, »“"εΕ ; ᾿ , Ἢ ; 
τέκμαρ τοιοῦτον ξύμβολόν τε σοὶ λέγω, 
> ὃ ΕἾΝ f , Ἢ ’ > , 
avopos παραγγείλαντος ἐκ Tpoias ἐμοί. 
os 4 > - ; fe 
θεοῖς μὲν αὖθις, ὦ γύναι, προσεύξομαι" 
; “5 > - ’ ΙΝ ’ 
λόγους ὃ ἀκοῦσαι τούσδε κἀποθαυμάσαι 
“ U " "’" ξ ’ ; 
διηνεκῶς θέλοιμ᾽ ἄν, ὡς λέγοις πάλιν. 

’ > ans » > c ΓΙ 

Τροίαν ᾿Αχαιοὶ τῇδ ἔχουσ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. 
. Ἁ » , 
οίμαι βοὴν ἄμικτον ἐν πόλει πρέπειν. 
“ > w , >, 3 , φ a , 
δξὸς τ᾽ ἀἄλειφά τ γχέας ταὐτῷ κύτει 
i / & 
-~ > x > 
διχοστατοῦντ᾽ ἂν ov π φίλω προσεννέποις" 


\ - ἐξ ἤ 
καὶ τὼν ἀλόντων καὶ κρατησάντων δίχα 
Ἁ 93 , Μ - A 
φθογγὰς ἀκούειν ἔστι συμφορᾶς διπλῆς. 
ς \ Ἁ , 4 , ; 
Ol μὲν Yap audi σώμασιν πεπτωκότες 
ν᾽ ~ / 
ἀνδρῶν κασυγνήτων τε, καὶ φυταλμίων 
to , , Pee > b / 
Tawes γερόντων, οὐκέτ᾽ ἐξ ἐλευθέρου 
/ > ; , ; 
δέρης ἀποιμώζουσι φιλτάτων μόρον" 
‘ > ° / > , 
τοὺς δ᾽ αὖτε νυκτίπλαγκτος ἐκ μάχης πόνος 


7 Ἢ > ἢ , 
νήστεις πρὸς αρίστοισιν ὧν ἔχει πόλις 

; 4 m4 ᾿ , , 
τάσσει, πρὸς οὐδὲν ἐν μέρει τεκμήριον, 
9. ᾽ ¢ “ » , 
aXX ws ἕκαστος ἔσπασεν τύχης παλον. 


ΑΓΑΜΕΜΝΩΝ. 


’ “ “ > , 
ἐν αἰχμαλώτοις Τρωϊκοῖς οἰκήμασι 
’ “ ¢ “ 
ναίουσιν ἤδη τῶν ὑπαιθρίων πάγων 
’ > > 7 ς » > , 
δρόσων τ᾽ ἀπαλλαγέντες, ὡς "δ᾽ εὐδαίμονες 
᾽ , ¢ , aA > ’ 
ἀφύλακτον εὑδήσουσι πᾶσαν εὐφρόνην. 
? 9 > an \ , \ 
εἰ δ᾽ εὐσεβοῦσι τοὺς πολισσούχους θεοὺς 
\ “ ε / A “~ ᾽ ¢ , 
TOUS τῆς ἁλούσης γῆς θεῶν θ᾽ ἱδρύματα, 
> a ς ’ .“, ? “ Ww 
*ouTay ἔλοντες αὖθις πἀνθαλοῖεν ἄν. 
, , Ι Le) 
ἔρως δὲ μή τις πρότερον ἐμπίπτῃ στρατῷ 
a ¢ / 
πορθεῖν ἃ μὴ χρή, κέρδεσιν νικωμένους. 
ω. " / u 
δεῖ γὰρ πρὸς οἴκους νοστίμου σωτηρίας 
, a ; 
κάμψαι διαύλου θάτερον κῶλον πάλιν. 
σ΄ φ ΄ ’ 
θεοῖς δ᾽ ἂν ἀμπλάκητος εἰ μόλοι στρατός, 
> \ “~ “ ν᾽ Ul 
πἐγρηγορὸς TO πῆμα τῶν ὀλωλότων 
v U \ , , 
γένοιτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ πρόσπαια μὴ τύχοι κακά. 
[᾿ ul \ > » “~ / © 
τοιαῦτα TOL γυναικὸς ἐξ ἐμοῦ *KAVELS 
Ἁ ? > f ἃ ’ ὃ ρος 
τὸ δ᾽ εὖ κρατοίη, μὴ διχορρόπως ἰδεῖν 
al “~ \ Vv e , 
πολλῶν yap ἐσθλῶν τὴν ὄνησιν εἱλόμην. 
> / > > ; : 
γύναι, Kat ἄνδρα σώφρον᾽ εὐφρόνως λέγεις. 
» ’ U 
ἐγὼ δ᾽, ἀκούσας πιστά cov τεκμήρια, 
᾿ - > / . 
θεοὺς προσειπεῖν εὖ παρασκευάξομαι 
‘ Ψ ” / 
χάρις yap οὐκ ἄτιμος εἴργασται πόνων. 
a ~ ' \ \ , 
ὦ Ζεῦ βασιλεῦ καὶ νὺξ φιλία 
, , , 
μεγάλων 'κοσμων κτεάτειρα, 
> f ἢ , 
nt ἐπὶ Τροίας πύργοις ἔβαλες 
Ἁ ¢ Ι , 
στεγανὸν δίκτυον, ὡς μήτε μέγαν 
δ Ὁ a > ς 4 
μήτ᾽ οὖν νεαρῶν tw’ ὑπερτελέσαι 
, / 
μέγα δουλείας 
γάγγαμον, ἄτης παναλώτου. 
, > wn“ 
Δία τοι ξένιον μέγαν αἰδοῦμαι 
ἃ / > δ ee , 
τὸν τάδε πράξαντ᾽, ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ 
/ , ᾽ nN 
τείνοντα πάλαι τόξον, ὕπως ἂν 
, \ lal ‘sp ε \ wv 
μήτε πρὸ καιροῦ μήθ᾽ ὑπὲρ ἄστρων 
/ > f / 
βέλος ἠλίθιον σκήψειεν. 


ape 


OR SE TNR Mit tinal tare οἱ 


ccdiasesiiinammasmaaameaanitiaeiaena nae υυηυυπηυυυαυυατυυυ.Υ.Υῦγη υὲῳυυτ [υνρηηηυυὰὴἡ ὑαῦμυ υ͵ὰΞρρνηρ υσαρηρ υμκεηραις στον: 


ΑἸΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


> a 
Διὸς πλαγὰν ἔχουσιν" εἰπεῖν 
an > 7 / ὰ 
πάρεστιν τοῦτό η᾽ ἐξιχνεῦσαί *T 
, »Μ 
πἔπραξαν ὡς ἔκρανεν. οὐκ ἔφα τις 
- > 4 / 
θεοὺς βροτῶν ἀξιοῦσθαι μέλειν, 
ὅσοις ἀθίκτων χάρις 
“sy ς 3 , 
πατοῖθ᾽" ὁ δ᾽ οὐκ evoeBns. 
᾽ " , 
πέφανται δ᾽ * éxyovois 
ἀτολμήτως * “Apn 
, a Ὁ / 
πνεόντων μεῖζον ἢ δικαίως, 
φλεόντων δωμάτων ὑπέρφευ 
ε \ \ / » ᾽ ᾽ , 
Τ ὑπὲρ τὸ βέλτιστον. ἔστω δ᾽ ἀπή- 
ef 
μαντον, ὥστ᾽ aTrapK- 
π᾿ x ων Υ ; 
ely *ay εὖ πραπίδων λαχόντα" 
Ἐπλούτου γὰρ τίς ἔπαλξις 
φωτὶ πρὸς κόρον ἔξω 
’ , ; ‘ > > J , “ 
λακτίσαντι μέγαν δίκας βωμὸν εἰς ἀφάνειαν; 

A > | ¢ / \ > , 
βιᾶται δ᾽ ἃ τάλαινα πειθὼ ἀντ. α΄. 
la) / ” . 

Ἐπρόβουλος, παῖς ἄφερτος ἄτας 260 
v \ A , > > , 
ἄκος δὲ *qav pataiov.* οὐκ ἐκρύφθη, 
πρέπει δὲ φῶς αἰνολαμπές, σίνος" 
κακοῦ δὲ χαλκοῦ τρόπον, 
τρίβῳ τε καὶ προσβολαῖς 
μελαμπαγὴς πέλει 
δικαιωθείς, ἐπεὶ 
“ \ / 
διώκει παῖς Ἐποτανὸν ὄρνιν, 
; / > Vv ν᾽ , 
πόλει πρόστριμμ᾽ ἄφερτον ἐνθείς. 
λιτᾶν δ᾽ ἀκούει μὲν οὔτις θεῶν" 
\ 3 > | ἤ 
τὸν ὃ ἐπιίστροῴφον 
τῶνδε φῶτ᾽ ἄδικον καθαιρεῖ. 
οἷος καὶ Πάρις, ἐλθὼν 
> id \ > n 
εἰς δόμον τὸν ᾿Ατρειδᾶν, 
’ “ id 
ἤσχυνε ξενίαν τράπεζαν κλοπαῖσι γυναικός. 374 
nw ᾽ lal ε] , 
λιποῦσα δ᾽ ἀστοῖσιν ἀσπίστορας στρ. β΄. 


ΑΓΑΜΕΜΝΩΝ. 


κλόνους ἦτε καὶ λογχίμους Ἐ ναυβάτας ὁπλισμούς, 
ἀγουσᾶ τ΄ ἀντίφερνον Ἰλίῳ φθοράν, 
βέβακεν ῥίμφα διὰ πυλᾶν, 
ἄτλητα τλᾶσα" πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔστενον 
τόδ᾽ ἐννέποντες δόμων προφῆται" 


; Ἰὼ ἰὼ δῶμα, δῶμα καὶ πρόμοι" 
ἰὼ λέχος καὶ στίβοι φιλάνορες. 
πάρεστι *oty’ ἄτιμος «ὡς ἀλοίδορος 5ςδ᾽ 
Ἐδδιστ᾽ ἀφαιρεθεὶς Ἐ ἰδεῖν. 
πόθῳ δ᾽ ὑπερποντίας 
φάσμα δόξει δόμων ἀνάσσειν" 
εὐμόρφων δὲ κολοσσῶν 
! ἔχθεται χάρις, *éppe δ᾽ 
ομμάτων ἐν ἀχηνίαις ἀνδρὶ Ἐ πᾶσ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτα. 
᾿ ὀνειρόφαντοι δὲ πενθήμονες avr. β΄. 
πάρεισι δόξαι φέρουσαι χάριν ματαίαν. 301 
μάταν γάρ, εὖτ᾽ ἂν ἐσθλά τίς δοκῶν πὁρᾷ 
παραλλάξασα διὰ χερῶν ᾿ 
βέβακεν ὄψις οὐ μεθύστερον 
πτεροῖς κὐπαδοῦσ᾽ ὕπνου κελεύθοις." 
τὰ μὲν κατ᾽ οἴκους πέφεστίους ἄχη 
τάδ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ τῶνδ᾽ Τ ὑπερβατώτερα. 
τὸ πᾶν δ᾽ Ἐάπ᾽ alas “Ἑλλάδος Ἐ ξυνορμένοις 
πένθεια τλησικάρδιος 
δόμων ἑκάστου πρέπει. 
πολλὰ γοῦν θυγγάνει πρὸς ἧπαρ" 
*TOUS μὲν γάρ ἔτις ὁ πέμψας Ἐ 
: οἶδεν, ἀντὶ δὲ φωτῶν 
τεύχη καὶ σποδὸς εἰς ἑκάστου δόμους ἀφικνεῖται. 
ὁ χρυσαμοιβὸς δ᾽ Ἄρης σωμάτων, στρ. γ΄. 
καὶ ταλαντοῦχος ἐν μάχῃ δορός, 406 
πυρωθὲν ἐξ Ἰλίου 
φίλοισι πέμπει βαρὺ 


16 AISXTAOT 


ψῆγμα δυσδάκρυτον, ἀντήνορος σποδοῦ γεμίζων λέβητας 


> | ’ 
εὐθέτου. 
, > > , A 
στένουσι δ᾽ ev λέγοντες ἂν- 
Opa τὸν μὲν ὡς μάχης ἴδρις" 
> A ~ ; , 
τὸν δ᾽ ἐν φοναῖς καλῶς πεσόντ 
/ ; e 
ἀλλοτρίας πδιαὶ γυναικὸς 
τὰ δὲ σῦγά τις βαὔξει" 

\ > c > ν Ψ - 
φθονερὸν δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἄλγος ἕρπει 
προδίκοις ᾿Ατρείδαις. 

οἱ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ περὶ τεῖχος 
θήκας Ἰλιάδος γᾶς 
᾿ ͵ . ἐνθρὰ δ᾽ 2 y 
Τεὔμορφοι κατέχουσιν ἐχῦρα ὃ ἔχοντας ἐκρυψεεν. 
A ; ‘ f ᾽ 
βαρεῖα δ᾽ ἀστῶν φάτις ξὺν κότῳ, ἀντ. γ΄. 
δημοκράντου δ᾽ ἀρᾶς τίνει χρέος. 421 
μένει δ᾽ ἀκοῦσαί τί μου 
μέριμνᾳ νυκτηρεφές. 
“ Ὰ . a , ᾿Ξ 
τῶν πολυκτόνων γὰρ οὐκ ἄσκοποι θεοί: κελαιναὶ ὃ Ἐρινύες 
χρόνῳ 
A ld -- / » 
τυχηρὸν ovT aveu δίκας 425 
Ἐπαλιντυχεῖ τριβᾷ βίου 
ΠΝ, > , , > TZ 
Ὑτιθεῖσ᾽ ἀμαυρόν, ἐν δ᾽ ai- 
/ wv . ; 
στοις τελέθοντος οὔτις ἀλκά. 
τὸ δ᾽ εὑπερκόπως κλύειν εὖ 
βαρύ" βάλλεται γὰρ ὄσσοις 
Διόθεν κεραυνός. 
κρίνω δ᾽ ἄφθονον ὄλβον. 
μήτ᾽ εἴην πτολιπόρθης, 
4 ν ς 5 ἢ 
pT οὖν αὐτὸς ἁλοὺς ὑπ᾽ ἄλλων βίον * κατίδοιμι. 
\ ᾽ ς ᾽ > , > 
πυρὸς δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ εὐαγγέλου ET WO. 
πόλιν διήκει bod 430 
βαξις" εἰ δ᾽ ἐτητύμως 
agus’ εἰ δ᾽ ἐτητύμως, 
; io ite θεῖό πον a biPos " 
τίς οἰδεν, πεῖτε θεῖόν ἐστί κτι Wibos; 
f ? \ A A , 
τίς ὧδε παιδνὸς ἢ φρενῶν κεκομμένος, 


410 


ATAMEMNON. 


φλογὸς παραγγέλμασιν 
νέοις πυρωθέντα καρδίαν ἔπειτ᾽ 
ἀλλαγᾷ λόγου καμεῖν ; 
γυναικὸς αἰχμᾷ πρέπει 
πρὸ τοῦ φανέντος χάριν ξυναινέσαι. 
πιθανὸς ἄγαν ὁ θῆλυς ὅρος ἐπινέμεται 
ταχύπορος" ἀλλὰ ταχύμορον 
γυναικογήρυτον ὄλλυται κλέος. 
τάχ᾽ εἰσόμεσθα λαμπάδων φαεσφόρων 
φρυκτωριῶν τε καὶ πυρὸς παραλλαγάς, 
εἴτ᾽ οὖν ἀληθεῖς, εἴτ᾽ ὀνειράτων δίκην 
τερπνὸν τόδ᾽ ἐλθὸν POs ἐφήλωσεν φρένας. 
κήρυκ᾽ ἀπ᾽ ἀκτῆς τόνδ᾽ ὁρῶ κατάσκιον 
κλάδοις ἐλαίας" μαρτυρεῖ δέ μοι κάσις 
πηλοῦ ξύνουρος, διψία κόνις, τάδε, 
ὡς οὔτ᾽ ἄναυδος οὔτε σοί δαίων φλόγα 
ὕλης ὀρείας σημανεῖ καπνῷ πυρός, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τὸ χαίρειν μᾶλλον ἐκβάξει λέγων»--- 
τὸν ἀντίον δὲ τοῖσδ᾽ ἀποστέργω λόγον" 
εὖ γὰρ πρὸς εὖ φανεῖσι προσθήκη πέλοι. 
ὅστις τάδ᾽ ἄλλως τῇδ᾽ ἐπεύχεται πόλει, 
αὐτὸς φρενῶν καρποῖτο τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. 


ΚΗΡΥ͂Ξ. 


ἰὼ πατρῷον οὖδας ᾿Αργείας χθονός" 
δεκάτῳ σε φέγγει τῷδ᾽ ἀφικόμην ἔτους, 
πολλῶν ῥαγεισῶν ἐλπίδων, μιᾶς τυχών. 
οὐ γάρ ποτ᾽ ηὔχουν τῇδ᾽ ἐν ᾿Αργείᾳ χθονὶ 
θανὼν μεθέξειν φιλτάτου τάφου μέρος. 
νῦν χαῖρε μὲν χθών, χαίρε δ᾽ ἡλίου φάος, 
ὑπατός τε χώρας Ζεύς, 6 Πύθιός τ’ ἄναξ, 
τόξοις ἰάπτων μηκέτ᾽ εἰς ἡμᾶς βέλη. 


Κ, A, 


“νἀ ππραοροροοςΕοσόέΨς ρ ΡΜ ον 


ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


Ἁ ; > ? > , 4 
ἅλις παρὰ Σκάμανδρον «ἦσθ᾽ ἀνάρσιος 
“ > > \ Q ao \ / ᾿Ξ « 
νῦν δ᾽ αὖτε σωτὴρ ἴσθι καὶ παιώνιος, 
, , ᾽ - , ἃ 
ἄναξ "Απολλον. τούς T ἀγωνίους θεοὺς 
, ~ , > > Ἁ ’ 
πάντας προσαυδῶ, τὸν T ἐμὸν τιμάορον 
ς [4] , “ , a 
Ἑρμῆν, φίλον κήρυκα, κηρύκων σέβας, 
ἥρως τε τοὺς πέμψαντας, εὐμενεῖς πάλιν 
\ ; \ : ᾿ 4 S ΑΒ 
στρατὸν δέχεσθαι Tov λελειμμένον ὃορος. 
/ 4 , , ; 
ἰὼ μέλαθρα βασιλέων, φίλαι στέγαι, 
A ἡ / > > f 
σεμνοί τε θᾶκοι, δαίμονές τ᾽ ἀντήλιοι" 
” , ~ κι Ὃ» ΚΨΚὉ 
πεῖ TOU πάλαι, φαιὸροῖσι τοισίδ᾽ ὄμμασι 
δέξασθε κόσμῳ βασιλέα πολλῷ χρόνῳ. 
ef \ e - - > ᾽ ; , 
ἥκει yap ὑμῖν φῶς ἐν evhpovn φέρων 
“ > ¢/ \ > id 
καὶ τοῖσδ᾽ amact κοινὸν Αγαμέμνων ἄναξ. 
> > 7 , ‘ ‘ > ; 
ἀλλ᾽ εὖ νιν ἀσπάσασθε, Kal yap οὖν πρέπει, 
/ , A ΙΝ , 
Τροίαν κατασκάψαντα τοῦ δικηφόρου 
Διὸς μακέλλῃ, τῇ κατείργασται πέδον. 
Ni Ya Ἁ A [ὧν ; 
βωμοὶ δ᾽ ἄϊστοι καὶ θεῶν ἱδρύματα, 
Ἁ , ; 9 / ῇ 
καὶ σπέρμα πάσης ἐξαπόλλυται χθονός. 
, Ἴ / \ , 
τοιόνδε Τροίᾳ περιβαλὼν ζευκτήριον 
ὔ > AN , ͵ "0. ; * 4 
ἀναξ Arpeldns πρέσβυς εὐδαίμων ἀνὴρ 
er , » > & " , ΝΞ 
ηκεῖ, τίεσθαι ἀξιώτατος βροτῶν 
~ ~ ὦ \ ” 4 , 
τῶν νῦν" Ilapis yap οὔτε συντελὴς πόλις 
3 / \ ΙΝ A A 4 
ἐξεύχεται τὸ δρᾶμα τοῦ πάθους πλέον" 


> \ \ ¢ A \ “ Ss 
ὀφλὼν yap ἁρπαγῆς te καὶ κλοπῆς δίκην 


“ ¢ / > e/ 4 , 
τοῦ ῥυσίου θ᾽ ἥμαρτε, καὶ πανώλεθρον 


> / A » 7 
αὐτόχθονον TATPWOV € Pploev Oomoy" 


va) ᾽ AN , , 
διπλᾶ δ᾽ ἔτισαν ἸΠριαμίδαι θαμάρτια. 
ἴω 5 A - ~ 5 ~ 
κῆρυξ ᾿Αχαιῶν, χαῖρε, τῶν ἀπὸ στρατοῦ. 
, ~ os » “ὝἭ. 5 , ~ - 
χαίρω τεθνᾶναι δ᾽ οὐκ ἔτ᾽ ἀντερῶ θεοῖς. 


» ; πε - αν ἘΝ 
ἔρως πᾶάτρῳας τῆσὸε γῆς σ᾽ ἐγύμνασεν ; 


er , +f ; v A es 
@OT ἐνοακρύειν Ὑ ὄμμασιν χαρᾶς ὕπο. 


“ wv > A “9 > ; , 
τερπνὴῆς ap ἦτε τησὸ ἐπήβολοι νόσου. 


πῶς δή; διδαχθεὶς τοῦδε δεσπόσω λόγου. 


ATAMEMNON, 


A“ > ’ e , 
TOV ἀντερώντων ἱμέρῳ ππεπληγμένοι. 
lol - ΄“ \ , 
ποθεῖν ποθοῦντα τήνδε γῆν στρατὸν λέγεις ; 
ε / > > a 4 / > > > 
ὡς TOAN apaupas ἐκ φρενός μ᾽ ἀναστενειν. 505 
πόθεν τὸ δύσφρον τοῦτ᾽ ἐπῆν στύγος ππόλει: 
; Ἢ a , , , 
πάλαι τὸ σιγᾶν φάρμακον βλάβης ἔχω. 
wn > ἤ , , 
καὶ πῶς; ἀπόντων κοιράνων ἔτρεις τινάς : 
¢ ‘a \ \ , \ “ " “ 
ὡς νῦν τὸ σὸν δή, καὶ θανεῖν πολλὴ χάρις. 
> ‘ ω ᾽ a , 
εὖ yap πέπρακται. ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ 
; 3 » ~ , 
τὰ μέν τις κἂν λέξειεν εὐπετῶς ἔχειν, 511 
> > / , “ 
τὰ δ᾽ αὖτε κἀπίμομφα. τίς δέ, πλὴν θεῶν, 
ἰ > , \ > A 
ἅπαντ᾽ ἀπήμων τὸν δι’ αἰῶνος χρόνον ; 
; \ > / \ / 
μόχθους γὰρ εἰ λέγοιμι καὶ δυσαυλίας, 
σπαρνὰς παρήξεις καὶ κακοστρώτους,----τί δ᾽ οὐ 
, ᾽ , v 
στένοντες, οὐ λαχόντες ἤματος μέρος : 516 


> > 


4 οι 3 , \ wn , , 
τὰ ὁ αὕτε χέρσῳ, καὶ προσῆν πλέον στύγος" 


5 Ἢ > A ‘ , 
εὐναὶ yap ἦσαν δηΐων πρὸς τείχεσιν" 
" ’ ἴω \ ’ \ “ / 
ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γὰρ κἀπὸ γῆς λειμώνιαι 
/ / ¥ » / 
δρόσοι κατεψέκαζον, ἔμπεδον σίνος 
> , f 4 ld 
ἐσθημάτων, τιθέντες ἔνθηρον τρίχα. 
A ’ > ἤ > f 
χειμῶνα δ᾽ εἰ λέγοι τις οἰωνοκτόνον, 
e a: - 9 " > ΙΝ / , 
οἷον παρεῖχ ἄφερτον ldaia χιών, 
wv Ι εν ’ > lol 
ἢ θάλπος, εὖτε πόντος ἐν μεσημβριναῖς 
/ > / , ‘re , 
κοίταις ακύμων νηνέμοις EVdOL πεσών---- 
~ lol Cc A , , 
τί ταῦτα πενθεῖν δεῖ; παροίχεται πόνος" 
’ \ “ \ , 
παροίχεται δὲ τοῖσι μὲν τεθνηκόσιν 
Ἁ ΄ > = ον J “Ὁ ’ 
TO μήποτ αὖθις μηδ᾽ ἀναστῆναι μέλειν. 
/ \ b / " , 
TL τοὺς ἀναλωθέντας ἐν ψήφῳ λέγειν, 
Ἁ a o9 9 ω \ ; U 
τὸν ζῶντα δ᾽ ἀλγεῖν χρὴ τύχης παλιγκότου: 
\ \ ; σι nq 
kat πολλὰ χαίρειν ξυμφοραῖς καταξιώ. 
εξ lal CS \ A a > / “ 
ἡμὶν O€ τοῖς λοιποῖσιν ᾿Αργείων στρατοῦ 
la) \ ad οι a“ 5 5" J , 
Μνικῷ TO KEP0COS, πημα δ᾽ οὐκ αντιρρεπει" 
ς , ans > \ e / , 
ὡς κομπάσαι TWO εἰκὸς ἡλίου φάει, 
ὑπὲρ θαλάσσης καὶ χθονὸς ποτωμένοις" 
ρ αλ,α 7) x OS TOT Kh ς 


he en nn re 


EN 


it iS AAA ΤΉ ΨΨΨΌΘΟΝΝ a 


tee ge er 


AIZXTAOT 


“Τροίαν ἑλόντες δήποτ᾽ ᾿Αργείων στόλος 
~ , ~ = » 4 a ‘> 
θεοῖς λαφυρα ταῦτα τοῖς καθ᾽ “Ἑλλάδα 


; ει lal , ”> 
δόμοις ἐπασσάλευσαν ἀρχαῖον γάνος. 
τοιαῦτα χρὴ κλύοντας εὐλογεῖν πόλιν 

’ 4 ῇ Υ͂ 
καὶ τοὺς στρατηγούς" καὶ χάρις τιμήσεται 
\ ANY 3 ᾽ » , 
Διὸς tad ἐκπράξασα. πάντ᾽ ἔχεις λόγον. 
, > , / . 
νικώμενος λόγοισιν οὐκ αναΐίνομαι 
> \ Ἁ Ο  ὴ “Ὁ ~ A > - 
ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡβᾷ τοῖς γέρουσιν εὖ μαθεῖν. 

\ A a , f 
δόμοις δὲ ταῦτα καὶ Ἰζλυταιμνήστρᾳ μέλειν 
εἰκὸς μάλιστα, ξὺν δὲ πλουτίζειν ἐμέ. 
ἀνωλόλυξα μὲν πάλαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, 

i > ¢ “ , » δ = 

oT AG ὁ πρῶτος νύχιος ἄγγελος πυρος 

¢ > fj > | > , a 
φράζων ἅλωσιν Idiov τ ἀνάστασιν 

, / > a. Be Φ a δί 
καί τίς μ᾽ ἐνίπτων εἶπε, Φρυκτωρῶν δία 
πεισθεῖσα Τροίαν νῦν πεπορθῆσθαι δοκεῖς ; 
ἢ κάρτα πρὸς γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ. 

; \ 3 , " , Ἂ: 
λόγοις τοιούτοις πλαγκτὸς οὖσ᾽ ἐφαινόμην 
e a \ , / 
ὅμως δ᾽ ἔθυον" καὶ γυναικείῳ νόμῳ 

, v vw \ , 
ὀλολυγμὸν ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν κατὰ πτόλιν 

f. ε] ~ 5 ~ en 

ἔλασκον εὐφημοῦντες ἐν θεῶν ἕδραις 


> fe 


θυηφάγον κοιμῶντες evwdn φλόγα. 


ar oe aa δ Δ᾽ oe πω. 
καὶ νὺυν τὰ μάσσω μεν TL CEL σ ἐμοὶ λέγειν: 


» b | A , ’ ; 
ἄνακτος αὐτοῦ πάντα πιεύσομαι λόγον. 
᾽ ΝΜ \ ae Ὁ A , 
ὅπως δ᾽ ἄριστα τὸν ἐμὸν αἰδοῖον πόσιν 

ἢ ; , \ 
σπεύσω πάλιν μολόντα δέξασθαι---τί yap 

; , φ “ 
γυναικὶ τούτου φέγγος ἥδιον δρακεῖν, 

᾿ yO ; a 
ἀπὸ στρατείας ἄνδρα σώσαντος θεοῦ, 

I - ΄ " ᾿ ; r 
πύλας ἀνοῖξαι ;----ταῦτ᾽ ἀπάγγείλον πύσει, 
[2 ev f > | 3 , , 
ἥκειν Ὅπως τάχιστ᾽ ἐράσμιον πόλει. 

»“ \ > | > , ¢/ / 

γυναῖκα πιστὴν δ᾽ ἐν δόμοις εὕροι μολών, 
“ 3 , , , 
οἵανπερ οὖν ἔλειπε, δωμάτων κύνα 
3 \ " ; ῇ A , 
ἐσθλὴν ἐκείνῳ, πολεμίαν τοῖς δύσφροσιν, 

\ Vv > ec / 4 ; 
καὶ TAAX ὁμοίαν πάντα, σημαντηρίον 


ATAMEMNON. 


οὐδὲν διαφθείρασαν ἐν μήκει χρόνου. 
οὐδ᾽ οἶδα τέρψιν οὐδ᾽ ἐπίψογον φάτιν 
ἄλλου πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μᾶλλον ἢ χαλκοῦ βαφάς. 
τοιόσδ᾽ ὁ κόμπος, τῆς ἀληθείας γέμων, 

> > \ « \ - 
οὐκ αἰσχρὸς ὡς γυναικὶ γενναίᾳ λακεῖν. 
αὕτη μὲν οὕτως εἶπε μανθάνοντί σοι 
τοροῖσιν ἑρμηνεῦσιν εὐπρεπῶς λόγον. 
σὺ δ᾽ εἰπέ, κῆρυξ, Μενέλεων δὲ πεύθομαι, 
εἰ νόστιμός τε καὶ σεσωσμένος πάλιν 
ἥξει ξὺν ὑμῖν, τῆσδε γῆς φίλον κράτος. 
οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅπως λέξαιμι τὰ ψευδῆ καλὰ 
ἐς τὸν πολὺν φίλοισι καρποῦσθαι χρόνον. 
πῶς δῆτ᾽ ἂν εἰπὼν κεδνὰ τἀληθῆ τύχοις ; 
σχισθέντα δ᾽ οὐκ εὔκρυπτα γίγνεται τάδε. 
κάνὴρ ἄφαντος ἐξ ᾿Αχαιϊκοῦ στρατοῦ, 
αὐτός τε καὶ τὸ πλοῖον. οὐ ψευδῆ λέγω. 
πότερον ἀναχθεὶς ἐμφανῶς ἐξ Ἰλίου, 
ἢ χεῖμα, κοινὸν ἄχθος, ἥρπασε στρατοῦ ; 
ἔκυρσας ὥστε τοξότης ἄκρος σκοποῦ" 
μακρὸν δὲ πῆμα συντόμως ἐφημίσω. 
πότερα γὰρ αὐτοῦ ζῶντος ἢ τεθνηκότος 
φάτις πρὸς ἄλλων ναυτίλων ἐκλήξετο ; 
οὐκ οἶδεν οὐδεὶς ὥστ᾽ ἀπαγγεῖλαι τορῶς, 
πλὴν τοῦ τρέφοντος ᾿Πλίου χθονὸς φύσιν. 
πῶς γὰρ λέγεις χειμῶνα ναυτικῷ στρατῷ 
ἐλθεῖν τελευτῆσαί τε δαιμόνων κότῳ; 
εὔφημον ἦμαρ οὐ πρέπει κακαγγέλῳ 
γλώσσῃ μιαίνειν" χωρὶς ἡ τιμὴ θεῶν. 
ὅταν δ᾽ ἀπευκτὰ πήματ᾽ ἄγγελος πόλει 
στυγνῷ προσώπῳ πτωσίμου στρατοῦ φέρῃ,--- 
πόλει μὲν ἕλκος ἕν τὸ δήμιον τυχεῖν, 
πολλοὺς δὲ πολλῶν ἐξαγισθέντας δόμων 
ἄνδρας διπλῇ μάστιγι,. τὴν "“Apns φιλεῖ, 


57 


580 


TR A OE CL Te Se NO te mt! πόνῳ -- 
“ον ane Sa A A NN -.».- 
oe RE ee π|5Ξ:-0Τ- .οἧςς...Ὁ--ο..ὕς --.-.- το δου καιντας. 


ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


δίλογχον ἄτην, φοινίαν ξυνωρίδα, --- 
τοιῶνδε μέντοι πημάτων σεσαγμένων 
πρέπει λέγειν παιᾶνα τόνδ᾽ ᾿Ἐρινύων'" 
σωτηρίων δὲ πραγμάτων εὐάγγελον 
ἥκοντα πρὸς χαίρουσαν εὐεστοῖ πόλιν---- 
πῶς κεδνὰ τοῖς κακοῖσι συμμίξω, λέγων 
χειμῶν * Αχαιοῖς οὐκ ἀμήνιτονκθεών; 
ξυνώμοσαν γάρ, ὄντες ἔχθιστοι τὸ πρίν, 
Πῦρ καὶ Θάλασσα, καὶ τὰ: πίστ᾽ ἐδειξάτην 
φθείροντε τὸν δύστηνον ᾿Αργείων στρατόν. 
ἐν νυκτὶ δυσκύμαντα δ᾽ ὠρώρει κακά" 
ναῦς γὰρ πρὸς ἀλλήλαισι Θρήκιαι πνοαὶ 
ἤρεικον᾽ αἱ δὲ κεροτυπούμεναι Bia 
χειμῶνι, ετυφῷ ξὺν ζάλῃ τ᾽ ὀμβροκτύπῳ, 
@xovT ἄφαντοι ποιμένος κακοῦ στρόβῳ. 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀνῆλθε λαμπρὸν ἡλίου φάος, 
ὁρῶμεν ἀνθοῦν πέλαγος Αὐγαῖον νεκροῖς 
ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αχαιῶν ναυτικῶν τ᾽ ἐρειπίων. 
ἡμᾶς γε μὲν δὴ ναῦν τ᾽, ἀκήρατον σκάφος, 
ἤτοι τις ἐξέκλεψεν ἢ ᾿ξῃητήσατο, 

θεός τις, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, οἴακος θυγών. 
Τύχη δὲ σωτὴρ ναῦν θέλουσ᾽ ἐφέζετο, 

ὡς μήτ᾽ ἐν ὅρμῳ κύματος ζάλην ἔχειν, 
μήτ᾽ ἐξοκεῖλαι πρὸς κραταίλεων χθόνα. 
ἔπειτα δ᾽ ἅδην πόντιον πεφευγότες, 


‘ > > , ; , 
λευκὸν κατ ἡμαρ, οὐ πεποιθότες τύχῃ, 


> ~ , , ; 
ἐβουκολοῦμεν φροντίσιν νέον πάθος 
στρατοῦ καμόντος καὶ κακῶς σποδουμένου. 
\ “ > 4 ᾿ ᾿ 
καὶ νῦν ἐκείνων εἴ τις ἐστὶν ἐμπνέων, 
, ς “ ¢ > | ; ὰ ’ ; 
λέγουσιν nuas ὡς ὁλωλότας" Ti μὴν; 
¢ “ > > ͵ ~ ? Μ ; 
ἡμεῖς T ἐκείνους ταῦτ᾽ ἔχειν δοξάζομεν. 
, 5 e v e , Ἁ > 
γένοιτο ὃ ws apicta* Μενέλεων yap οὖν 
“A / \ / ; a 
πρῶτον Te Kal μάλιστα προσδόκα μολεῖν" 


ATAMEMNON. 


εἰ δ᾽ οὖν τις ἀκτὶς ἡλίου νιν ἱστορεῖ 
καὶ ζῶντα καὶ βλέποντα, μηχαναῖς Διὸς 
οὔπω θέλοντος ἐξαναλῶσαι γένος, 
ἐλπίς τις αὐτὸν πρὸς δόμους ἥξειν πάλιν. 
τοσαῦτ᾽ ἀκούσας ἴσθι τἀχηθῆ κλύων. 639 
ΧΟ. τίς ποτ᾽ ὠνόμαζεν ὧδ᾽ ἐς τὸ πᾶν ἐτητύμως --- στρ. α΄. 
μή τις, ὅντιν᾽ οὐχ ὁρῶμεν, προνοίαισι τοῦ πεπρωμένου 
γλῶσσαν ἐν τύχᾳ νέμων ;:--- 
τὰν δορίγαμβρον ἀμφινεικῆ θ 
Ἑλέναν ; ἐπεὶ πρεπόντως 
ἑλέναυς, ἕλανδρος, ἑλέπτολις, 
ἐκ τῶν ἀβροτίμων 
προκαλυμμάτων ἔπλευσε 
“Ζεφύρου γίγαντος αὔρᾳ, 
πολύανδροί τε φεράσπιδες κυναγοὺ 
κατ᾽ ἴχνος πλάταν ἄφαντον 
κελσάντων Σιμόεντος ἀκτὰς ἐπ᾽ ἀεξιφύλλους 
δ ἔριν αἱματόεσσαν. Ι 
Ἰλίῳ δὲ κῆδος ὀρθώνυμον τέλεσσίφρων ἀντ. α. 
μῆνις ἤλασεν, τραπέζας ἀτίμωσιν ὑστέρῳ χρόνῳ 
καὶ ξυνεστίου Διὸς 655 
πρασσομένα τὸ νυμφότιμον 
μέλος ἐκφάτως τίοντας, 
ὑμέναιον, ὃς τότ᾽ ἐπέρρεπε 
γαμβροῖσιν ἀείδειν. 
μεταμανθάνουσα δ' ὕμνον 
Πριάμου πόλις γεραιὰ 
πολύθρηνον μέγα που στένει, κικλήσκου- 
σα Πάριν τὸν αἰνόλεκτρον, 
πάμπροσθ᾽ ἦ πολύθρηνον αἰῶνα *dval πολιτᾶν 
μέλεον αἷμ᾽’ ἀνατλᾶσα. 665 
ἔθρεψεν δὲ *Aéovtos ἦν- στρ. B. 


3 


AIZXTAOT 


, > ; “4 
εν Ἐ δόμοις ἀγάλακτον ov- 
>, \ , a> 
TOS ἀνὴρ φιίλομαστον πὸ, 
ἐν βιότου προτελείοις 
[22 " ; ; \ - . , 
apepov, εὐφιλόπαιδά *Te Kal γεραροῖς ἐπίχαρτον. 
, »Μ > > ; » 
ποόλεα δ᾽ ἔσχ᾽ ἐν ἀγκάλαις 671 
νεοτρόφου τέκνου δίκαν, 
\ _ , 4 , , 
φαιδρωπὸς ποτὶ χεῖρα, σαίνων τε γαστρὸς ἀνάγκαις. 
χρονισθεὶς δ᾽ ἀπέδειξεν «ἡἧ- ἀντ. B. 
\ 4 , j on at 
Gos τὸ πρὸς *ToKéwy" χάριν 675 
yap τροφεῦσιν ἀμείβων 
μηλοφόνοις πθανάτοισιν 
“a 9» > , ») ᾽ Cf me , > > , 
air’ ἀκέλευστος ἔτευξεν, * ev αἵμασι Ἐ δ᾽ οἶκος ἐφύρθη, 
ἄμαχον ἄλγος οἰκέταις, 
, , , : Oo 
μέγα σίνος πολυκτόνον 680 
- ~a a ς , v , ; 
Τέκ θεοῦ δ᾽ ἱερεύς τις ἄτας δόμοις Ἐπροσεθρέφθη. 
, o> 69 A , ; ; ’ 9 ἃ ͵ 
πάραυτα ὃ ἐλθεῖν ἐς ᾿Ἰλίου πόλιν λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν στρ. γ΄. 
) \ / , 
φρόνημα μὲν νηνέμου γαλάνας, 
> ~ > v , 
ἀκασκαῖον δ᾽ ἄγαλμα πλούτου, 
μαλθακὸν ομμάτων βέλος, 685 
δηξίθυμον ἔρωτος ἄνθος" 
ξίθυμον ἔρωτος ἄνθος 
’ » »] f \ ; f 
παρακλιίνασ ἐπέκρανεν δὲ γάμου πικρὰς τελευτάς, 
, “w Ν ; ΓΙ Ρ δι 
δύσεδρος καὶ δυσόμιλος συμένα ἸΠριαμίδαισιν 
πομπᾷ Διὸς Eeviov 
, IT ἢ 
νυμφόκλαυτος Epuvis. 690 
’ | " ~ , , ’ > ; 
παλαίφατος δ᾽ ἐν βροτοῖς γέρων λόγος τέτυκται, ἀντ. γ΄. 
’ \ / 
μέγαν τελεσθέντα φωτὸς ὄλβον 
“ > " ’ e 
τεκνοῦσθαι, μηδ᾽ ἄπαιδα θνήσκειν 
" > ? A , ; 
ἐκ δ᾽ ἀγαθᾶς τύχας γένει 
, > f ᾽ ; 
βλαστάνειν ἀκόρεστον οἰξζύν. 695 
/ eae , > / \ ‘\ , 
δίχα δ᾽ ἄλλων μονόφρων εἰμί" τὸ δυσσεβὲς γὰρ ἔργον 


, 4 / ; 7 > > ; f 
μέτα μὲν πλείονα τίκτει, σφετέρᾳ δ᾽ εἰκότα γέννᾳ. 


ν ‘ . 
οἴκων γὰρ εὐθυδίκων 


ATAMEMNON. 25 


f , BF 
καλλύίπαις πότμος αἰεί. 
~ / 4 Υ 
φιλεῖ δὲ τίκτειν Ὕβρις μὲν παλαιὰ νεά- στρ. δ. 
Μ - “ἢ n 
Covcav *év γε Tois* κακοῖς βροτῶν 701 
> Xx ῇ ‘sy / e 
“T8pw τότ᾽ ἢ τόθ᾽, κὅτε τὸ κύριον μόλῃ 
Ἵ Υ >] V4 rr 
*vea δ᾽ ἔφυσεν Kopor,* 
ὃ Γ ἋΣ Ἐπ *% 2 ’ 
aiova τ ἀμαχον, ἀπόλεμον, 
ay. / , 4 
aviepov Θράσος, μελαίνας μελάθροισιν “Atas 705 
πεἰδομένας τοκεῦσιν. 
“ \ , / > | , 
Δίκα δὲ λάμπει μὲν ἐν δυσκάπνοις δώμασιν, ἀντ. δ΄. 
\ > ’ , 
τὸν δ᾽ ἐναίσιμον τίει βίον. 
τὰ χρυσόπαστα δ᾽ κἔδεθλα σὺν πίνῳ χερῶν 
Ἐπαλιντρόποισιν λυποῦσ᾽ 710 
wv ¢/ 4 ᾿ς 
ὄμμασιν ὁσια προσέμολε, 
, , ἴα ; , / 
δύναμιν οὐ σέβουσα πλούτου παράσημον aive. 
A > f co 
πᾶν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τέρμα νωμᾷ. 
5) a Ἢ “ ᾽ 
ἄγε δή, βασιλεῦ, 'Τροίας πτολίπορθ᾽, 
᾿Ατρέως γένεθλον, 
A A / 
πῶς σε προσείπω; πῶς σε σεβίζω 
, , εξ ῇ ; 3 ς 
μήθ᾽ ὑπεράρας μήθ᾽ ὑποκάμψας 
\ / 
καιρὸν χάριτος ; 
\ ~ ~ = 
πολλοὶ δὲ βροτῶν τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι 
προτίουσι δίκην παραβάντες. 
“ ἴω > / 
τῷ δυσπραγοῦντι τ᾽ ἐπιστενάχειν 
oo 
πᾶς Tis ἕτοιμος" δῆγμα δὲ λύπης 
οὐδὲν ἐφ᾽ ἧπαρ προσικνεῖται" 
\ ς a 
καὶ Evyyaipovow ὁμοιοπρεπεῖς 
ἀγέλαστα πρόσωπα κβιῶνται. 
eA > > 4 / 
ὅστις δ᾽ ἀγαθὸς προβατογνώμων, 
3 a a bd \ 
οὐκ ἔστι λαθεῖν ὄμματα φωτὸς 
\ “ > Ψ > / 
τὰ δοκοῦντ᾽ εὔφρονος ἐκ διανοίας 
ς A / / 
ὑδαρεῖ σαίνειν φιλότητι. 
\ ’ ἤ \ 
σὺ δέ μοι τότε μέν, στέλλων στρατιὰν 
“λέ “ > ᾽ , > > , 
ἕνης ἕνεκ᾽, οὐ yap *o ἐπικεύσω, 


ΑἸΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


, . ; 
κάρτ᾽ ἀπομούσως ἦσθα γεγραμμένος, 
50. φ ; » 
οὐδ᾽ εὖ πραπίδων οἴακα νέμων, 


Ἔ ἐκ θυσιῶν 


θράσος 
5 ἢ , / Ν 
ἀνδράσι θνήσκουσι κομίζων 
νῦν δ᾽ οὐκ ἀπ᾽ ἄκρας φρενὸς οὐδ᾽ ἀφίλως 
εὔφρων πόνος εὖ τελέσασιν. 
γνώσει δὲ χρόνῳ διαπευθόμενος 
τόν τε δικαίως καὶ τὸν ἀκαίρως 


πόλιν οἰκουροῦντα πολιτῶν. 


ATAMEMNON. 


a —_— a 4 , / 
πρῶτον μὲν ~Apyos καὶ θεοὺς ἐγχωρίους 
δίκη προσειπεῖν, τοὺς ἐμοὶ μεταιτίους 
ῇ ’ 

νόστου, δικαίων θ᾽ ὧν ἐπραξάμην πόλιν 

" ᾽ , ἃ 
Πριάμου" δίκας γὰρ οὐκ ἀπὸ γλώσσης θεοὶ 
κλύοντες ἀνδροθνῆτας ᾿Ιλίου φθορὰς 
εἰς αἱματηρὸν τεῦχος οὐ διχορρόπως 

" 6 “A > > | ,ὔ ἤ 
ψήφους ἔθεντο᾽ τῷ δ᾽ ἐναντίῳ κύτει 
ἐλπὶς προσήει χειρὸς οὐ πληρουμένῳ. 
- > ¢ ~ “ vw 9 v 4 
καπνῷ δ᾽ ἁλοῦσα viv ἔτ᾽ εὔσημος πόλις. 
ἄτης εθυηλαὶ ζῶσι" συνθνήσκουσα δὲ 
σποδὸς προπέμπει πίονας πλούτου πνοάς. 
)Ἅ A , 

τούτων θεοῖσι χρὴ πολύμνηστον χάριν 
, 

Twew" ἐπείπερ Kal πάγας ὑπερκότους 
3 ; 

πέφραξαάμεσθα, καὶ γυναικὸς εἵνεκα 
“ ᾿ > ~ Ul 

πόλιν διημάθυνεν ᾿Αργεῖον δάκος, 

σ ; 

ἵππου νεοσσός, ἀσπιδοστρύόφος λεώς, 

> > ’ 
anon ὀρούσας ἀμφὶ Πλειάδων δύσιν" 
¢ Ἁ \ , > A 
ὑπερθορὼν δὲ πύργον ὠμηστὴς λέων 
/ nw 
ἄδην ἔλειξεν αἵματος τυραννικοῦ. 
θεοῖς μὲν ἐξέτεινα φροίμιον τόδε" 

\ δ᾽ ες \ \ , 4 , 
τῶ ὃ ἐς TO σὸν φρόνημα, μέμνημαι κλύων, 


ATAMEMNON. 


‘ Ἢ > A Ἢ , ἢ > + 
καὶ φημὶ ταὐτὰ καὶ ξυνήγορὸν μ᾽ ἔχεις. 
παύροις γὰρ ἀνδρῶν ἐστὶ συγγενὲς τόδε, 
, 4 > a > ΕἾ ’ , 
φίλον τὸν εὐτυχοῦντ᾽ ἄνευ φθόνου σέβειν. 
\ , / 
δύσφρων yap ἰὸς καρδίαν προσήμενος 
ἄχθος διπλοίξζει τῷ πεπαμένῳ νόσον" 
od - ῇ 
τοῖς T αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται, 
\ \ a “ > A , 
καὶ τὸν θυραῖον ὄλβον εἰσορῶν στένει. 
᾿ \ , > ΝΜ φ \ 93 ’ 
εἰδὼς λέγοιμ᾽ ἄν, εὖ γὰρ ἐξεπίσταμαι, 
ὁμιλίας κάτοπτρον, εἴδωλον σκιᾶς 
δοκοῦντας εἶναι κάρτα πρευμενεῖς ἐμοί. 
΄ > ? / ed > ¢ \ v 
μόνος δ᾽ ᾿Οδυσσεύς, ὅσπερ οὐχ ἑκὼν ἔπλεὶ, 
ζευχθεὶς ἕτοιμος ἦν ἐμοὶ σειραφόρος" 
εἴτ᾽ οὖν θανόντος εἴτε καὶ ζῶντος πέρι 
λέγω. τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα πρὸς πόλιν τε καὶ θεούς, 
> na , 
κοινοὺς ἀγῶνας θέντες, ἐν πτανηγύρει 
U \ ‘ \ lal ¥ 
βουλευσόμεσθα. καὶ τὸ μὲν καλῶς ἔχον 
ef / > A / . 
ὅπως χρονίζον εὖ μενεῖ βουλευτέον 
“ \ \ nw f ’ 
ὅτῳ δὲ καὶ δεῖ φαρμάκων παιωνίων, 
“Δ 
ἤτοι κέαντες ἣ τεμόντες εὐφρόνως 
, θ a “a. Ἢ , ’ * 
πειρασόμεσθα πῆμ ἀποστρέψαι νόσου. 
al > 
νῦν δ᾽ ἐς μέλαθρα καὶ δόμους ἐφεστίους 
ἐλθὼν θεοῖσι πρῶτα δεξιώσομαι, 
Ὁ U 
οἵπερ πρόσω πέμψαντες ἤγαγον πάλιν. 
/ > / 
νίκη δ᾽ ἐπείπερ ἕσπετ᾽, ἐμπέδως μένοι. 
ων > 
“Avdpes πολῖται, πρέσβος ᾿Αργείων τόδε, 
a , 
οὐκ αἰσχυνοῦμαι τοὺς φιλάνορας τρόπους 
/ ‘ ¢ .. > Ul > a f 
λέξαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς" ἐν χρόνῳ δ᾽ ἀποφθίνει 
\ U > > ” U 
τὸ τάρβος ἀνθρώποισιν. οὐκ ἄλλων πάρα 
“ > A 
μαθοῦσ᾽ ἐμαυτῆς δύσφορον λέξω βίον 
’ » or a = « » Θ / 
τοσόνδ᾽, ὅσονπερ οὗτος ἦν ὑπ᾽ ᾿Ιλίῳ. 
x a ” f 
τὸ μὲν γυναῖκα πρῶτον ἄρσενος δίχα 
Ὁ U Μ »). ’ 
ἧσθαι δόμοις ἔρημον, ἔκπαγλον κακόν, 
‘ Uj ‘ / 
πολλὰς κλύουσαν εκληδόνας παλιγκοτους" 


AT] XTAOT ἘΝ ATAMEMNON. 


καὶ τὸν μὲν ἥκειν, τὸν δ᾽ ἐπεισφέρειν κακοῦ 7 ; σωτῆρα ναὸς πρότονον, ὑψηλῆς στέγης 
κάκιον ἄλλο πῆμα, λάσκοντας δόμοις. | στῦλον ποδήρη, μονογενὲς τέκνον πατρί, 
καὶ τραυμάτων μὲν εἰ τόσων ἐτύγχανεν καὶ γῆν φανεῖσαν ναυτίλοις παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα, 830 
ἁνὴρ ὅδ᾽, ὡς πρὸς οἶκον ὠχετεύετο κάλλιστον ἦμαρ εἰσιδεῖν ἐκ χείματος, 
φάτις, τέτρωται δικτύου πλέω λέγειν. | ὁδοιπόρῳ διψῶντι πηγαῖον ῥέος. 

εἰ δ᾽ ἦν τεθνηκώς, ὡς κἐπλήθυον λόγοι, τερπνὸν δὲ ταναγκαῖον ἐκφυγεῖν ἅπαν. 
τρισώματος τὰν Τηρυὼν ὃ δεύτερος τοιοῖσδέ * roi νιν ἀξιῶ προσφθέγμασιν. 
[πολλὴν ἄνωθεν, τὴν κάτω γὰρ οὐ λέγω, φθάνος δ᾽ ἀπέστω" πολλὰ γὰρ τὰ πρὶν κακὰ 835 
χθονὸς τρίμοιρον χλαῖναν ἐξηύχει λαβεῖν, ἠνειχόμεσθα" νῦν δέ μοι, φίλον κάρα, 
ἅπαξ ἑκάστῳ κατθανὼν μορφώματι. | ἔκβαιν᾽ ἀπήνης τῆσδε, μὴ χαμαὶ τιθεὶς 
τοιῶνδ᾽ ἕκατι κληδόνων παλυγκότων 05 | τὸν σὸν πόδ᾽, ὦ ᾽ναξ, ᾽Ιλίου πορθήτορα. 
πολλὰς ἄνωθεν ἀρτάνας ἐμῆς δέρης Suwai, τί μέλλεθ᾽, αἷς ἐπέσταλται τέλος 
ἔλυσαν ἄλλοι πρὸς βίαν λελημμένης. πέδον κελεύθου στρωννύναι πετάσμασιν ; 
ἐκ τῶνδέ τοι παῖς ἐνθάδ᾽ οὐ παραστατεῖ, εὐθὺς γενέσθω πορφυρόστρωτος πόρος, 
ἐμῶν τε καὶ σῶν κύριος πιστευμάτων, | és δῶμ᾽ ἄελπτον ws ἂν ἡγῆται Δίκη. 

: ae , πὶ : me ,» 9 ‘ μου all ; 
ὡς χρῆν, Ορέστης" μηδὲ θαυμάσῃς τοὸδε᾿" τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα φροντὶς οὐχ ὕπνῳ νικωμένη 
τρέφει γὰρ αὐτὸν εὐμενὴς δορύξενος θήσει δικαίως ξὺν θεοῖς εἱμαρμένα. 
Στρόφιος ὁ Φωκεύς, ἀμφίλεκτα πήματ . Λήδας γένεθλον, δωμάτων ἐμῶν φύλαξ, 
ἐμοὶ προφωνῶν, τόν θ᾽ ὑπ᾽ "him σέθεν ἀπουσίᾳ μὲν εἶπας εἰκότως ἐμῇ" 

κίνδυνον, εἴ τε δημόθρους ἀναρχία μακρὰν γὰρ ἐξέτεινας" ἀλλ᾽ ἐναισίμως 
βουλὴν καταρρίψειεν, ὥστε σύγγονον αἰνεῖν, map ἄλλων χρὴ τόδ᾽ ἔρχεσθαι γέρας. 
βροτοῖσι τὸν πεσόντα λακτίσαι πλέον. καὶ τἄλλα, μὴ γυναικὸς ἐν τρόποις ἐμὲ 
τοιάδε μέν τοι σκῆψις οὐ δόλον φέρει. ἅβρυνε, μηδὲ βαρβάρου φωτὸς δίκην 
ἔμοιγε μὲν δὴ κλαυμάτων ἐπίσσυτοι χαμαιπετὲς βόαμα προσχάνῃς ἐμοί" 
πηγαὶ κατεσβήκασιν, οὐδ᾽ ἔνε σταγών. μηδ᾽ εἵμασι στρώσασ᾽ ἐπίφθονον πόρον 
ἐν ὀψικοίτοις δ᾽ ὄμμασιν βλάβας ἔχω, τίθει. θεούς τοι τοῖσδε τιμαλφεῖν χρεών" 
τὰς ἀμφί σοι κλαίουσα χαμπτηρουχίας ἐν ποικίλοις δὲ θνητὸν ὄντα κάλλεσιν 
ἀτημελήτους αἰέν. ἐν δ᾽ ὀνείρασιν βαίνειν, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐδαμῶς ἄνευ φόβου. 
λεπταῖς ὑπαὶ κώνωπος ἐξηγειρόμην λέγω κατ᾽ ἄνδρα, μὴ θεόν, σέβειν ἐμέ. 
ῥιπαῖσι θωύσσοντος, ἀμφί σοι πάθη χωρὶς ποδοψήστρων τε καὶ τῶν ποικίλων 
ὁρῶσα πλείω τοῦ ξυνεύδοντος χρόνου. | κληδὼν ἀντεῖ" καὶ TO μὴ κακῶς φρονεῖν 
νῦν, ταῦτα πάντα τλᾶσ᾽, ἀπενθήτῳ φρενὶ | θεοῦ μέγιστον δῶρον. ὀλβίσαι δὲ χρὴ 
λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν ἄνδρα τόνδε τῶν σταθμῶν κύνα, βίον τελευτήσαντ᾽ ἐν εὐεστοῖ φίλῃ. 


ΑἸΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


pea ’ > A , 0 \ ΒΗ, 
εἰ πάντα δ᾽ ὡς ἐἩπράσσοιμεν, εὐθαρσὴς ey. 
> ’ ἃ ἃ > ’ 
καὶ μὴν τόδ᾽ εἰπὲ μὴ παρὰ γνώμην ἐμοί 
; Ἁ » Ἁ lol > ᾽ ξ΄ 
γνώμην μὲν ἴσθι μὴ διαφθεροῦντ᾽ ἐμε. 
’ “~ ; x v ; 
ηὔξω θεοῖς δείσας ἂν ὧδ᾽ ἔρδειν τάδε; 
~ , 
Eevtrety τέλος. 


rad " 


v , > > 
εἴπερ Tis, εἰδὼς Ὑ εὖ TOO *E 

; > w A / > AN v 
τί δ᾽ ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος, εἰ tad ἤνυσεν ; 
> , a ; - - 
ἐν ποικίλοις ἂν κάρτα μοι βῆναι δοκεῖ. 

, \ , , ban! A ; 
μή νυν τὸν ἀνθρώπειον αἰδεσθῇῆς ψόγον. 

, ; , ; / 
φήμη ye μέντοι δημόθρους μέγα σθένει. 

3 » / > ’ / 
ὁ δ᾽ ἀφθόνητός γ᾽ οὐκ ἐπιζηλος πέλει. 

> ; > | ς ; 
οὔ τοι γυναικός ἐστιν ἱμείρειν μάχης. 

A > | Ζ \ A ; 
τοῖς δ᾽ ὀλβίοις ye καὶ τὸ νικᾶσθαι πρέπει. 
ἢ καὶ σὺ νίκην τήνδε δήριος τίεις ; 

“- , ; / > 4 4 
πιθοῦ" κράτος μέντοι Tapes γ ἑκὼν ἐμοι. 
> A as ς > ; 
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ σοι ταῦθ᾽, vrai τις ἀρβύλας 

; / / 4 r ἢ 
λύοι τάχος, πρόδουλον ἔμβασιν ποδός, 

~ f > »] ; > | ¢ , - 
καὶ τοῖσδέ μ᾽ ἐμβαίνονθ᾽ ἁλουργέσιν θεῶν 

, ; > , ; 
μή τις πρόσωθεν ὄμματος βάλοι φθόνος. 

Ἁ \ > ~ 
πολλὴ yap αἰδὼς πδωματοφθορεῖν ποσὶν 
f la / , c ; 
φθείροντα πλοῦτον ἀργυρωνήτους θ΄ ὑφαάς. 

“ \ e/ r ~ 
τούτων μὲν οὕτω" τὴν ξένην δὲ πρευμενῶς 

, > | + ; 4 - 7 
τήνδ᾽ ἐσκόμιζε. τὸν κρατοῦντα μαλθακῶς 

\ , > - , 
θεὸς πρόσωθεν εὐμενῶς προσδέρκεται. 

e ‘4 \ ΑΝ “ ~ 
ἑκὼν yap οὐδεὶς δουλίῳ χρῆται ζυγῷ. 

aA , A , 93 / 
αὕτη δέ, πολλῶν χρημάτων ἐξαίρετον 
” a  & ¢ > > 
ἄνθος, στρατοῦ δώρημ᾽, ἐμοὶ ξυνέσπετο. 
> >] J ; 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀκούειν σου κατέστραμμαι τάδε, 

oe » δέ , , ὡ 
εἶμ᾽ ἐς δόμων μέλαθρα πορφύρας πατῶν. 
3 ‘al , / , , 
ἔστιν θάλασσα---τίς δέ νιν κατασβέσει ;— 

, [4] , > , 
τρέφουσα πολλῆς πορφύρας *icapyupov 

- J ιν ῇ 
κηκῖδα παγκαίνιστον, εἱμάτων βαφας. 

Μἷ δ᾽ ς ; = A >. \ A wv & 
οἴκοις δ᾽ ὑπάρχει τῶνδε σὺν θεοῖς, ava€, 
" . , δι . , , ; 
ἔχειν᾽ πένεσθαι δ᾽ οὐκ ἐπίσταται δόμος. 


Salata Penh Ἐφ 


ATAMEMNON. 


- \ 3 e U δ "3 ᾿ 
πολλῶν πατησμὸν δ᾽ εἱμάτων ἄν ηὐξάμην, 
᾽ ΄ ’ / 
δόμοισι προὐνεχθέντος ἐν χρηστηρίοις, 
a Ul a“ / 
ψυχῆς κόμιστρα τῆσδε μηχανωμένη. 
4 % 4 ’ 
ῥίζης γὰρ οὔσης φυλλὰς ἵκετ᾽ ἐς δόμους, 
’ , 
σκιὰν ὑπερτείνασα Σειρίου κυνός. 
καὶ σοῦ μολόντος δωματῖτιν ἑστίαν, 
’ \ , a / 
θάλπος μὲν ἐν χειμῶνι onpatvers μολον" 
» 4 , r \ » > v a 
ὅταν δὲ τεύχη Ζεὺς am ὄμφακος πικρὰς 
2 o> νῷ nr ᾽ , , 
οἶνον, τότ᾽ ἤδη ψῦχος ἐν δόμοις πέλει, 
+ ‘ , — ν᾿ ἃ , 
ἀνδρὸς τελείου δῶμ᾽ ἐπιστρωφωμένου. 
fol an , ‘ > \ 
Zed, Ζεῦ τέλειε, Tas ἐμὰς evyas τέλει" 
μέλοι δέ τοι σοὶ τῶνπερ ἂν μέλλῃς τελεῖν. 005 
τίπτε μοι τόδ᾽ ἐμπέδως στρ. α΄. 
δεῖμα προστατήριον 
καρδίας τερασκόπου ποτᾶται, 
- > ] > | ᾿ ν᾽ 
μαντιπολεῖ δ᾽ ἀκέλευστος ἄμισθος ἀοιδά; 
οὐδ᾽ ἀποπτύσαι, δίκαν 
δυσκρίτων ὀνειράτων, 


A , \ [7 
θάρσος εὐπιθὲς iter 


φρενὸς φίλον θρόνον; χρόνος δ᾽ ἐπὶ 


πρυμνησίων *EvveuBorais 
ψαμμίας ἀκάτας παρή- 
βησεν, * 


ὦρθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ Ἴλιον στρατός. 


Ὁ Ω ἤ 
€UTE ναυβατας 


f ᾽ > ? 3 
πεύθομαι δ᾽ ἀπ᾿ ὀμμάτων 
νόστον, αὐτόμαρτυς ὦν' 

\ >] v , sd ε A 
τὸν δ᾽ ἄνευ λύρας ὅμως ὑμνῳδεῖ 
θρῆνον ᾿Ερινύος αὐτοδίδακτος ἔσωθεν 

ρη ρ 
U 5 \ aA ¥ 
θυμός, ov TO πᾶν ἔχων 
ἐλπίδος φίλον θράσος. 
, ᾽ v 4 
σπλάγχνα δ᾽ κοὔῦὔτι ματάζει, 
\ ᾽ δί \ x , 
πρὸς ἐνδίκοις φρεσὶν * κυκλούμενον 
/ , / 
δίναις κέαρ τελεσφόροις. Ὦ 


i 
| 


AIZXTAOT 


v > 7, BS γι a >? 
EVYOMAL δ᾽ ἀπ᾿ ἐμᾶς *TOLAUT 
/ / “ 
ἐλπίδος ψύθη πεσεῖν 
ε \ \ Ul 
ἐς TO μὴ τελεσφόρον. 
, , Ἂς \ ! ¢ of ok 
para ye Tor το μεγάλας vyelas 
, \ > 
ἀκόρεστον τέρμα, νόσος yap *aéb 
¢ ; 3 ᾿ 
γείτων ὁμότοιχος ἐρείδει, 
᾿ a 
καὶ πότμος εὐθυπορὼν 
> \ 
avopos .... 
9 7 e 
ἔπαισεν ἄφαντον ἕρμα. 
Ἁ \ , 
καὶ TO μὲν πρὸ χρημάτων 
> ᾽ ’ 
κτησίων ἀπ᾽ εὐμέτρου 
/ ’ \ 
σφενδόνας "ὄκνῳ βαλὼν 
οὐκ ἔδυ πρόπας δόμος 
A / "“ 
πήημονας γέεμὼν ἄγαν, 940 
οὐδ᾽ ἐπόντισε σκάφος. 
πολλά τοι δόσις 
ἐκ Διὸς ἀμφιλαφής τε καὶ ἐξ ἀλόκων ἐπετειᾶν 
νῆστιν ὦλεσεν νόσον. 
\ > > \ “A " 7 ῇ > 
τὸ δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾶν πεσὸν ἅπαξ θανάσιμον ἀντ. β΄. 
ν. Ὁ ἃ ; ᾿ / a 
προπάροιθ᾽ ἀνδρὸς μέλαν αἷμα tis dv 940 
> | ; > ; 
πόλλ᾽ ἀγκαλέσαιτ᾽ ἐπαείδων ; 
α΄ ὁ \ ᾽ κι 
κοὐχὶ τὸν ὀρθοδαῆ 
“~ , > 7 
τῶν φθιμένων ἀνάγειν 
Ζεὺς εκατέπαυσεν ὁ ἐπ᾽ εὐλαβείᾳ ἵ; 
εἰ δὲ μὴ τεταγμένα 
μοῖρα μοῖραν ἐκ θεῶν 
> \ / ; 
εἶργε μὴ πλέον φέρειν, 
προφθάσασα καρδία 
κ᾿ ὰ πο δ᾽ eT 
γλῶσσαν ἂν tad ἐξέχει. 
“ , ες \ ; ry , 
νῦν δ᾽ ὑπὸ σκότῳ βρέμει 
, \ 
θυμαληγής Te Kal 
3 \ 3 , \ / > | ee 
οὐδὲν ἐπελπομένα ποτὲ καίριον ἐκτολυπεύσειν 
’ ; 
ζωπυρουμένας ppevos. 


ATAMEMNON. 


\ 
εἴσω κομίζου καὶ ov’ Kacavépay λέγω" 
> f > ΝΜ ω > / , 
ἐπεί σ᾽ ἔθηκε Ζεὺς ἀμηνίτως δόμοις 
4 “. n 4 
κοινωνὸν εἶναι χερνίβων, πολλῶν μετὰ 

~ lol 
δούλων σταθεῖσαν κτησίου βωμοῦ πέλας. 
» » > ’ ~ >] ¢ ’ 
ἔκβαιν᾽ ἀπήνης τῆσδε, μηδ᾽ ὑπερφρόνει. 

‘ Cal , ‘ > / \ 
καὶ παῖδα yap τοι φασὶν ᾿Αλκμήνης ποτὲ 
πραθέντα τλῆναι, καὶ ζυγῶν θιγεῖν Bia. 

> > | > » ’ “ > 

εἰ δ᾽ οὖν ἀνάγκη τῆσδ᾽ ἐπιρρέποι τύχης, 
>] / a) 

ἀρχαιοπλούτων δεσποτῶν πολλὴ χάρις" 
“Ὁ δ᾽ bd > > / wv - 
οἱ οὔποτ᾽ ἐλπίσαντες ἡμησαν Karas, 
> ’ , , , 
ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ παρὰ στάθμην. 
» > « ~~ er 

ἔχεις παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ola περ νομίζεται. 
σοί τοι λέγουσα παύεται σαφῆ λόγον. 

> 4 3 δ 9 

ἐντὸς δ᾽ ἂν οὖσα μορσίμων ἀγρευμάτων 

’ b v > / 3 > ’ > Μ 
πείθοι av, εἰ πείθοι" ἀπειθοίης δ᾽ ἴσως. 
> > v , 
ἀλλ᾽ εἴπερ ἐστὶ μή, χελιδόνος δίκην, 
> “- 4 , , 
ἀγνῶτα φωνὴν βάρβαρον κεκτημένη, 

»ἢ A , / / 

ἔσω φρενῶν λέγουσα πείθω νιν λόγῳ. 

ew \ ; 4 - a / f 
ἕπου» τὰ λῴώστα τῶν παρεστώτων λέγει. 

/ a , 
πείθου, λιποῦσα τόνδ᾽ ἁμαξήρη θρόνον. 

bd U Md 5 *% \ 4Ἂ U 
οὔ τοι θυραίαν τήνδ *étTt aYoAnY™ Tapa 
τρίβειν. τανῦν γὰρ ἑστίας μεσομφάλου 
-“ a a“ \ / 
ἕστηκεν κἡμῖν μῆλα πρὸς σφαγὰς πυρός, 
e > δε , , 
ὡς οὔποτ᾽ ἐλπίσασι τήνδ᾽ ἕξειν χάριν. 

\ ᾽ ΝΜ U A \ \ U 5 
σὺ δ᾽ εἴ τι δράσεις τῶνδε, μὴ σχολὴν τίθει 
᾽ , > / 3 4 , / 
εἰ δ᾽ ἀξυνήμων οὖσα μὴ δέχει λόγον, 

» > “ ; Ll , 
κἀλλ᾽ ἀντὶ φωνῆς φράζε καρβάνῳ χερί. 
΄ ’ »Μ ’ “ 
ἑρμηνέως ἔοικεν ἡ ξένη τοροῦ 
δεῖσθαι" τρόπος δὲ θηρὸς ὡς νεαιρέτου. 
9 an / τ 
ἢ μαίνεταί γε καὶ κακῶν κλύει φρενῶν, 
sd al , / 
ἥτις λιποῦσα μὲν πόλιν νεαίρετον 
er \ ᾽ ᾽ > ἡ , 
ἥκει, χαλινὸν δ᾽ οὐκ ἐπίσταται φέρειν 

\ e \ " ͵ , 
πρὶν αἱματηρὸν ἐξαφρίζεσθαι μένος. 


Κι A. 


ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


> \ t e/ ! > % , 

ov μὴν πλέω ῥίψασ᾽ ἀτιμωθήσομαι. 

> \ > b / / , 

ἐγὼ δ᾽, ἐποικτείρω γάρ, οὐ θυμώσομαι. 
, > ; 


» / > > ; > Μ 
(5, ὦ τάλαινα, Tovd ἐρημώσασ᾽ ὄχον, 


ν > , ’ - , 4 
κείκουσ avayKn THOSE καίνισον ζυγόν. 


ΚΑΣΑΝΔΡΑ. 


A“ 


OTOTOTOL, πόποι, δᾶ. 


3 > > > 
@ πόλλον, ὦ πολλον. 


τί ταῦτ᾽ ἀνωτότυξας ἀμφὶ Λοξίου: 
οὐ γὰρ τοιοῦτος ὥστε θρηνητοῦ τυχεῖν. 
ὀτοτοτοῖ, πόποι, δᾶ. 
ὦ ᾽πολλον, ὦ ᾽πολλον. 
ἥδ᾽ αὖτε δυσφημοῦσα τὸν θεὸν καλεῖ, 
οὐδὲν προσήκοντ᾽ ἐν ydois π᾿αραστατεῖν. 
᾿ΑΖπόλλων, ᾿Απόλλων 
ἀγυιᾶτ᾽, ἀπόλλων ἐμὸς" 
ἀπώλεσας γὰρ οὐ μόλις τὸ δεύτερον. 
χρήσειν ἔοικεν ἀμφὶ τῶν αὑτῆς κακῶν. 
μένει τὸ θεῖον δουλίᾳ ἐπερ ἐν φρενί. 
᾿Απόλλων, ᾿Απόλλων 
ὠγυιάτ᾽, ἀπόλλων ἐμός. 
& ποῖ ποτ᾽ ἤγαγές με: πρὸς Ποίαν στέγην : 
πρὸς τὴν ᾿Ατρειδῶν" εἰ σὺ μὴ τόδ᾽ ἐννοεῖς, 
ἐγὼ λέγω cou καὶ τάδ᾽ οὐκ ἐρεῖς ψύθη. 
a ἃ, στρ. γ΄. 
μισόθεον μὲν ddv* πολλὰ συνίστορ᾽ *av- 1016 
ToKTOVa κακά τ᾽ ἀρτάναι τ᾽ Ἐ 
ἀνδροσφαγεῖόν Ἐθ᾽ αἱμάτων Ἐ ῥαντήριον. 
ἔοικεν edpis ἡ ξένη, κυνὸς δίκην, 
εἶναι" ματεύει δ᾽ ὧν ἀνευρήσει φόνον. 
κὰ ἂν 


/ \ wn > ] ΄ 
μαρτυρίοισι γὰρ τοῖσδ᾽ ἐπιπείθομαι -- 


ATAMEMNON. 


κλαιόμενα βρέφη σφαγὰς 
ὀπτάς τε σάρκας πρὸς πατρὸς βεβρωμένας. 
ἢ μὴν κλέος σοῦ μαντικὸν πεπυσμένοι 1025 
ἦμεν" προφήτας δ᾽ οὔτινας μαστεύομεν. | 
ἰώ, πόποι, Ti ποτε μήδεται; στρ. δ΄. 
τί τόδε κενῦν ἄχος νέον ; 
ν᾿ wy Ἢ ͵ , 
μέγ᾽ ἐν δόμοισι τοῖσδε μήδεται κακὸν, 
φίλοισίν κτ΄. ἄφερτον, δυσίατον" ἀλκὰ δ᾽ 
ἑκὰς ἀποστατεῖ. 
τούτων ἀιδρίς εἰμι τῶν μαντευμάτων" 
ἐκεῖνα δ᾽ ἔγνων᾽ πᾶσα γὰρ πόλις βοᾷ. 
ἰώ, τάλαινα, τόδε γὰρ τελεῖς, ἀντ. δ΄. 
τὸν ὁμοδέμνιον πόσιν 1035 
λουτροῖσι φαιδρύνασα---πῶς φράσω τέλος ; 
τάχος γὰρ τόδ᾽ ἔσται. προτείνει δὲ χεὶρ ἐκ 
χερὸς κὐὀρέγματα. 
οὔπω ξυνῆκα" νῦν γὰρ ἐξ αἰνιγμάτων 
ἐπαργέμοισι θεσφάτοις ἀμηχανῶ. 1040 
ἔ, & παπαῖ, παπαῖ, ti τόδε φαίνεται ; στρ. ε΄. 
ἢ δίκτυόν τί *y’ “Αἰδου. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄρκυς ἡ ξύνευνος, ἡ ξυναιτία 
κλουγοῦ. στάσις δ᾽ κἀκέρετος γένει 
κατολολυξάτω θύματος λευσίμου. 1045 
ποίαν "Epwiv τήνδε δώμασιν κέλει στρ. στ΄. 
ἐπορθιάζειν; οὔ με φαιδρύνει λόγος. 
ἐπὶ δὲ καρδίαν ἔδραμε κροκοβαφὴς 
σταγών, ἅτε κκαιρία πτώσιμος 
ξυνανύτει βίου δύντος αὐγαῖς. 
ταχεῖα δ᾽ ἄτα πέλει. 
ἃ ἃ, ἰδού, ἰδού; ἄπεχε τῆς βοὸς 
τὸν ταῦρον" ἐν πέπλοισιν 
μελαγκέρῳ λαβοῦσα μηχανήματι 
« κτείνει": πίτνει δ᾽ ἐν ἐνύδρῳ κκύτει. 1055 
3—2 


ΑἸΣΧΎΛΟΥ 


᾿ ; , f 
δολοφόνου λέβητος τύχαν σοι λέγω. 
’ > ’ , Μ > , 
οὐ κομπάσαιμ᾽ av θεσφάτων γνώμων ἄκρος ἀντοστ. 
= , 
εἶναι" κακῷ δέ τῳ προσεικάξω τάδε. 
» \ , ΄ ? \ , 
ἀπὸ δὲ θεσφάτων τίς ἀγαθὰ φάτις 
a , A \ \ 
βροτοῖς στέλλεται; κακῶν yap * Oval 1060 
πολυεπεῖς τέχναι θεσπιωδὸν 
φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν. 
ἰὼ ἰὼ ταλαίνας κακόποτμοι τύχαι" 
τὸ γὰρ ἐμὸν θροῶ πάθος ἐπεγχέασ᾽. 
> ΕΟ la \ / > 
*@ ποῖ με δεῦρο τὴν τάλαιναν ἤγαγες ; 
» / > > Ἁ ’ ’ 
οὐδέν ποτ᾽ εἰ μὴ ξυνθανουμένην᾽ τί yap; 
/ > ; > 
φρενομανής tis εἶ θεοφόρητος, ap- 
᾽ ¢ A“ A 
di δ᾽ αὑτᾶς θροεῖς 
, Ν φ' a 
νόμον ἄνομον, ola tis Ἐξουθᾶς 
axopetos Bods φεῦ ταλαίναις *”Iruv 
\ vv > “ ~ 
φρεσὶν ἢ Ἴτυν στένουσ᾽ ἀμφιθαλῆ κακοῖς 
> \ / 
ἀηδὼν βίον. 
> \ “ιν ; ’ ᾽ ; 
ἰὼ Ww λυγείας μόρον ἀηδόνος" 
/ s e 
περίβαλον yap οἱ πτεροφύρον δέμας 
’ » 7A 
θεοί, γλυκύν τ᾽ αἰῶνα κλαυμάτων ἄτερ᾽ 
> \ δὲ ’ \ > / ’ 
ἐμοὶ ὃὲ μίμνει σχίσμὸς ἀμφήκει δορί. 
0 > ; : , > Μ) 
πόθεν ἐπισσύτους θεοφόρους τ᾽ ἔχεις 
f , 
ματαίους δύας, 
\ > > / , 
τὰ δ᾽ ἐ ( 1 
ἐπίφοβα δυσφάτῳ κλαγγὰ 
"»“" ε “ , ’ > ; 
μελοτυπεῖς, ὁμοῦ T ὀρθίοις ἐν νόμοις: 
Ge ef a » θε ᾿ , ε an 
ποθεν ρους ἔχεις θεσπεσίας ὁδοῦ 
; 
Kakoppnmovas ; 
> \ / a 
ἰὼ γάμοι, γάμοι 
ΝΜ ’ > / 
Πάριδος, ὀλέθριοι φίλων. 
> \ ; ; , 
ἰὼ Σκαμάνδρου πάτριον Tord’ 
\ > ΕΝ \ Fn / , , 
ΤΟΤΕ μὲν ἀμφὶ σὰς aiovas ταλαιν 
» ; an 
ἡνυτόμαν τροφαῖς" 


οι 


- > " \ r a > 
νῦν ὃ ἀμφὶ Κωκυτόν te κἀχερουσίους 


ΧΟ. 


ATAMEMNON. 


ὄχθους ἔοικα θεσπιῳδήσειν τάχα. 
τ; t ‘ oh » ». / 
Tl τόδε τορὸν a@yav ἔπος éednpicn ; 
Waaor VY we ὦν 
Kai Tis νεόγονος av* μᾶθοι. 
are x, δ᾽ ¢ x ὃ i , 
TETANY Lat ὑπαὶ δήγματι φοινίῳ, 
δυσαλγεῖ τύχᾳ μινυρὰ θρεομένας, 
ia ᾽ - 7 
θραύματ᾽ ἐμοὶ κλύειν. 
\ / 
ἰὼ πόνοι, πόνοι 
U ’ A \ a 
πόλεος ONOMEVAS TO πᾶν. 
> \ , , 
iw πρόπυργοι θυσίαι πατρός, 
~ ἴω , f 2 
πολυκανεῖς βοτῶν ποιονόμων. ἄκος ὃ 
» Ἁ 5 
οὐδὲν ἐπήρκεσαν 
\ \ f , εἴ 4 wv m 
TU μὴ πολιν MEV, ὥσπερ οὔν ἔχει, παθεῖν ΓΙΟΟ 
ἐγὼ δὲ Ἐθερμὸν οὖς Ἐ τάχ᾽ ἐν πέδῳ Baro. 
ἑπόμενα προτέροις τάδ᾽ κἐπεφημίσω. ἀντ. Lt. 
Kal τις σὲ κκακοφρονῶν τίθη- 
, of 
σι δαίμων, ἔὕπερθεν Bapds* ἐμπίτνων, 
ti. ide ; 
μελίζειν πάθη γοερὰ ἘἜθανάσιμ᾽, ὧν 1105 
A > A 
τέρματ᾽ * ἀμηχανῶ. 
\ % “ , 
καὶ μὴν ὃ χρησμὸς οὐκέτ᾽ ἐκ καλυμμάτων 
ἔσται δεδορκώς, νεογάμου νύμφης δίκην" 
\ | » ς / 4 > \ 
λαμπρὸς δ᾽ ἔοικεν ἡλίου πρὸς ἀντολὰς 
, , “7 ’ 
πνέων ἐσήξειν, ὥστε κύματος δίκην 
ῇ \ > \ lo ’ 4 
πκλύζειν πρὸς αὐγὰς τοῦδε πήματος πολὺ 
“ . / ᾽ , , 9 > | > Ul 
μεῖζον. φρενώσω δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἐξ aiviypatov. 
~ ῇ ΟΥ 
καὶ μαρτυρεῖτε συνδρόμως ἴχνος κακῶν 
e , A / 
ῥινηλατούσῃ τῶν πάλαι πεπραγμένων. ) 
\ \ ; ro κἡὶ = , ‘ -- 
τὴν γὰρ στέγην τήνδ᾽ οὔποτ ἐκλείπει χορὸς 1115 
, , ᾿) ’ \ 4 ’ 
ξύμφθογγος, οὐκ εὔφωνος" οὐ γὰρ εὖ λέγει. 
> e , ;» 
καὶ μὴν πεπωκώς γ᾽, ὡς θρασύνεσθαι πλέον, 
ul a“ / 
βρότειον αἷμα, κῶμος ἐν δόμοις μένει 
; Μ > ’ 
δύσπεμπτος ἔξω Evyyovev Ἐρινύων. 
a > 7 A 
ὑμνοῦσι δ᾽ ὕμνον δώμασιν προσήμεναι, 
, ¥ ν᾿ , wie »ΎΣ΄. 
πρώταρχον ἄτην᾽ ἐν μέρει 8 ἀπέπτυσαν 


ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


᾽ \ 9 an A la S. 
εὐνὰς ἀδελφοῦ τῷ πατοῦντι δυσμενεῖς. 


¢ “Δ ΕΟ ; [7 
ἥμαρτον, ἢ θηρῶ τι τοξότης τις ὥς: 

ἢ ψευδόμαντίς εἰμι θυροκόπος φλέδων ; 
> ; , , 4 > ’ 
ἐκμαρτύρησον προὐμόσας τὸ Ἐμὴ εἰδέναι 


’ ~ > ς , / 
λόγῳ παλαιὰς τῶνδ᾽ ἁμαρτίας δόμων. 
A An / / 
καὶ πῶς ἂν Ὅρκος, Ἐπῆγμα γενναίως παγέν, 
, / , 
παιώνιον γένοιτο; θαυμάξω δέ σου, 
πόντου πέραν τραφεῖσαν ἀλλόθρουν πόλιν 
- of > ῇ 
κυρεῖν λέγουσαν ὥσπερ εἰ παρεστάτεις. 
A > > | , / 
μάντις μ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων τῷδ᾽ ἐπέστησεν τέλει. 
a ; ¢ , / 
μῶν καὶ θεὸς περ ἱμέρῳ πεπληγμένος ; 
a \ ΣΝ 5 ; Ἢ , ; 
προτοῦ μὲν αἰδὼς ἦν ἐμοὶ λέγειν τάδε. 
; ‘ A s ’ 
ἁβρύνεται γὰρ πᾶς τις εὖ πράσσων πλέον. 
> | > > 4 ’ » > \ , , 
ἀλλ ἣν παλαιστῆς KapT ἐμοὶ πνέων χάριν. 
ἘΠ \ / > ” » ; 
ἢ καὶ τέκνων εἰς ἔργον ἤλθετον νόμῳ ; 
, > , 
Evvaivecaca Λοξίαν ἐψευσάμην. 
% , ’ , ς , 
non τέχναισιν ἐνθέοις ἡρημένη ; 
’ > , / 
ἤδη πολίταις πάντ᾽ ἐθέσπιζον πάθη. 
™ “a ? ΝΜ > , / ἈΞ 
πῶς δῆτ᾽; κἄνατος ἦσθα Λοξίου κότῳ; 
” " a > | , ¢ ro? ν 
ἔπειθον οὐδέν᾽ οὐδέν, ὡς τάδ᾽ ἤμπλακον. 
6 “-“ \ \ \ ζω - 
ἡμῖν γε μὲν δὴ πιστὰ θεσπίζειν δοκεῖς. 
“ἋΣ »»" vn “A ; 
ἰοῦ ἰοῦ, ὦ ὦ κακά. 
ς > > \ . ’ , 
ὑπ av με δεινὸς ὀρθομαντείας πόνος 
“ / 
στροβεῖ, ταράσσων φροιμίοις. .... 
ς “ ’ Ἁ / > ’ 
ὁρᾶτε τούσδε τοὺς δόμοις ἐφημένους 
’ ᾿᾽ ’ “-“ ; 
νέους, ὀνείρων προσφερεῖς μορφώμασιν ; 
΄ ; t \ \ ~ , 
παῖδες θανόντες ὡσπερεὶ πρὸς τῶν φίλων, 
“ A , > ; “ 
χεῖρας κρεῶν πλήθοντες οἰκείας βορᾶς, 
\ ’ > > ’ , 
ξὺν ἐντέροις τε σπλάγχν᾽, ἐποίκτιστον γέμος, 1150 
> + e ‘ ; 
πρέπουσ᾽ ἔχοντες, ὧν πατὴρ ἐγεύσατο. 
A ; ’ 
ἐκ τῶνδε ποινάς φημι βουλεύειν τινὰ 
> wv > ’ ; 
λέοντ᾽ ἄναλκιν ἐν λέχει στρωφώμενον 
> / ¥ a , , 
οἰκουρον, οἶμοι, τῷ μολόντι δεσπότῃ 


ATAMEMNON. 


> A. f ‘\ \ \ , / 
ἐμῷ" φέρειν yap χρὴ τὸ δούλιον ζυγὸν, T1155 
A ᾽ » 
νεῶν T ἔπαρχος Ἰλίου 7 ἀναστάτης 
» = ~ A 
οὐκ οἶδεν ola γλῶσσα μισητῆς κυνὸς 
, , ; 
λέξασα κἀκτείνασα patdpovous, Sienv 
ν / [4] ΄ 
Arns λαθραίου, τεύξεται κακῇ τυχῇ:» 
τοιαῦτα τολμᾷ" θῆλυς ἄρσενος φονεὺς 
> / , “ ’ 
ἐστίν. τὶ viv καλοῦσα δυσφιλὲς δάκος 
, > ¥ ν᾽ ; A / \ 
τύχοιμ av; αμφίσβαιναν, ἢ Σκύλλαν τινὰ 
> a b / / U 
οἰκοῦσαν ἐν πέτραισι, ναυτίλων βλάβην, 
of > 5 / 4 
θύουσαν “Αἰδου μητέρ᾽, ἄσπονδόν 7 *” Apnv 
r , ε » 
φίλοις πνέουσαν ; ὡς δ᾽ ἐπωλολύξατο 1165 
ς ῇ ΄ A 
Nn TAVTOTOAMOS, ὥσπερ ἐν μάχης τροπῇ. 
a) \ ’ 
δοκεῖ δὲ χαίρειν νοστίμῳ σωτηρίᾳ. 
A γ 5 
καὶ τῶνδ᾽ ὅμοιον εἴ TL μὴ πείθω" τί γάρ; 
\ , , \ 
TO μέλλον ἥξει. Kal σύ *w ἐν τάχει παρὼν 
᾿" » , ῇ lal 
ἄγαν ἀληθόμαντιν οἰκτείρας ἐρεῖς. [170 
τὴν μὲν Θυέστου δαῖτα παιδείων κρεῶν 
- \ , ᾿Ξ \ , > » 
ξυνῆκα καὶ πέφρικα' καὶ φόβος μ ἔχει 
ῇ > | , ~ \ > , 
κλύοντ ἀληθῶς οὐδὲν ἐξηκασμένα" 
\ δ᾽ bf ᾽ » ἤ > | / \ , 
τὰ ὃ ἄλλ ἀκούσας ἐκ δρόμου πεσὼν τρέχω. 
> / ’ , ᾽ > / / = 
Αγαμέμνονός σέ gnu’ ἐπόψεσθαι μόρον. 1175 
wv = ; . , 
εὔφημον, ὦ τάλαινα, *Kolunoov στόμα. 
> > "“ Aw? wn 
ἀλλ᾽ οὔτι Ἰ]αιὼν τῷδ᾽ ἐπιστατεῖ λόγῳ. 
Ὑ > , >. > \ 4 , , 
οὐκ, εἰ παρέσταν y* adda μὴ YEVQLTO πω. 
\ \ “ A 
σὺ μὲν κατεύχει, τοῖς δ᾽ ἀποκτείνειν μέλει. 
’ \ > 4 a 
τίνος πρὸς ἀνδρὸς τοῦτ᾽ ἄχος πορσύνεται: 
3 / a , ~ a 
ἢ κάρτα τὰν παρεσκόπεις χρησμῶν ἐμῶν. 
“Ὁ \ “A > “A 
Tov yap τελοῦντος ov ξυνῆκα μηχανήν. 
\ \ » . @ ’ f 
καὶ μὴν ayav y “EXAnv’ ἐπίσταμαι φάτιν. 
4 Ἁ \ , “ 3 ‘7 
καὶ yap τὰ πυθόκραντα, δυσμαθῆ δ᾽ ὅμως. 
΄“ a Ἁ »“»" 
παπαὶ οἷον τὸ πῦρ' ἐπέρχεται δέ μοι. 1185 
> “- , > 
ὁτοτοῖ Λύκει᾽ "Απολλον' οἱ ἐγώ, ἐγώ. 
¢ , , 7 
αὕτη δίπους λέαινα, σνγκοιμωμένη 


| 
' 
ἣ 

| 
| 


s 


AISXTAOT 


εὐνὰς ἀδελφοῦ τῷ πατοῦντι δυσμενεῖς. 
¢ “Δ A ; ae 
ἥμαρτον, ἢ θηρῶ τι τοξότης τις ὥς: 
A 7 ; 7 ; ‘> Ἀ 
ἢ Ψευδόμαντίς εἰμι θυροκόπος φλέδων ; 
, ; > | ’ \ \ = 4 
ἐκμαρτύρησον προὐμόσας τὸ Ἐμὴ εἰδέναι 
ἤ A , εξ , ; 
λόγῳ παλαιᾶς τῶνδ᾽ ἁμαρτίας δόμων. 
\ ~ er ΕΝ ὰ ; ‘i 4 P 
καὶ πῶς ἂν ὅρκος, Ἐπῆγμα γενναίως παγέν, 
, / ius ,) 
παιώνιον γένοιτο; θαυμάξω δέ σου, 
πόντου πέραν τραφεῖσαν ἀλλόθρουν πόλιν 
“A “ > -Ξ ; 
κυρεῖν λέγουσαν ὥσπερ εἰ παρεστάτεις. 

; A > > / /; 
μάντις μ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων τῷδ᾽ ἐπέστησεν τέλει. 
μῶν καὶ θεὸς περ ἱμέρῳ πεπληγμένος : 

“- Ἁ eS \ > > \ ; ; 
προτοῦ μὲν αἰδὼς ἦν ἐμοὶ λέγειν τάδε. 
, ‘ ~ s ; ys 
aBpuvetat yap πᾶς Tis εὖ πράσσων πλέον. 
, » b \ ; ’ 
ἀλλ᾽ ἦν παλαιστὴς Καρτ ἐμοὶ πνέων γάριν. 
> \ ’ > Μ) Μ - ; = 
ἢ καὶ τέκνων εἰς ἔργον ἤλθετον νόμῳ ; 
; ’ > ’ 
ξυναινέσασα Λοξίαν ἐψευσάμην. 
3. ΄ , , Ἢ ’ 
non τέχναισιν ἐνθέοις ἡρημένη ; 
, > , ; f 
ἤδη πολίταις πάντ᾽ ἐθέσπιζον πάθη. 
on ~ ᾽ Ὁ ; ; 
πῶς δῆτ᾽; *avatos ἦσθα Λοξίου κότῳ; 
ν 7c 7 9 > ; ε AN Vv 
ἔπειθον οὐδέν᾽ οὐδέν, ὡς Tad ἤμπλακον. 
¢ a \ \ \ “ν ὃ - 
ἡμῖν γε μὲν δὴ πιστὰ θεσπίζειν δοκεῖς. 
3 ὦ » A νὰ a ; 
ἰοῦ ἰοῦ, ὦ ὦ κακά. 
ε > > ἃ ᾽ ; ; = 
ὑπ av με δεινὸς ὀρθομαντείας πόνος 
~ ; , 
στροβεῖ, ταράσσων φροιμίοις. .... 
~ , \ ; > , 
ὁρᾶτε τούσδε τοὺς δόμοις ἐφημένους 
’ > / - ; 
νέους, ὀνείρων προσφερεῖς μορφωμασιν ; 
΄ , ΄ Ἁ \ “-“ / 
παῖδες θανόντες ὡσπερεὶ πρὸς τῶν φίλων, 
- A , » / ~ 
χεῖρας κρεῶν πλήθοντες οἰκείας βορᾶς, 
‘ ; ; > > / , "ὁ 4 
ξὺν ἐντέροις τε σπλάγχν᾽, ἐποίκτιστον γέμος, 1150 
᾽ , a ‘ > ; 
πρέπουσ᾽ ἔχοντες, ὧν πατὴρ ἐγεύσατο. 
“» y , 4 
ἐκ τῶνδε ποινάς φημι βουλεύειν τινὰ 
; > wv > , , 
λέοντ ἄναλκιν ἐν λέχει στρωφώμενον 
> / , A , 4 
οἰκουρὸν, οἴμοι, TH μολόντι δεσπότῃ 


ATAMEMNON. 


5 A. ; ‘ \ 4 P ͵ τ 
ἐμῷ" φέρειν γὰρ χρὴ τὸ δούλιον ζυγόν, 155 
“~ ᾽ » > 
νεῶν T ἔπαρχος Ἰλίου τ᾽ ἀναστάτης 
» = - τ 
οὐκ οἶδεν οἷα γλῶσσα μισητῆς κυνὸς 
r ᾽ , , 
λέξασα κἀκτείνασα φαιδρόνους, δίκην 
Μ / ; A , 
Arns λαθραίου, τεύξεται κακῇ τύχῃ, 
τοιαῦτα τολμᾷ" θῆλυς ἄρσενος φονεὺς 
, / , wn 
ἐστίν. TL viv καλοῦσα δυσφιλὲς δάκος 
’ > > > / / ‘ 
τύχοιμ av; ἀμφίσβαιναν, ἢ Σκύλλαν τινὰ 
οἰκοῦσαν ἐν πέτραισι, ναυτίλων βλάβην, 
of > ’ Ul 4 
θύουσαν “Αἰδου μητέρ᾽, ἄσπονδόν 7 * A pny 
φίλοις πνέουσαν ; ὡς δ᾽ ἐπωλολύξατο 1165 
ε ; ad 5 “Ὁ 
ἢ παντότολμος, ὥσπερ ἐν μάχης τροπῇ. 
δοκεῖ δὲ χαίρειν νοστίμῳ σωτηρίᾳ. 
\ fa oa ’ \ 
καὶ τῶνδ᾽ ὅμοιον εἴ τι μὴ πείθω" τί γάρ; 
\ , ad \ , » > > Ἂς LU 4 
TO μέλλον HEE. Kal ov Ἐμ᾽ ἐν τάχει παρὼν 
ἄγαν ἀληθόμαντιν οἰκτείρας ἐρεῖς. [170 
τὴν μὲν Θυέστου δαῖτα παιδείων κρεῶν 
“ 4 ; e \ ’ > 3 
ξυνῆκα καὶ πέφρικα" καὶ φόβος μ᾽ ἔχει 
κλύοντ᾽ ἀληθῶς οὐδὲν ἐξηκασμένα" 
\ > v ᾽ > ἤ > | Ul \ , 
τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλ᾽ ἀκούσας ἐκ δρόμου πεσὼν τρέχω. 
’ , / , es / / ots 
Ayapeéuvovos σέ gnu’ ἐπόψεσθαι μόρον. 1175 
wv ; . , 
εὔφημον, ὦ τάλαινα, πκοίμησον στόμα. 
ν > v \ aw? , la) 
ἀλλ᾿ οὔτι Ἰ]αιὼν τῷδ᾽ ἐπιστατεῖ λόγῳ. 
wv > ; , 
οὔκ, εἰ παρέσται γ᾽ GANA μὴ γένοιτό πω. 
\ \ , ΄ς 
σὺ μὲν κατεύχει, τοῖς δ᾽ ἀποκτείνειν μέλει. 
’ 4 > ‘ a > wv , 
τίνος πρὸς ἀνδρὸς τοῦτ᾽ ἄχος πορσύνεται; 1180 
= , a , - - 
ἢ κάρτα *TaY παρεσκόπεις χρησμῶν ἐμῶν. 
ω \ ἴω > la) 
τοῦ yap τελοῦντος ov ξυνῆκα μηχανήν. 
\ \ Μ +, w > ν᾽ f / 
καὶ μὴν ayav y “EXAnv’ ἐπίσταμαι φάτιν. 
Α \ 4 , a 3 vd 
καὶ yap τὰ πυθόκραντα, δυσμαθῆ δ᾽ ὅμως. 
~ κ᾿ Ἁ la) , 
Tama. οἷον TO πῦρ' ἐπέρχεται δέ μοι. 1185 
> “ , > ᾿ 
ὁτοτοῖ Λύκει "Απολλον" of ἐγώ, ἐγώ. 
ef ’ , 
αὕτη *OiTous λέαινα, σνγκοιμωμένη 


(Ὡς » er 
eee ee aN α. 


τας πα τον 


eR 


es 


AISXTAOT 


, ; b - > f 
λύκῳ, λέοντος εὐγενοῦς απουσιᾷ, 
“ e \ , 
κτενεῖ με τὴν τάλαιναν, ws δὲ φάρμακον 
> n~ \ , / , 
τεύχουσα καμοῦ μισθὸν ἐνθήσει κοτῳ. 
» ’ ; \ ; 
ἐπεύχεται, θήγουσα φωτὶ φάσγανον, 
" A ? A > ; 
ἐμῆς ἀγωγῆς καντιτίσεσθαι φόνον. 
’ δι Ὁ > A / > Μ ; 
τί δῆτ᾽ ἐμαυτῆς καταγέλωτ ἔχω τάδε 
- - ’ ΄ 
καὶ σκῆπτρα καὶ μαντεῖα περὶ δέρῃ στέφη ; 
Ἐσφὲ μὲν πρὸ μοίρας τῆς ἐμῆς διαφθερῶ. [105 
? “ _ 
it ἐς φθόρον πεσόντ᾽ ᾿" *éyo δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕψομαι." 
Μ > wv > > > “ ’ 
ἄλλην τιν κάταις αντ ἐμοῦ πλουτίξζετε. 
» \ > > / 
ἰδοὺ δ᾽, ᾿Απόλλων αὐτὸς ἐκδύων ἐμὲ 
~ > 6 
χρηστηρίαν ἑσθῆτ᾽, ἐποπτεύσας δ᾽ *buws 
᾽ - ὃ ΕΣ > MK 
Kav TOLGOE KOTMOLS καταγελωμένην μ᾽ ETAN™ 1200 
~~ tA > > A > > ; / 
φίλων vr ἐχθρῶν «τ᾽ ov διχορρόπως μάτην. 
, oe \ , ξ > / 
καλουμένη ὃδὲ φοιτάς, ὡς ayupTpia, 
/ , , 
πτωχός, τάλαινα, λιμοθνὴς ἠνεσχόμην. 
\ lal J / , 
καὶ νῦν ὁ μάντις, μάντιν ἐκπράξας ἐμέ, 
, / > > , 
amnyay ἐς τοιάσδε θανασίμους τύχας. 
‘a , :] ᾽ > > ’ ; 
βωμοῦ πατρῴου δ᾽ avr ἐπίξηνον μένει, 
“ / / 
θερμῷ κοπείσης φοινίῳ προσφάγματι. 
3 \ ΝΜ) / > > a ; 
ov μὴν ἀτιμοί y ἐκ θεῶν τεθνήξομεν. 
(7 \ e A ν Φ / 
ἥξει yap ἡμῶν ἄλλος αὖ τιμάορος, 
’ ; , 
μητροκτόνον φίτυμα, ποινάτωρ πατρός" 
Ἁ > > , A - » 
φυγὰς δ᾽ ἀλήτης τῆσδε γῆς ἀπόξενος 
/ Ww ’ ’ } 
κάτεισιν, ἄτας τάσδε θριγκώσων φίλοις" 
᾽ ’ ‘ ¢/ “ 
ὁμώμοται γὰρ ὅρκος ἐκ θεῶν μέγας, 
Μ ¢ ’ , 
afew viv ὑπτίασμα κειμένου πατρός, 
Mi δῇ > > \ / eo ᾽ , 
τὶ δῆτ ἐγὼ *KATOLKTOS ὧδ ἀναστένω, 
> \ \ a 9 
ἐπεὶ TO πρῶτον εἶδον “IXiov πόλιν 
/ ε ” ἁ ᾽ 7 
πράξασαν ws ἔπραξεν, οἱ δ᾽ κεἷλον πόλιν, 


“4 » U “~ 
οὕτως ἀπαλλάσσουσιν ἐν θεῶν κρίσει; 


> A , ; \ nA 

ἰοῦσα πράξω, τλήσομαι TO κατθανεῖν. 

“ ’ , 

Aidov πύλας δὲ "τάσδ᾽ ἐγὼ" προσεννέπω. 1220 


ATAMEMNON. 


f / “ a 
ἐπεύχομαι δὲ καιρίας πληγῆς τυχεῖν, 
¢ > U e / ᾽ 
ὡς ἀσφάδαστος, αἱμάτων εὐθνησίμων 
γ / Ν / ἠὃ 
ἀπορρυέντων, ὄμμα συμβάλω τοδε. 
, \ ' π᾿ ὟΝ Φ \ 
ὦ πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα, πολλὰ δ᾽ av σοφὴ 
” . > ᾽ 3 , 
γύναι, μακρὰν ἔτεινας" εἰ δ᾽ ἐτητύμως 
’ \ ¢ A φ eu u 
μόρον τὸν αὑτῆς οἶσθα, πῶς θεηλάτου 
\ / \ \ > , ~ r 
Bods δίκην πρὸς βωμὸν εὐτόλμως πατεῖς; 
᾽ ΝΜ ᾽ wv bd f / /, 
οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ἄλυξις, ov, ξένοι, Ἐχρόνον πλέω. 
. , - ’ ’ 
ὁ δ᾽ ὕστατός γε τοῦ χρόνου πρεσβεύεται. 
\ ω an 
ἥκει TOO ἡἦμαρ᾽ σμικρὰ κερδανῶ φυγῇ. 
4 > > | > ’ U , 
ἀλλ᾽ ἴσθι τλήμων οὖσ᾽ ἀπ᾽ εὐτόλμου φρενός. 
la) “ , f 
οὐδεὶς ἀκούει ταῦτα τῶν εὐδαιμόνων. 
> a al / “ 
ἀλλ᾽ εὐκλεῶς τοι κατθανεῖν χάρις βροτῷ. 

fn lal) U , 
ἰώ, πάτερ, σοῦ τῶν TE γενναίων τέκνων. 

A ἢ " “τι , ἢ 
τί δ᾽ ἐστὶ χρῆμα; τίς σ᾽ ἀποστρέφει φόβος ; 
φεῦ, φεῦ. 

’ “" Μ \ A ’ 
τί τοῦτ᾽ édevEas; εἴ τι μὴ φρενῶν στύγος. 
e “~ 
*ddévov δόμοι πνέουσιν aipatoorayy. 
“- “ f 
καὶ πῶς TOO ὄζει θυμάτων ἐφεστίων ; 
¢ ed “ / 
ὅμοιος ἀτμὸς ὥσπερ ἐκ τάφου πρέπει. 
> yy / , I an Ul , 
οὐ Σύριον ἀγλαΐσμα δώμασιν λέγεις. 
> > = > , > > A 
ἀλλ᾽ εἶμι Kav δόμοισι κωκύσουσ ἐμὴν 
- 3 , / 
᾿Αγαμέμνονός τε μοῖραν. ἀρκείτω Bios. 
ἰώ, ξένοι. 
, ς v , 
οὔ τοι δυσοίζω, θάμνον ws ὄρνις, φόβῳ 

΄-΄3ὅ)}Ὁόᾶοθ ν 

ἄλλως" θανούσῃ μαρτυρεῖτέ μοι τόδε, 
» > > “ 
ὅταν γυνὴ γυναικὸς ἀντ᾽ ἐμοῦ θανῃ, 
> , ’ > > > 5 4 / 
ἀνήρ τε δυσδάμαρτος ἀντ᾽ ἀνδρὸς πέσῃ. 
an a ? ε ῇ 
ἐπιξενοῦμαι ταῦτα δ᾽ ὡς θανουμένη. 
“~ U / 
ὦ τλῆμον, οἰκτείρω σε θεσφάτου μόρου. 
Tal a , - 
ἅπαξ ἔτ᾽ εἰπεῖν ῥῆσιν, κοὐ θρῆνον θέλω 
ἐμὸν τὸν αὐτῆς. ἡλίῳ δ᾽ ἐπεύχομαι 
ἐμὸν τὸν αὐτῆς. ἡλίῳ χομαι 
i a & “ “ , 
πρός ὕστατον φῶς, τοῖς εφίλων τιμαόροις 


ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


, > ~ 4 
λύκῳ, λέοντος εὐγενοῦς ἀπουσίᾳ, 
A ‘ Xr ¢ δὲ , 
κτενεῖ μὲ τὴν τάλαιναν, ὡς Oe φάρμακον 
> A \ 5 / ’ 
τεύχουσα καμοῦ μισθὸν ἐνθήσει κότῳ. 
’ / /, \ / 
ἐπεύχεται, θήγουσα φωτὶ φάσγανον, 
3 “Ὁ ? A , / 
ἐμῆς ἀγωγῆς καντιτίσεσθαι φόνον. 
/ 9 > A , > ’ 
τί δῆτ᾽ ἐμαυτῆς καταγέλωτ᾽ ἔχω τάδε 
\ ad a , ’ 
καὶ σκῆπτρα καὶ μαντεῖα περὶ δέρῃ στέφη ; 
\ \ \ ζ΄ A ᾽ A A 
πσφὲ μὲν πρὸ μοίρας τῆς ἐμῆς διαφθερώ. 
> b , ; ? » ef le a 
ἴτ᾽ ἐς φθόρον πεσόντ᾽᾿ *éyo δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕψομαι." 
wv > v ᾽ > > a ; 
ἄλλην τιν κάταις avT ἐμοῦ πλουτίζετε. 
> \ ᾽ > / 2 χα , 
ἰδοὺ δ᾽, ᾿Απόλλων αὐτὸς ἐκδύων ἐμὲ 
/ e a 9% 5 ῇ ΄ 
χρηστηρίαν ἑσθῆτ᾽, ἐποπτεύσας δ᾽ ὅμως 


᾽ tad ‘ , > wv 
Kav τοῖσδε κόσμοις καταγελωμένην Ἐμ᾽ éTAN* 1200 


~ Υ͂ > ᾽ A > ᾽ ’ , 
φίλων vr ἐχθρῶν *7r ov διχορρόπως μάτην. 
, c \ 
καλουμένη δὲ φοιτάς, ws ἀγύρτρια, 
/ ; \ , 
πτωχός, τάλαινα, λιμοθνὴς ἠνεσχόμην. 
\ la) ¢ / , , 
καὶ νῦν ὁ μάντις, μάντιν ἐκπράξας ἐμέ, 
> f > > , 
amnyay ἐς τοιάσδε θανασίμους τύχας. 
“ , >] ’ > ’ 
βωμοῦ πατρῴου δ᾽ ἀντ᾽ ἐπίξηνον μένει, 
“ / / 
θερμῷ κοπείσης φοινίῳ προσφάγματι. 
| A Mv / > > - ; 
ov μὴν atipol γ᾽ ἐκ θεῶν τεθνήξομεν. 
Η͂ \ ς a v 4 , 
ἥξει yap ἡμῶν ἄλλος αὖ τιμάορος, 
’ , , 
μητροκτόνον φίτυμα, ποινάτωρ πατρός" 
A δ᾽ > , a “-“ » ; 
φυγὰς ὃ ἀλήτης τῆσδε γῆς ἀπόξενος 
/ » ’ , ,ὔ 
κάτεισιν, ἄτας τάσδε θριγκώσων φίλοις" 
᾽ "ἡ Ἁ ed a) 
ὁμώμοται yap Ὅρκος ἐκ θεῶν μέγας, 
wv ε , 
afew νιν ὑπτίασμα κειμένου πατρός, 
δῆ > > \ ΄ eon > , 
τὶ ONT ἐγὼ *KATOLKTOS ὧδ ἀναστένω, 
> 4 \ a > , 
ἐπεὶ TO πρῶτον εἶδον “IXdou πόλιν 
/ ε Μ «ὃ > i 
πράξασαν ws ἔπραξεν, of δ᾽ κεἷλον πόλιν, 


av > , a 
οὕτως ἀπαλλάσσουσιν ἐν θεῶν κρίσει; 
9 A ’ Ul a 
ἰοῦσα πράξω, τλήσομαι TO κατθανεῖν. 
\ Ul > 
Αἰδου πύλας δὲ ἔτάσδ᾽ ἐγὼ" προσεννέπω. 


[195 


ATAMEMNON. 


’ A A 
ἐπεύχομαι δὲ καιρίας πληγῆς τυχεῖν, 
¢ > / e / ᾽ ’ 
ὡς ἀσφάδαστος, αἱμάτων εὐθνησίμων 
> / ¥ / 6 
ἀπορρυέντων, ὄμμα συμβάλω τοδε. 
: ‘ ' ν » δ \ 
ὦ πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα, πολλὰ δ᾽ av σοφὴ 
» . > > ’ 
γύναι, μακρὰν ἔτεινας" εἰ δ᾽ ἐτητύμως 

’ \ « a “. al ? 

μόρον τὸν αὑτῆς οἶσθα, πῶς θεηλάτου 
\ ; \ \ > , -~ ἃ 

βοὸς δίκην πρὸς βωμὸν εὐτόλμως πατεῖς ; 
> » > vf Ν / / ’ 
οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ἄλυξις, οὔ, ξένοι, χρόνον πλεω. 

᾿ ’ - , / 
ὁ δ᾽ ὕστατός ye τοῦ χρόνου πρεσβεύεται. 
e roa Ἢ - ~ 
ἥκει TOD ἦμαρ' σμικρὰ κερδανῶ φυγῇ. 

" / 4 , > > ᾽ , , 
ἀλλ᾽ ἴσθι τλήμων οὖσ᾽ ἀπ᾽ εὐτόλμου Ppevos. 

, “ “ , f 
οὐδεὶς ἀκούει ταῦτα τῶν εὐδαιμόνων. 

ν > > wn % A / “- 
ἀλλ᾽ εὐκλεῶς τοι κατθανεῖν χάρις βροτῷ. 

-“ A ' , 
ἰώ, πάτερ, σοῦ τῶν TE γενναίων τέκνων. 

f ν A / » > , , 
τί δ᾽ ἐστὶ χρῆμα; tis σ᾽ ἀποστρέφει φόβος; 
φεῦ, φεῦ. 

; A wv \ La) ’ 
τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔφευξας ; εἴ τι μὴ φρενῶν στύγος. 

« ΄“Ἵ' 
*ddvov δόμοι πνέουσιν αἱματοσταγῇῆ. 

- , / 
καὶ πῶς TOO ὄζει θυμάτων ἐφεστίων ; 
΄ ey U Ζ 
ὅμοιος ἀτμὸς ὥσπερ ἐκ τάφου πρέπει. 

> ys , ᾽ I os , , 
οὐ Σύριον ἀγλάϊσμα δώμασιν λέγεις. 

» , S > ; , > > A 
GAN εἶμι κἀν δόμοισι κωκύσουσ ἐμὴν 

, a , / ’ 
᾿Αγαμέμνονός τε μοῖραν. ἀρκείτω Bios. 
ἰώ, ξένοι. 

/ U ς Ψ 
οὔ τοι δυσοίζω, θάμνον ὡς ὄρνις, φόβῳ 
ΕΥ] e / aA ’ ἠδ 
ἄλλως" θανούσῃ μαρτυρεῖτε μοι τόδε, 

\ > oe A ’ 
ὅταν γυνὴ γυναικὸς ἀντ᾽ ἐμοῦ θανῃ, 

, > > > \ / 
ἀνήρ te δυσδάμαρτος ἀντ᾽ ἀνδρὸς πέσῃ. 
na “ ? e / 

ἐπιξενοῦμαι ταῦτα δ᾽ ὡς θανουμένη. 

> A > ’ fel U ἢ 
ὦ τλῆμον, οἰκτείρω σε θεσφατου μόρου. 

ΜΝ > a“ ea > ~ / 
ἅπαξ ἔτ᾽ εἰπεῖν ῥῆσιν, κοὐ θρῆνον θέλω 
> 4 \ , aA “λί δ᾽ > , at 
ἐμὸν τὸν αὐτῆς. ἡλίῳ ὃ ἐπεύχομ 
, « @f A rn , 
πρὸς ὕστατον φῶς, τοῖς φίλων Tipaopots 


ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


κἐχθροὺς φονεῦσι *rdv φόνον Ἐ τίνειν ὁμοῦ 
δούλης θανούσης, εὐμαροῦς χειρώματος. 
ἰὼ βρότεια πράγματ᾽" εὐτυχοῦντα μὲν 
Ἐσκιᾷ τις ἂν ππρέψειεν' εἰ δὲ δυστυχῆ, 
βολαῖς ὑγρώσσων σπόγγος ὥλεσεν γραφήν. 
καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐκείνων μᾶλλον οἰκτείρω πολύ. 
τὸ μὲν εὖ πράσσειν ἀκόρεστον ἔφυ 
πᾶσι βροτοῖσιν" δακτυλοδείκτων δ᾽ 
οὔτις ἀπειπὼν εἴργει μελάθρων, 
μηκέτ᾽ κἐσέλθῃς τάδε, φωνῶν. 
καὶ τῷδε πόλιν μὲν ἑλεῖν ἔδοσαν 
μάκαρες Πριάμου, 
θεοτίμητος δ᾽ οἴκαδ᾽ ἱκάνει' 
νῦν δ᾽ εἰ προτέρων αἷμ᾽ ἀποτίσει, 
καὶ τοῖσι θανοῦσι θανὼν ἄλλων 
ποινᾶς θανάτων κἐπικραίνει, 
τίς ἂν εὔξαιτο Ἐβροτὸς dv* dowel 
δαίμονι φῦναι, τάδ᾽ ἀκούων : 
AT. ὦμοι, πέπληγμαι καιρίαν πληγὴν ἔσω. 
ΧΟ. σῆῦγα' τίς πληγὴν dire? καιρίως οὐτασμένος : 
AT’ ὦμοι μάλ᾽ αὖθις, δευτέραν πεπληγμένος. [274 
ΧΟ. τοὔργον εἰργάσθαι δοκεῖ μοι βασιλέως οἰμώγματι. 
: ἀλλὰ κοινωσώμεθ᾽ κἄἅν πως ἀσφαλῆ βουλεύματα. 
ΧΟ. α΄. ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην λέγω, 
πρὸς δῶμα δεῦρ᾽ ἀστοῖσι κηρύσσειν βοήν. 
β΄. ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ὅπως τάχιστά yy ἐμπεσεῖν δοκεῖ, 
"τ, ΣΝ 
καὶ πρᾶγμ᾽ ἐλέγχειν ξὺν νεορρύτῳ ξίφει. 1280 
Ὑ. KAY, τοιούτου γνώματος κοινωνὸς ὦν, 
| ψηφίζομαί *TL δρᾶν" τὸ μὴ μέλλειν δ᾽ ἀκμή. 
ΧΟ. δ΄. ὁρᾶν πάρεστι" φροιμιάξονται γὰρ ὡς 
τυραννίδος σημεῖα πράσσοντες πόλει. 
XO. ε΄. χρονίξομεν γάρ' οἱ δὲ τῆς Ἐμελλοῦς κλέος 1285 
πέδοι πατοῦντες οὐ καθεύδουσιν χερί. 


ΧΟ. 


ΧΟ. 


ΧΟ. 


ia. 


ATAMEMNON. 


οὐκ olda βουλῆφ ἧστινος τυχὼν λέγω. 
τοῦ δρῶντός ἐστι καὶ τὸ βουλεῦσαι. περί. 
κἀγὼ τοιοῦτός εἰμ᾽, ἐπεὶ δυσμηχανῶ 
λόγοισι τὸν θανόντ᾽ ἀνιστάναι πάλιν. 


ΦΟΣ ¢ / 
ἢ καὶ βίον κτείνοντες OO ὑπείξομεν 


~ wn >) ε 
δόμων καταισχυντῆρσι τοῖσδ᾽ ἡγουμένοις ; 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀνεκτόν, ἀλλὰ κατθανεῖν κρατεῖ" 


πεπαιτέρα γὰρ μοῖρα τῆς τυραννίδος. 
ἢ γὰρ τεκμηρίοισιν ἐξ οἰμωγμάτων 
μαντευσόμεσθα τἀνδρὸς ὡς ὀλωλότος ; 


τὸ γὰρ τοπάζειν τοῦ σάφ᾽ εἰδέναι δίχα. 


r > - 
XO. ιβ΄. ταύτην ἐπαινεῖν πάντοθεν πληθύνομαι, 


A > / > , ‘a! θ᾽ ied 
τρανῶς ᾿Ατρείδην εἰδέναι κυροῦνθ᾽ πως. 


ΚΛ. πολλῶν πάροιθεν καιρίως εἰρημένων, 


᾽ ΓΔ] > ~ ν᾽ > / 
τἀναντί᾽ εἰπεῖν οὐκ ἐπαισχυνθήσομαι. 


πῶς γάρ τις ἐχθροῖς ἐχθρὰ πορσύνων, φίλοις 


a 3 * “ > / > ss ΕΣ 
δοκοῦσιν εἶναι, πημονῆς ἀαρκύστατ ἂν 


ἤ ¢/ “Ὁ 3 δή . 
φράξειεν ὕψος κρεῖσσον ἐκπηδήματος ; 
, 
ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἀγὼν 08 οὐκ ἀφρόντιστος πάλαι 
; “A s \ / ͵ 
*xveiKns παλαιᾶς ἦλθε, σὺν χρόνῳ γε μῆν. 
-“ > » , wy > > > > , 
ἕστηκα δ᾽ ἔνθ᾽ ἔπαισ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐξειργασμένοις. 
t/ > ΝΜ \ ro > , / 
οὕτω δ᾽ ἔπραξα, καὶ tad οὐκ ἀρνήσομαι, 
> / 
ὡς μήτε φεύγειν μήτ᾽ κἀμύνεσθαι μόρον. 
7 > ; 
ἄπειρον ἀμφίβληστρον, ὥσπερ ἰχθύων, 
a “ , 
περιστιχίζω, πλοῦτον εἵματος κακον. 

/ “ > ’ 
παίω δέ νιν δίς" κἀν δυοῖν * οὐμωγματοῖιν 
μεθῆκεν αὑτοῦ κῶλα᾽ καὶ πεπτωκότι 

A a“ 4 
τρίτην ἐπενδίδωμι, τοῦ κατὰ χθονὸς 
“ ws > / / 
“Avdou, νεκρῶν σωτῆρος, evxtaiay χάριν. 
΄ ‘ - ε / ih 
οὕτω τὸν αὑτοῦ θυμὸν ὁρμαίνει πεσὼν 
, - ν fod ied 4 
κἀκφυσιῶν ofelay αἵματος σφαγὴν 
> - ’ ͵ ἰ 
βάλλει μ᾽ ἐρεμνῇ ψακάδι φοινίας δρόσου, 


σάφ᾽ εἰδότας χρὴ τῶνδε πμυθεῖσθαι πέρι" 


[305 


[310 


AISXTAOT 


/ ΤΟΝ φ ; 
χαίρουσαν οὐδὲν ἧσσον ἢ πδιοσδότῳ 
7 
’ Ἁ , 
Yavel σπορητὸς KaduKos ἐν λοχεύμασιν. 
ς δ᾽ > ; ; > ’ , 
ὡς WO ἐχόντων, πρέσβος ᾿Αργείων τόδε, 
, > wv + , > , 
χαίροιτ av, εἰ χαίροιτ᾽, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐπεύχομαι. 
> > > , ed ᾽ a 
εἰ δ᾽ ἦν πρεπόντων ὥστ᾽ ἐπισπένδειν νεκρῷ, 
"δ᾽ a ὃ ’ > ς , ‘ 4 : 
TaO ἂν ὀικαίως ἢν, ὑπερδίκως μὲν ουν" 
, de a " ᾽ A e/ 
*TOTOVOE κρατὴρ ἐν δόμοις κακῶν ὅδε 
/ > ’ ’ > “ 
πλήσας ἀραίων αὐτὸς ἐκπίνει μολών. 
/ a 
θαυμάζομέν cov γλῶσσαν, ὡς θρασύστομος, 
ey ; , , ’ | 
ἥτις τοιόνδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀνδρὶ κομπάξεις λόγον. 
πειρᾶσθέ μου γυναικὸς ὡς ἀφράσμονος" 
> Ἢ » | > , ; \ > ; 
eyo δ᾽ ἀτρέστῳ καρδίᾳ πρὸς εἰδότας 
΄ Ἁ > > - 5 f 
λέγω---σὺ δ᾽ αἰνεῖν εἴτε pe ψέγειν θέλεις, 
“ ha , ᾽ > 
ὁμοίον---οὗτος ἐστιν ᾿Αγαμέμνων, ἐμὸς 
’ 4 ἃ [4] “ 
πόσις, νεκρὸς δὲ τῆσδε δεξιᾶς χερός, 
Μ ὃ / ’ AN ?o) v 
ἔργον δικαίας τέκτονος. τάδ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ἔχει. 
/ 
TL κακόν, ὦ γύναι, 
χθονοτρεφὲς ἐδανὸν ἢ ποτὸν 
, e A > 
πασαμένα putas ἐξ ἁλὸς ὄρμενον 
γον > ; / , > > ; 
TOO | + 
ἐπέθου θύος δημοθρόους τ apas ; 
ἀπέδικες ἀπέταμές «τ᾽. 
ν ’ 
καπόπολις δ᾽ ἔσει, 
“ ΝΜ ? A 
μίσος ὄβριμον ἀστοῖς. 
La) ἃ , 
νῦν μὲν δικάζεις ἐκ πόλεως φυγὴν ἐμοὶ 
\ ~ » | A ’ , 
Kat μίσος ἀστῶν δημόθρους τ᾽ ἔχειν ἀρᾶς, 
ΓΦ = , Ἢ a ; 
οὐδὲν * TOT ἀνδρὶ τῷδ᾽ ἐναντίον φέρων" 
“ὉὋδ Ὑ A ¢ 4 “- 
ὃς οὐ προτιμὼν ὡσπερεὶ βοτοῦ μόρον, 
’ ’ ᾽ 
μήλων φλεόντων εὐπόκοις νομεύμασιν, 
Μ ς A A 
ἔθυσεν αὑτοῦ παῖδα, φιλτάτην ἐμοὶ 
Qa » > \ ’ 
ὠὸδῖν, ἐπῳδὸν Θρῃκίων κ« ἀημάτων. 
᾽ ‘a > A a A > ~ 
ov τοῦτον ἐκ γῆς τῆσδε χρῆν σ᾽ ἀνδρηλατεῖν, 
, wv » A 
μιασμάτων ἄποιν᾽ ; ἐπήκοος δ᾽ ἐμῶν 
Μ) \ Ἁ J 
ἔργων δικαστὴς τραχὺς el. λέγω δέ σοι 


ὅ5! 


ΑΓΑΜΕΜΝΩΝ, 


al , A « , 
τοιαῦτ᾽ ἀπειλεῖν, WS παρεσκευασμένης 
-" / , > > an 
ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων χειρὶ νικήσαντ᾽ ἐμοῦ 
»» . ’\ \ wv f θ U 
ἄρχειν: ἐὰν δὲ τοὔμπαλιν Kpaivyn θεός, 
᾽ “ \ “ 
γνώσει διδαχθεὶς ὀψὲ γοῦν τὸ σωφρονεῖν. 
, . 
μεγαλόμητις εἰ, 
ἋΣ ef = 
περίφρονα δ᾽ ἔλακες, ὥσπερ οὖν 
A / \ ᾿ / 
φονολιβεῖ τύχᾳ φρὴν ἐπιμαίνεται, 
΄ Ὁ“ > , 
λίπος ἐπ᾽ ὀμμάτων αἵματος πἐμπρέπειν 
; ν ‘ 
ἀτίετον" ἔτι σε χρὴ 
, / 
στερομέναν φίλων 
τύμμα τύμματι τῖσαι. 
\ , ; ? A , . 
καὶ τήνδ᾽ ἀκούεις ὁρκίων ἐμῶν θέμιν 
μὰ τὴν τέλειον τῆς ἐμῆς παιδὸς Δίκην, 1365 
> , , , — , 3 > , 
Ἄτην «τ΄ “Epuwiv θ᾽, αἷσι τόνδ᾽ ἔσφαξ᾽ ἐγώ, 
οὔ μοι φόβου μέλαθρον ἐλπὶς κἐμπατεῖν, 
.- a » n 5 > ¢ 4 y A 
ἕως ἂν αἴθῃ πῦρ ἐφ᾽ ἑστίας ἐμῆς 
> c > a 3 ’ 
Αὔγισθος, ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν εὖ φρονῶν ἐμοί. 
ἃ ς la > ‘ > \ ; 
οὗτος yap ἡμῖν ἀσπὶς ov σμικρὰ θράσους. 370 
ἴω \ A , 
κεῖται γυναικὸς τῆσδε λυμαντήριος, 
« «ἡ “πὶ e >» 8 = 
Χρυσηΐδων μείλιγμα τῶν ὑπ᾽ Ἰλίῳ 
er ef \ , 
nT αἰχμάλωτος ἥδε Kal τερασκόπος, 
Ἁ ~ , 
καὶ κοινόλεκτρος τοῦδε, θεσφατηλόγος 
Ἁ , / \ Ul 
πιστὴ Evvevvos, ναυτίλων δὲ σελμάτων 
> / v > > 3 / * 
κἰσοτριβηῆς. ἀτιμα δ᾽ οὐκ ἐπραξάτην 
\ , / / 
ὁ μὲν yap οὕτως" ἡ δέ τοι, κύκνου δίκην, 
\ Ρ 4 , , 
τὸν ὕστατον μέλψασα θανάσιμον γόον 
ἶ φιλήτωρ τῷδ᾽, ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἐπήγαγεν 
κεῖται Ἴτωρ *TWO, ἐμ nyary 
κεὐναῖς παροψώνημα τῆς ἐμῆς χλιδῆς. 1380 
,Ὁ)Ἤ δ ’ \ / , 
φεῦ, τίς av ἐν τάχει, μὴ περιώδυνος, στρ. α΄. 
μηδὲ δεμνιοτήρης, 
/ \ ὟΝ" / > 9 ε an 
μόλοι TOV αἰεὶ φέρουσ ἐν ἡμῖν 
~ > ν᾽ / , 
μοῖρ ἀτέλευτον ὕπνον, δαμέντος 
> , 
φύλακος εὐμενεστάτου, 


ΑἸΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


\ * , f 4 / 
Kat “πολὺ ye* τλάντος γυναικὸς διαί: 


\ \ γ > 
πρὸς γυναικὸς δ᾽ ἀπέφθισεν βίον. 
eB , (hr 7 
ἰὼ ἰὼ *Trapavous ‘EXéva 
ἃ ; \ 
μία Tas πολλάς, Tas πάνυ πολλὰς 
eS ¢ , > e \ rr Sa 
ψυχὰς ὁλέσασ᾽ ὑπὸ Τροίᾳ 
[3 
“ \ / 
νῦν δὲ τελείαν 
[desunt versus aliquot] 
/ > / 
trorvpvactov érnvbicw 
> - 3 > 
δι’ αἷμ᾽ ἄνιπτον 
“ > ee > , 
ἥτις nv TOT ἐν δόμοις 
Ν δι Ἂν > \ , 
ἔρις ἐρίδματος, ἀνδρὸς οἰζύς. 
μηδὲν θανάτου μοῖραν ἐπεύχου 
τοῖσδε βαρυνθείς" 
᾽ > ie ; , 
μηδ᾽ εἰς Ἑλένην κότον ἐκτρέψηῃς, 
ι , ’ > ς ; A 
WS ἀνδρολέτειρ᾽, ως μία πολλωὼν 
᾽ “ Ἁ ~ > ; ᾽ 
ἀνδρῶν ψυχὰς Δαναῶν ὀλέσασ᾽, 


> , ’ » 
ἀξύστατον ἄλγος ἔπραξεν. 


δαῖμον, ὃς ἐμπίτνεις δώμασι καὶ πδιφυΐί- 


oot Tavraridaicw, 
κράτος τ᾽ ἰσόψυχον ἐκ γυναικῶν 
Ἐκαρδιόδηκτον ἐμοὶ κρατύνεις. 
ἐπὶ δὲ σώματος δίκαν 
μοι κόρακος ἐχθροῦ Ἐσταθεῖσ᾽ ἐκνόμως " 
ὕμνον ὑμνεῖν ἐπεύχεται . 
νῦν δ᾽ ὥρθωσας στόματος γνώμην, 
τὸν τριπάχυιον 
δαίμονα γέννης τῆσδε κικλήσκων᾽ 
ἐκ τοῦ γὰρ ἔρως αἱματολοιχὸς 
*veipa τρέφεται" πρὶν καταλῆξαι 
τὸ παλαιὸν ἄχος, νέος ἰχώρ. 
ἦ μέγαν κοἰκονόμον 


; \ ’ ~ 
δαίμονα καὶ βαρύμηνιν aiveis, 


στρ. B - 


I 390 


στρ. ε΄. 
1416 


~ A ‘ “. > A 
φεῦ, φεῦ, κακὸν αἷνον ἀτηρᾶς τύχας ἀκορέστου. 


ATAMEMNON. 


> / 


>? \ \ 
iw, in, διαὶ Διὸς 
f . 
παναιτίου, πανεργέτα 
‘ ~ v Ἁ 
τί γὰρ βροτοῖς ἄνευ Διὸς 
ΩΝ ἤ a“ > 
τελεῖται; τί τῶνδ 
» ῇ ul , 
ov θεόκραντόν ἐστιν; 
ν»" >? 
ἰὼ ἰώ, 
“ a ἴω 
βασιλεῦ, βασιλεῦ, πῶς σε δακρύσω ; 
᾿ > / / > Μ 
φρενὸς ἐκ φιλίας τί ποτ᾿ εἴπω: 
A δ᾽ ᾽ , , " ε γ δ᾽ 
κείσαι ὃ apayvns ἐν ὑφάσματι. τῷ 
᾽ -“ ’ > A 
ἀσεβεῖ θανάτῳ βίον ἐκπνέων. 
ΝΜ ‘ / ἤ ᾽ ᾿ 
ὦ MOL μοι, κοίταν τάνδ᾽ ἀνελεύθερον, 
δολίῳ μόρῳ δαμεὶς 
P μορῷ Caper 
\ > ’ , 
ἐκ χερὸς ἀμφιτόμῳ βελέμνῳ. 
A = ; Ψ ’ 
αὐχεῖς εἶναι τόδε τοὔργον ἐμόν. 
μὴ δ᾽ ἐπιλεχθῆς 
> / . / > ¥ = 
Ayapeuvoviay εἶναί μ᾽ ἄλοχον 
\ “ 
φανταζόμενος δὲ γυναικὶ νεκροῦ 
Aw?) ς \ \ ᾽ 
τοῦδ ὁ παλαιὸς δριμὺς ἀλάστωρ 
᾿Ατρέως, χαλεποῦ θοινατῆρος, 
/ ᾽ > ἤ 
τόνδ ἀπέτισεν, 
, la > ἤ 
τέλεον νεαροῖς ἐπιθύσας. 
; 5 
ws μὲν ἀναίτιος εἶ 


lal e / 
τοῦδε φόνου, Tis ὁ μαρτυρήσων; 


/ > ε / 
βιάζεται δ᾽ ὁμοσπόροις 
ἐπιρροαῖσιν αἱμάτων 

μέλας “Apns, ὅποι Ἐδίκαν 
/ ἀκ / 
προβαίνων ἢ πάχνᾳ 
/ / 
κουροβόρῳ παρέξει. 
ἰὼ ἰώ, 

A “ ΄“ Lf 
βασιλεῦ, βασιλεῦ, πῶς σε δακρύσω: 
\ > / / > Vv 
φρενὸς ἐκ φιλίας τί ποτ᾽ εἴπω ; 

“ > > / > e ’ 5 
κεῖσαι δ᾽ ἀράχνης ἐν ὑφάσματι τῷ 


αντ. ε΄. 


1440 


- , 4 > | * > , 
πῶ; πατρόθεν δὲ συλλήπτωρ γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀλάστωρ. 


ΑἸΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


ἀσεβεῖ θανάτῳ βίον ἐκπνέων. 
ν / / , 3 > , 
ὦ μοί μοι, κοίταν τάνδ᾽ ἀνελεύθερον, 
; ul \ 
δολίῳ μόρῳ δαμεὶς 
ἐκ χερὸς ἀμφιτόμῳ βελέμνῳ. 
7 > , 3 ; 
[οὔτ᾽ ἀνελεύθερον οἶμαι θάνατον 
τῷδε γενέσθαι, 
γ᾿" \ ? / v 
οὐδὲ γὰρ οὗτος δολίαν ἄτην 
» Μ) > 
οἴκοισιν ἔθηκ᾽ ; 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐμὸν ἐκ τοῦδ᾽ ἔρνος ἀερθὲν 
τὴν πολύκλαυτον *avakia δράσας 
Ἰφιγένειαν, πάσχων ἄξια ἢ 
μηδὲν ἐν “Αἰδου μεγαλαυχείτω, 
ξιφοδηλήτω 
, ; er - 
θανάτῳ τίσας ἅπερ ἤρξεν. 
ἀμηχανῶ, φροντίδος στερηθεὶς 
*evTadapwv μεριμνᾶν," 
ὅπα τράπωμαι, πίτνοντος οἴκου. 
δέδοικα δ᾽ ὄμβρου κτύπον δομοσφαλῆ 
4 e i \ \ ; 
τὸν αἱματηρόν' ψακὰς δὲ λήγει. 
> ’ aA ’ 
πδίκην δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλο πρᾶγμα *Onyaves βλάβης 1470 
\ ν , A 
πρὸς ἄλλαις θηγάναισι Μοῖρα. 
ἰὼ γᾶ, γᾶ, εἴθε μ᾽ ἐδέξω, ἄντ. β΄. 
πρὶν τόνδ᾽ ἐπιδεῖν ἀργυροτοίχου 
δροίτας κατέχοντα χαμεύναν. 
/ e , / ε , 
τίς ὁ θάψων νιν, τίς ὁ θρηνήσων ; 
> \ 4, 
ἢ σὺ TOO ἔρξαι 
; ’ > v \ εξ A 
TANGEL, κτείνασ᾽ ἄνδρα τὸν αὑτῆς 
ἀποκωκῦσαι, ψυχῇ τ᾽ ἄχαριν 
χάριν ἀντ᾽ ἔργων 
’ ᾽ / > A ) 
μεγάλων ἀδίκως ἐπικρᾶναι; 1480 
, > ᾽ ᾽ 
τίς δ᾽ ἐἐπιτύμβιον αἶνον ἢ ἐπ᾽ ἀνδρὶ θείῳ [ἀντ. γ΄ 1 
ξὺν δακρύοις ἰάπτων 
ν᾽ ~ ’ 
ἀλαθείᾳ φρενῶν πονήσει; 


ΑΓΑΜΕΜΝΩΝ, 


᾽ 4 ; \ ἢ , 
οὐ σὲ προσήκει TO μέλημα λέγειν 
΄΄ ¢e “ 
TOUTO’ πρὸς ἡμῶν 
; ¢ a \ / 
κάππεσεν, κἡμεῖς Kal καταθάψομεν, 
> e \ a a 93 of 
οὐχ ὑπὸ κλαυθμῶν τῶν ἐξ οἴκων, 


, ι΄. οἱ , ; 5 , 
αλλ ᾿Ιφιγένεια νιν ἀσπασίως 


ς ΄ 
θυγατήρ, ὡς χρή, 
; , / 
πατέρ᾽ ἀντιάσασα πρὸς ὠκύπορον 
, > » ; 
πόρθμευμ ἀχέων, 
περὶ χεῖρε βαλοῦσα φιλήσει. 
” “ ὦ «9 τς / 
ὄνειδος ἥκει TOO ἀντ᾽ ὀνείδους, 
δύσμαχα δ᾽ ἐστὶ κρῖναι" 
,) ? > / >] ¢e , 
φέρει φέροντ᾽, ἐκτίνει δ᾽ ὁ καίνων. 
μίμνει δέ, μίμνοντος ἐν χρόνῳ Διός, 
παθεῖν τὸν ἔρξαντα᾽ θέσμιον yap" 
ῇ nv \ > “ > ’ / 
τίς av yovav ἀραῖον ἐκβάλοι δόμων ; 
, ee a a 
κεκόλληται γένος “πρὸς aTa, 
» > , > “ὩΣ Ἁ 3 ἤ 
KA. εἰς τόνδ᾽ *évéBns ξὺν ἀληθείᾳ 
> > 
χρησμόν" ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὖν 
ἐθέλω, δαίμονι τῷ Πλεισθενιδᾶν 
ὅρκους θεμένη, τάδε μὲν στέργειν, 
δύστλητά περ ὄνθ᾽" ὃ δὲ λουπόν, ἰόντ᾽ 
> A > A 
ἐκ τῶνδε δόμων ἄλλην γενεὰν 
; / 9 
τρίβειν θανάτοις αὐθένταισιν. 
κτεάνων τε μέρος 
“ ν f 
βαιὸν ἐχούσῃ πᾶν ἀπόχρη μοι 
Ἐμανίας μελάθρων 
᾽ / , 
adAnropovouvs* ἀφελούσῃ. 


ΑἸΓΙΣΘΟΣ. 


ὦ φέγγος εὖφρον ἡμέρας δικηφόρον" 
φαίην ἂν ἤδη νῦν βροτῶν τιμαόρους 


K. A, 


ΑἸΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ͂ 


θεοὺς ἄνωθεν γῆς ἐποπτεύειν ἄχη, 

ἰδὼν ὑφαντοῖς ἐν πέπλοις ᾿Ερινύων 

τὸν ἄνδρα τόνδε κείμενον φίλως ἐμοί, 

χερὸς πατρῴας ἐκτίνοντα μηχανάς. | 
"Arpeds yap ἄρχων τῆσδε γῆς, τούτου πατὴρ, 


5 ; ¢ ΕΞ ’ 
πατέρα Θυέστην τὸν ἐμόν, ὡς τορῶς φράσαι, 
- ᾽ , Δ ’ Ἂ 
Ἑαὑτοῦ &* ἀδελφόν, ἀμφίλεκτος ὧν κράτει, 
, / ; \ , 
ἠνδρηλάτησεν ἐκ TTOAEWS TE καὶ δόμων. 
; ¢ / \ , 
καὶ προστρόπαιος ἑστίας μολὼν πάλιν 
/ , A ef ᾽ , xn 
τλήμων Θυέστης μοῖραν nupet ασφαλῆ, 
τὸ μὴ θανὼν πατρῷον αἱμάξαι πέδον 
* a 7 4 an , \ 
αὐτοῦ" ξένια δὲ τοῦδε δύσθεος πατὴρ 
‘ ’ “ wv s ‘ 
᾿Ατρεὺς προθύμως μᾶλλον ἢ φίλως πατρὶ 
a - \ > > , ν = 
τῷ ᾿μῷ, κρεουργὸν ἦμαρ εὐθύμως ἀγειν 
δοκῶν, παρέσχε δαῖτα παιδείων κρεῶν. 
\ \ Ἅ ‘ A Ν ,» a 
τὰ μὲν ποδήρη καὶ χερῶν ἄκρους KTEVAS 
» » ? \ 4 as 
κπἔκρυπτ᾽ ἄνωθεν avdpaxas καθήμενος 
ν > > ~ » , > ? / εἶ 
ἄσημα δ᾽ αὐτῶν αὐτίκ᾽ ἀγνοίᾳ λαβὼν 
Vv " Vv ¢ Ἢ ~ i Ξ 
ἔσθει βορὰν ἄσωτον, ὡς ὁρᾷς, γένει. 
κἄπειτ᾽ ἐπιγνοὺς ἔργον οὐ καταίσιον, 
ὕμωξεν, ἀμπίπτει δ᾽ ἀπὸ σφαγῆς ἐμῶν" 
; > Vv / > ; 
μόρον δ᾽ ἄφερτον Πελοπίδαις ἐπεύχεται, 
, ,ὕὔ οι ἢ \ , ἊΝ 
λάκτισμα δείπνου ξυνδίκως τιθεὶς ἀρᾷ, 
ef , os - , , 
οὕτως ὀλέσθαι πᾶν τὸ ἸΓλεισθένους γένος. 
~ d , ᾽ ᾽ A 4 
ἐκ τῶνδέ σοι πεσόντα τόνδ ἰδεῖν πάρα. 
lal “ / e ; 
κἀγὼ δίκαιος τοῦδε Tod φόνου ῥαφεύς" 
/ Ἁ ΝΜ > ὲ \ δέ > 10x ΡΝ ὶ 
τρίτον γὰρ ὄντα w Τἐπὶ δέκ᾽ ἀθλίῳ πατρ 
\ / > ῇ 
ξυνεξελαύνει τυτθὸν ὄντ᾽ ἐν σπαργάνοις" 
, > | . e / ; 
τρἀφέντα δ᾽ αὖθις ἡ δίκη κατήγαγε. 
\ ὃ , ὃ Ἁ ¢ / a A ν 
καὶ τοῦδε τἀνδρὸς ἡψάμην θυραῖος ὧν, 
~ , 4 ; 
πᾶσαν ξυνάψας μηχανὴν δυσβουλίας. 
\ \ \ \ A ᾽ ‘ 
οὕτω καλὸν δὴ Kai τὸ κατθανεῖν ἐμοὶ 
be 4 a A , > -“ 
ἰδόντι τοῦτον τῆς δίκης ἐν ἕρκεσιν. 


ATAMEMNON. 


Αὔγισθ᾽, ὑβρίζειν ἐν κακοῖσιν ov σέβω. 

| > Ν )Ἅ A e 4 “- 
σὺ δ᾽ ἄνδρα τόνδε φὴς ἑκὼν κατακτανεῖν, 
μόνος δ᾽ ἔποικτον τόνδε βουλεῦσαι φόνον. 

" > J ’ , 3 / ‘ 4 , 
ov φημ αἀλύξειν ἐν δίκῃ τὸ σὸν Kapa 

- / ᾽ " > , 

δημορριφεῖς, σάφ᾽ ἴσθι, λευσίμους ἀράς. 
σὺ ταῦτα φωνεῖς νερτέρᾳ προσήμενος 
κώπῃ, κρατούντων τῶν ἐπὶ ζυγῷ δορός: 

f / Ψ « ‘ 
γνώσει, γέρων ὦν, ὡς διδάσκεσθαι βαρὺ 
τῷ τηλικούτῳ, σωφρονεῖν εἰρημένον. 
δεσμὸς δὲ καὶ τὸ γῆρας αἵ τε νήστιδες 
δύαι διδάσκειν ἐξοχώταται φρενῶν 
ἰατρομάντεις. οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὁρῶν τάδε: 


πρὸς κέντρα μὴ λάκτιζε, μὴ “πταίσας μογῇς. 


’ \ * IO “4 ~*~ > ΄ / 
γύναι, σὺ *tovd HKovTos* ἐκ μάχης νέον 
» \ , > Ἁ 
οἰκουρὸς εὐνὴν ἀνδρὸς αἰσχύνουσ᾽ ἅμα 
> \ A f ᾽ > / / 
ἀνδρὶ στρατηγῷ τόνδ᾽ ἐβούλευσας μόρον. 
καὶ ταῦτα τἄπη κλαυμάτων ἀρχηγενῆ. 
Ορφεῖ δὲ γλῶσσαν τὴν ἐναντίαν ἔχεις" 
ς 5 | 4 4 » > 4 - “ 
ὁ μὲν yap nye πάντ ἀπὸ φθογγῆς χαρᾷ, 
\ » 9 ’ Ι 
σὺ δ᾽ ἐξορίνας κνηπίοις ὑλάγμασιν 
ἄξει" κρατηθεὶς δ᾽ ἡμερώτερος φανεῖ. 
ὡς δὴ σύ μοι τύραννος ᾿Αργείων ἔσει, 
« , a ‘ 
ὃς *ovd ἐπειδὴ τῷδ᾽ ἐβούλευσας μόρον 
δρᾶσαι τόδ᾽ ἔργον οὐκ ἔτλης αὐτοκτόνως. 
τὸ γὰρ δολῶσαι πρὸς γυναικὸς ἦν σαφῶς" 
> \ >, a 5" \ 9 “ 
ἐγὼ δ᾽ ὕποπτος ἐχθρὸς 4 παλαιγενής. 
ἐκ τῶν δὲ τοῦδε χρημάτων πειράσομαι 
A ,' / 
ἄρχειν πολιτῶν" τὸν δὲ μὴ πειθάνορα 
ζεύξω βαρείάις οὔτι μὴ σειραφόρον 


1560 


156 


1570 


κριθῶντα πῶλον" ἀλλ᾽ ὁ δυσφιλὴς «σκότῳ 1575 


Ul 
λιμὸς ξύνοικος μαλθακόν σφ᾽ ἐπόψεται. 
/ \ \ vw / 5 ν A “Ὁ lol 
τί On τὸν ἄνδρα τόνδ᾽ ἀπὸ ψυχῆς κακῆς 
᾽ > ‘ > ’ > \ \ , 
οὐκ αὑτὸς nvapiles, αλλὰ σὺν γυνή, 


4—2 


AISXTAOT ATAMEMNON, 


- , , 
χώρας μίασμα καὶ θεῶν ἐγχωρίων, 
ἔκτειν᾽ : ᾿Ορέστης apa που βλέπει φάος, 15 
“ “ / 
ὅπως κατελθὼν δεῦρο πρευμενεῖ τύχῃ 


» - ; - 4 / 
ἀμφοῖν γένηται Toivde παγκρατὴς φονεύς. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ δοκεῖς τάδ᾽ ἔρδειν *KOU λέγειν, γνώσει τάχα. 


, “~ . , ¢ ‘ ‘na 
ela δή, φίλοι λοχίται, τοὔργον οὐχ εἐκᾶς τοῦδε. 
3 , , , lol ᾽ ; “ ὦ.» 
ela δή, ξίφος πρόκωπον πᾶς τις εὐτρεπιζέτω. 1585 
> ‘ \ ; , ᾿] ’ A 
ἀλλὰ μὴν κἀγὼ πρόκωπος οὐκ ἀναίνομαι θανεῖν. 
δεχομένοις λέγεις θανεῖν σε᾿ τὴν τύχην δ᾽ καἱρούμεθα, 
Cc ~ > >] > | ~ > , F 
μηδαμῶς, ὦ φίλτατ᾽ ἀνδρῶν, ἄλλα δράσωμεν κακά 
ἀλλὰ καὶ τάδ᾽ ἐξαμῆσαι πολλὰ δύστηνον θέρος" 
~ ey > ; \ ς 
πημονῆς ἅλις Ὑ ὑπάρχει" μηδὲν αἱματώμεθα, 
* 


στεῖχε *xal σὺ you* γέροντες πρὸς δόμους πεπρω- 


, ~ 
μένους, [501 
\ A » £ Ξ ει A A AN ς > , 
πρὶν παθεῖν ἔρξαντες" κἀρκεῖν χρῆν Tad ὡς ἐπράξ- 
αμεν. 
, , ;, A ef ΙΝ > v 
εἰ δέ τοι μόχθων γένοιτο τῶνδ᾽ ἅλις, πδεχοίμεθ᾽ ἄν, 
f - ; A / 
δαίμονος χηλῇ βαρείᾳ δυστυχῶς πεπληγμένοι. 
sO ” λό - ᾿ , v ’ a θεῖν ee 
@O ἔχει λόγος γυναικὸς, εἴ τις αξιοῖ μαθεῖν, 1595 
᾽ ‘ , > > \ a - , 
ἀλλὰ τούσδ᾽ ἐμοὶ ματαίαν γλῶσσαν ὧδ᾽ ἀπανθίσαι, 
, ~ ‘4 ~ ; 
κακβαλεῖν ἔπη τοιαῦτα *dalpovos πειρωμένους, 
᾽ ¢e ““ \ ἴω / > 
σώφρονος γνώμης δ᾽ κἁμαρτεῖν τὸν κρατοῦντά Ἐθ 
ς / + 
ὑβρίσαι. 
» ἡ ᾽ ; reas v A ; , 
οὐκ av ᾿Αργείων τόδ᾽ εἴη; φῶτα προσσαίνειν κακόν, 
> } » ᾿ > > ς / « / / > yy 
αλλ, ἐγὼ σ᾽ ἐν ὑστέραισιν ἡμέραις μέτειμ᾽ ἔτι. 
ΠῚ \ , > , ~~ ἢ κ΄ , a 
οὐκ, ἐὰν δαίμων ᾿Ορέστην δεῦρ᾽ ἀπευθύνῃ μολεῖν. 1601 
δ᾽ 3 \ “ wv ὃ > LAN / 
010 ἐγὼ φεύγοντας avdpas ἐλπίδας σιτουμένους. 
πρᾶσσε, πιαίνου, μιαίνων τὴν δέκην" ἐπεὶ πάρα. 
ἴσθι μοι δώσων ἄποινα τῆσδε μωρίας χάριν. 
, “ ᾽ ’ ef ; , 
κόμπασον θαρσῶν, ἀλέκτωρ κὥστε θηλείας πέλας. 
4 , / ~ , 
μὴ προτιμήσῃς ματαίων τῶνδ᾽ ὑλωαγμάτων" κἀγὼ 1606 
\ \ , ~ ~ / ~ 
Kat ov θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων *Kadas. 


TRANSLATION 


WITH NOTES EXPLANATORY AND ILLUSTRATIVE. 


TRANSLATION. 


AGAMEMNON. 


[ScENE: the royal palace at Argos: opposite to the central door ἐς the altar of 
Apollo Aguieus: near it, on each side, altars of other deities. On the 
flat roof of the palace, or, perhaps, on a tower reared above tt, is seen 
a WATCHMAN, in recumbent posture, with head resting on his hands, 
gazing towards the cast. The time is night, but near to morning.) 


PROLOGOS. 


WATCHMAN. 


Still have I ask’d the gods deliverance from these toils 


Ε- throughout τὴν long year’s watch, whereto I lay me down 
upon the Atreidae’s roof, arm-rested, like a dog, 


Prologos. In this prologue the poet has three chief objects in view: 
a. to announce the capture of Troy by the beacon-blaze and the watchman’s 
outcry; β. to bring Clytacmnestra to the notice of his audience as a woman 
‘eof masculine character and strong will (10); y. to prepare them for future 
ΤΠ . vvil-by hinting the misconduct of those who rule the palace in the absence 
‘ee ©60Of Agamemnon (18, 19, 36—39). see 
‘we 1, still Aave J asked. Such is the force of the Present αἰτῶ here, as in 
Latin with iam pridem: past action continued to the present moment. 
Ε΄ ΤΙ μὲν waits for an apodosis till v. 20, νῦν δέ. 
2. μῆκος, accus. of duration, Pal. Some would have it to depend on 
᾿ς érelas, taking φρουρᾶς in apposition to πόνων. Others read μῆχος, remedy, 
= in appos. to ἀπαλλαγήν. 
wherdo &c. ἣν κοιμώμενος, a construction (κοιμᾶσθαι φρουράν) of the 
=~ cognate or contained accus. The verb has the meaning of κεῖσθαι only. 
ΜΗ 3. upon the...roof &c. στέγαις, dat. of ‘place where.’ 
π΄ arm-rested, ἄγκαθεν. WHesychius and another grammarian, followed by 
some editors, consider this to be a form of ἀνέκαθεν, aloft. Some place 


56 AGAMEMNON. 


and know by heart the congress of the nightly stars, 
with those which bring to men winter and summer-tide, 
bright potentates, that in the sky conspicuous shine 
-[stars,-whensoe’er they wane, and a// their rising-times]. 
and now I’m watching for the signal of a torch, 

the blaze of fire, that bringeth a report from Troy, 

ἃ voice announcing capture; for e’en so commands 


ἀνέκαθεν in the text. 
as= Homeric ἐπ᾽ ἀγκῶνος, leaning on the elbows. 
like a dog, κυνὸς δίκην. 
only to the close watching, not to the half-recumbent posture.’ 
feel so sure of this. 
the head resting between the fore legs. 
4. know by heart, κάτοιδα. 
expresses the distinctness of the perception. 
5, 6. The watchman, reclining on the palace-roof nightly through the s 


We do not 


So xaraxovw, καθοράω. 


Pal. says, ‘of course the simile of the dog refers 


PROLOGOS. 


af woman's manly-planning heart in hopeful mood. 


@but whensoe’er I keep this nightly-restless couch 


Ἐς sof mine, all drenched with dew, by dreams unvisited— 


-& 


We agree with Cod. Far. and Paley in regarding it ; 


ΤΣ 


We fancy we have now and then seen a dog lie with & 


Κατὰ compounded with verbs of sense % 


year, and looking eastward, would (as Professor Adams kindly tells us) Ὁ 
have the opportunity of studying all the constellations lying not far from ἢ 


the Equator: 


the most conspicuous being,—among the zodiacal, Taurus, 3 


Gemini, Leo, Virgo, Scorpio,—among the extra-zodiacal, Andromeda, ; 


,Orion, Canis Major and Minor, Aquila. As the constellations so.seen 
would 


summer and winter. 


but not as connected with particular seasons. 


vary according to the seasons, a poet might say that they bring ὃ 
This would not apply to the planets Jupiter, Venus ¥ 
and Mars, which would also become conspicuous in the course of the year, ἢ 
Some stars more distant® 


> 


from the Equator would also engage the observer's attention, as Capella in. 


Auriga, Arcturus in Bootes, and Vega in Lyra. 

6. potentates, δυνάστας. Pal. seems to explain this of the sun and moon. 
But the sun would not be seen in the night, and the moon has nothing to 
do with the change of seasons. (It is however not impossible that Aesch., 


thinking most of the sun, may have meant to say that the watch, beginning . 


at sunset, and ending at sunrise, would teach the various hours at which 
these took place. Ifso, 1. 7 may possibly be genuine. Weil keeps it, with 
δυσμαῖς for ἀστέρας.) Others refer δυνάστας to larger fixed stars which 
would in the course of the year come within the field of view of the watch- 
man, as he lay down with his face towards the east. See these recounted 
in the last note. 

7. See Conspectus Lectionum. 

10. 50 commands, ὧδε κρατεῖ, Herm., 
objection, 


to which version we see no valid 


<& 


πὸ 


᾿ς Pyth. IV. 394, we find φαρμακώσαισ'---ἀντίτομα στερεᾶν ὀδυνᾶν. 
> & is a well-known idiom. 


ξ 


eafor terror in the stead of sleep beside me stands, 

Eso" that in sleep I may not soundly close mine eyes— 
or when I think αὐ times to sing or hum a tune, 

pe Providing this one music-antidote to sleep, 

* then do I wail with groans the evils of this house, 
not, as of yore, in noblest wise administer’d. 


but now may’t come, my fortunate release from toils, 20 


when through the dark with joyous message gleams the fire, 


(7 he beacon-blaze is descried on Mt. Arachnacus: 
his feet, and cries.) 


the Watchman starts to 


Hail, O thou shiner of the night, exhibiting 
a day-light splendour, and in Argos garniture 


14. lLerror, φόβος, i.e. fear of punishment for sleeping on his watch. 

16, ἀείδειν, fo sing words; μινύρεσθαι, to hum a tune without words. 

17- ἕν τέμνων ἄκος. We print this conjecture for the vulg. ἐντέμνων 
ἄκος with a strong belief that it is what Aeschylus wrote. The compound 
verb is taken to mean shredding in, i.e. mingling, and would be an ἅπαξ 
λεγόμενον in that sense. We cannot deny that such an ἅπαξ λεγόμενον is 
possible, and if the new reading involved any real change in the existing 
text, we might refrain from innovation. But the letters stand the same, 
only forming two words instead of one. Téuvew φάρμακον (Ξ ἄκος), to 
prepare a medicine by chopping its ingredicnts, is a recognised medical term, 
used also metaphorically in the sense of providing a remedy for any evil. 
It occurs in Plato several times in this sense. Leg. vill. 836, rl τεμὼν 
φάρμακον τούτοις ἑκάστοις τοῦ τοιούτου κινδύνου διαφυγὴν εὑρήσει ; ΧΙ. 919, 
τούτων χρὴ φάρμακον ἀεὶ τέμνειν τὸν νομοθέτην, LEpfist. vit. 353, τού- 
των δὴ χρὴ πάσῃ προθυμίᾳ πάντας τοὺς Ἕλληνας τέμνειν φάρμακον. 
See Eurip. Andr. 121, ἄκος τῶν δυσλύτων πόνων τεμεῖν, where Schol. ἀπὸ 
τῶν ῥιζοτομούντων ἡ μεταφορά" τεμεῖν οὖν ἀντὶ τοῦ εὑρέσθαι" and in Pindar 
The use of 
The two modes of chanting (ἀείδειν ἡ μινύ- 


Γ΄ ρεσθαι) form one music-antidote to sleep (ἕν ἄκος ἀντίμολπον ὕπνου), dis- 


Ε΄ tinguished from others not musical, such as walking up and down, See 


Eum, 559, ἕν μὲν τόδ᾽ ἤδη τῶν τριῶν παλαισμάτων, 


Ae es “τω εν τ» δε» Ow 


58 AGAMEMNON. 


of many a dancing choir, to honour this event. | 
hurrah! hurrah! 25m 

to Agamemnon’s wife clear token do I give 

that from her couch she rise with earliest speed, and lift, 

for αὐ the house 20 hear, a happy-omened cry 

this torchlight loudly greeting, since that Ilion’s town 

is taken, as the beacon-message plainly tells. 

and I: myself too will perform a prelude-dance ; 

for lucky shall I count the fortunes of our lords, 

now that this beacon-watch has thrown me triple sice. Ἷ 

and so, when he, the king who rules the palace, comes, 7% 

my lot be with this hand to hold his well-loved hand. 

of all the rest I’m silent: on my tongue hath stepp’d 


24. συμφορὰ is used in its original sense, occurrence, event, which here’ 
is a happy one. But, by a well-known Greek euphemism, it most fre 
quently means a calamitous event, a misfortune, as above, 18. ᾿ 

25. Some think that the watchman now descends by an unseen stair tom 
the proscenium, and there ends his speech, afterwards entering the palace} 
by one of the lesser doors. We do not take this view. If he had been¥ 
‘ watching on a turret, he descendsfrom it and perhaps shouts through a trap§ 
door in the roof to the queen and family, then, concluding his speech on# 
the roof, he quits it by an unseen stair. 

28. λαμπάδι depends on the ἐπὶ in ἐπορθιάζειν, to shout aloud on. 

30. plainly tells, ἀγγέλλων πρέπει, distinctly announces, πρέπειν exe 
presses distinctness in what is seen or heard. See ἐμπρέποντας above, 6, ἢ 

31. Here the watchman performs some steps of a dance. ¥ 

32. θήσομαι, J shall reckon or (as Pal.) score. ᾿ 


in the next verse. 

33. triple sice, τρὶς ἕξ. The dice (κύβος) of the Greeks were like our 
own; and, when they played with three, the best throw was three sixes, | 
which the Romans called Venus. The lowest was τρεῖς κύβοι (three aces), : 
in Latin, Canis. : 

35. to hold, βαστάσαι, lit. fo lift or bear up. The use of this verbl 
seems to show that the inferior greeted his lord by laying his hand under$ 
that of the latter, and respectfully pressing it upward. 

36. “02 my tongue ἄς, The origin of this metaphor, an ox treading on 
the tongue, which expresses enforced silence, is unknown. 


y 7 
> ᾿ 
᾿ » ᾿ 
os 
35 & 
δ ΤῸ 
ΕΞ» 
Ζ τὼ 
᾿ » 


Ἴ ee: 39. J forget, λήθομαι. 


lucky, εὖ πεσόντα, to have had a lucky cast: see the metaphor continued ΝΣ 
= wrath for the loss of Helen was like that of a pair of vultures robbed of 


PARODOS. 


ba mighty ox; the house itself, if voice it found, 
@ would give the clearest evidence; since I by choice 
a speak to the knowing, to the unknowing I forget. 


PARODOS. 


ES ; Nz he Watchman leaves the palace roof. An interval of time is now supposed, 


Daylight has arrived. Clytaemnestra, acquainted with the tidings of the 
beacon, has sent messengers commanding incense to be burnt before all the 
shrines of Argos, in token of thanksgiving. The Chorus, consisting of 
me. the chief councillors of the state, attend at the palace to learn the news. 
᾿ Zach χορευτὴς carries a staff (Baxrnpla). They enter the orchestra by 
fe the passage between the stage and the spectators’ seats (θέατρον) on the 
ἐς right-hand of the latter, and, moving on the circumference of a quadrant, 

ascend the choral platform, which extends from the central thymele (altar 

of Bacchus) to the proscenium. There, standing in their usual order, 

they chant their opening song. The passage by which they enter is called 
. Parodos, and the song then sung receives the same technical name. In 
τ this drama it has three parts, 1. Anapaests; 2. Mesode; 3. Ode.] 


te 
>” 
τεῦ 
Pe 
Rie 
“ 
.} 


et 


CHORUS. 
1. Anapaests. 


ay is the tenth year on its passage, 


since Priam’s great opponent, 


ia 


cr. 37. the house &c. See Luke xix. 40: ‘I tell you that, if these 

® should hold their peace, the stones would immediately cry out.’ 

Ital. non mi ricordo; which, since a famous 

s occasion in 1820, has almost passed into a proverb for convenient silence. 

= It might be rendered Aold my peace here. 

mas 40 In the anapaestic system (or series of systems, if a versus paroe- 

Bmiacus be regarded as the terminus of a system) with which the Parodos 
P commences, the Chorus says: that ten years have passed since the expedi- 


F tion against Troy sailed out under Agamemnon and Menelaus, whose 


40 


® their young :.that an avenging deity espoused their cause: that war and 
ἢ bloodshed ensued, of which the end was not reached, but punishment could 

E not fail to visit the unholy union of Paris and Helen,, The old age of the 
= Chorus, which had detained its members at home, is described as a second 
childhood. Finally they address Clytaemnestra (who, during their recita- 
stive, has probably come out of the palace and begun to light the altars 
before it), inquiring why the order for burning incense is gone forth, and 


= begging her to relieve the anxiety with which their minds are disturbed. 


ἕξ S41. opponent, ἀντίδικος, properly in a suit (δίκη), This is specially 


ΣΌΣ ΔΝ SKIS WT 


" 


όο AGAMEMNON. 


king Menelaus with king Agamemnon, 

—a stalwart yoke-pair, sons of Atreus, holding 

from Zeus the honour of two thrones, two sceptres,— 
an Argive armament of thousand vessels 

from out this country 

despatch’d, a militant reprisal, 

a mighty war-cry shouting in their fury, 

in mood like vultures, which, with sorrows 

excessive for their children, 

high o’er their eyrie whirl in circles 

with oary pinions rowing, 

since they have lost their labour, 

the couch-observing labour of their nestlings. 

but hearing from on high, perchance Apollo, 

or Pan or Zeus, the shrilly-crying bird-wail 

of these sad outcasts sendeth 

unto transgressors 

an after-punishing Erinys. « 
applicable to Menelaus, who had been robbed of his wife, and whose name 
is first mentioned. Agamemnon is then added, as his brother espousing ἢ 


‘his cause, and as commander-in-chief; but the two continue to be men- ΝΣ 


tioned as forming one yoke-pair, ξεῦγος ᾿Ατρειδᾶν, in apposition with which 
gen, stands τιμῆς and its epithets. The construction is remarkable. 

45. Of thousand vessels, χιλιοναύτην, boldly used for χιλιόναυν. 

47. ἦραν. See Suppl. 2, Pers. 791. 

reprisal, ἀρωγήμ, lit. succour, i.e. the forces sent to obtain redress. 

48. in their fury, ἐκ θυμοῦ, or, from their heart, with all their heart. 

49. 1% mood like, τρόπον (κατὰ) in the manner of. So δίκην. 

50. excessive, éxwarios, This is variously explained: by some (ἐκ rarov) 
lonely. ‘The meaning we adopt seems probable. 

51. high oer, ὕπατοι, for ὕπερθε, an unusual expression. ἑπάνω has 
been proposed for it; not improbably, as ὕπατος follows, 55. 

55. perchance, tts. Pal. says; ‘the same in point of sense as if he had 
said ὕπατός τις ἀΐων, 7 ᾿Απόλλων ἣ κιτ.λ.᾽ It has been suggested, that 
Apollo favours the vultures as augural birds; Pan, as birds that hunt; 
Zeus, as birds of royal nature. 

57. outcasts, μετοίκων, used of those who are removed to a strange 
home: here of the young vultures. 
. 59. after-punishing. So Hor. pede Poena claudo. 


50m 


PARODOS. 


᾿ een so the mightier Zeus, of guest-law guardian, 
m sends Atreus’ sons to war on Alexander, 
preparing many limb-subduing struggles 
alike for Trojans and for Danaans, 
Γ΄ When in the dust the knee is planted, 
» and snaps the spearshaft in the onsets 
Ε΄ Waged for a many-suitored woman. 
a as things are now, so are they, and fulfilled 
p Shall be as Destiny hath willed. 
phe shall not soothe aside by burnt-oblation, 
or wine-libation or tear-shedding lamentation, 
Of fireless rites the strong-set indignation, 
Ε΄ but we, by aged frames exempted, 
Ε left of the force behind which then was mustered, 
; remain, on staves supporting 
© our child-like strength. 
F-for the young marrow leaping upward 
5 within the bosom, 
> ere martial vigour holds its place, is eld-like ; 
Γ and far-gone eld, what time the foliage withers, 


ways triple-footed walketh, 80 


60. the mightier, ὁ κρείσσων, i.e. Leds ξένιος (of guest-law guardian), 


& who is assumed, in that character, to be still mightier than the Zeus (res) 
=. who favoured the vultures. 


65. onsets, xporedelos. Hesychius has: προτέλεια, al πρὸ τοῦ γάμον 


m τελούμεναι θυσίαι. Hence the word is used here metaphorically for a 
= skirmish beginning a battle: in 204, for a sacrifice before a voyage. 


4 66. many-suitored, wodvdvopos. Helen had many suitors: and, after 
the death of Paris, she married Deiphobus. 
71. fireless rites. The meaning of ἀπύρων ἱερῶν has been much dis- 
puted. Scholefield supposed the Fates to be meant. But there seems 
Σ΄ to be no safer explanation than this, that the poet thus designates the 
 marriage-rites of Paris and Helen, which, being hasty and illegal, took 
=. place without the usual burnt-offerings. The wrath of these will mean 
= the wrath of the deities to whom such offerings were due. 
, 72. exempted, ἀτίται. This word drirns (4, rlw) is explained to mean, 
not liable to pay a due ; here, ‘not fit for military service.’ 
80. ériple-footed, τρίποδας. An allusion to the riddle of the Sphinx, 


62 AGAMEMNON. 


and, than a child no stronger, 

a day-seen dream, he wanders. 

but thou, Tyndareus’ daughter, 
“queen Clytacmnestra, what is this occasion? 

‘what new thing has befallen? 

what hast thou noted, trusted in what tidings, 

that thus thou sendest round an incense-stirring message ἢ 

for now of all the gods that hold the city, 
supernal, infernal, 2 
heaven-abiding, mart-residing, 90% 
the altars are ablaze with offerings: 

the torch on this side and on that uplifteth 
its skyward-reaching stature, 

drugged with the soft and guileless suasions 

of holy ointment, 

the clot from out the royal store-room. 

of these things what thou canst, be pleased to tell us, 

and what to speak is lawful: 

and of this care become a healer, 3 
which now is sometimes evil-boding, 1094 
-but soon again from sacrifices 

hope blandly shines, and chases from the bosom 

insatiate thought, that soul-devouring sorrow. 


solved by Oedipus, ἔστι δίπους ἐπὶ γῆς: καὶ rérparos...xal τρίπος. The biped : 


man, when he crawls as an infant, is four-footed ; when he takes a crutch 

in old age, three-footed. τὰ 
83. Τυνδάρεω. Gen. of Τυνδάρεως, a by-form of Τύνδαρος. ’ 
94. guileless, ἀδόλοισι. We think the true contrast implied by this 

epithet has been generally overlooked. Some render it genuine: others ἢ 


suppose the guile of orators to be glanced at. In our opinion (looking at Ε 


φαρμ. xp: ἁγνοῦ) Aeschylus refers to the φάρμακα δόλια of sorceresses (pap- 
paxeurpla). See Theocr. 74. 11. Verg. £c/. Vill. ᾿ 
96. clot, πέλανος, ἃ soft essential substance, such as butter (in a tub}: 


or lard (in a pan). 


store-room, μυχόθεν, from the μυχός, interior of the palace, where the ‘ 


pantry, larder &c. were, near the ἑστία: lit. ‘the royal clot from the. 
μυχός." 


PARODOS. 


eS 2. Mesode. 
a Empowered am I to sing aloud 
pthe lucky strength of men illustrious, 
δ boded by a wayside omen, 
@ (for still my life, with strength connurtured, 
by heavenly favour 
5 upon me breathes the confidence of song), 
B how the twin-thronéd kingship of the Achaeans, 
a of Hellad youth a government harmonious, 
a with spear and hand exacting vengeance 
a fiery bird to Teucrian land 
q conducts, the king of birds to kings of ships 
= ——the. black one and the white-tailed—manifest IIS 


3 nigh to the tents, upon the hand that wields the spear, 
sin a station seen of all, 


110 (108) 


rx 


104. Why Clytaemnestra at this moment makes no reply to the Chorus 

ἣν left to conjecture. Engaged with the altars, she may be supposed to have 
Ἢ moved during the recitation of the anapaests, and to be out of sight behind 
a the right-hand Periacte. The Mesode of the Parodos now sung describes 
8 wayside omen which occurred to Agamemnon and Menelaus on their 
κῃ march to Chalcis, and its interpretation by the army-seer Calchas, who 
E knowing by his skill that Artemis was displeased with the Atreidae, μϑνυδιο 
: the aid of Apollo to pacify her, and prevent the evil consequences hinted 
q at inthe concluding lines. ‘The omen was that of two eagles (who represent 
¥ the Atreidae) devouring a pregnant hare. On wayside omens (ἐνόδια 
a σύμβολα) see Theophrast. Char. (ὁ δεισιδαίμων) and Hor. C. 11.27. 

= 106. boded by a wayside omen, ὅδιον. 

E107. for still &c. i.e. for, old a 

Ping Ratan > s lam, yet am I still strong enough to 
Ὥς (8). Aingship~, κράτος (abstract for σοποτείο) Ξε βασιλέας. So τάγαν 
᾿ =ductores. (From this place the bracketed numerals refer to the numera- 
> tion in the Greek text.) 

S112 (το). exacting vengeance, πράκτορι. 

~ 115 (12). Aristotle (7/ A. 1x.) distinguishes these eagles as μελανάετος 
F and wiryapyos. They symbolize the differing tempers of the two Atreidae, 
= 123. 

3 116 (13). upon the hand that wields the spear, χερὸς ἐκ δοριπάλτου, i.e 
® on the right hand. rely 


ie. 117 (14). station, ἕδραι, an augural word. 


odin " 


worse nena παρ ὦ, Bie »λάπεολΑρς re ὦ toe ΡΟΣ gle 


64 AGAMEMNON. 


. feeding upon a hare with young ones big; 
ht ere its closing race was Over. Ee 

oe woe! sing woe! but be the good aacanana? ! Ἢ a 

So, when the careful army-secr ntistropne. 

looked on the warlike sons of Atreus, 

two in number, twain in temper, 

then learnt he these—the hare-devouring 

conducting bird-chiefs : 

- and thus, interpreting the portent, spake. 

‘this expedition captures Priam's city 

in time: and all the herds before the fortress, 

that fed the people with abundance, 

_ shall fate. with. violence lay waste 

let only from the gods no envy cloud, | 

forestricken, Troy’s great bit in arms encamp d. 

for spiteful to the house is Artemis the pure, 

to her father’s wingtd hounds, 


; 
8: 


i 135 a 
a timid creature eating, young and all, 35 3 


119 (16). caught, βλαβέντα, neut. pl. agreeing with ‘hare and roe | 
120 (17). woe! αἵλινος᾽ τοῦτο ἐπὶ θρήνου ἐτίθετο, καὶ ἐν Tos ἐφυμνίοις δέ, © 
Et Nhe M. , 
et (19). dearnt, édan, 1.¢. he learnt their significance. πε. 
128 (23). and all the herds &c. We follow Paley’s interpretation 


this somewhat dubious passage. See his note. F ΝΣ 
131 (26). forestricken. Some, as Van Heusde, expk 


yoy’ it ¢d means 

orged before 1. Troy's great bit in arms encamp 
προχαλκευθὲν forged beforehand. y's grea : 
eka of Patani ‘To cloud a bit’ is a harsh and ET 
phor: but in tragedy the language of soothsayers 1s often studiously dark. 


¢ : 5: “the eagles and 
134 (28). winged hounds, πτανοῖσιν κυσί. Paley says g : 


’ the Atreidae are here viewed as identical, τε πεῖρα Lommel 
other; and the anger of Artemis against the D1 τε ee 
indicative of her anger against Agamemnon for some offence whi y 

xention, but Sophocles (Z/. 566) describes as the slaug ter 
pega 7 a The aii t called the dog or hound of — ae 
constant attendant; and ‘winged hound’ (by a well-nnows =e pe 
distinguish the metaphorical from the real dog. See Prom. ἮΝ - κ᾽; 
τοι πτηνὸς κύων δαφοινὸς αἰετός. Soph. fr. 815, ὃ σκηπτοβάμων aleros, 
Διός. Clytaemnestra is called δίπους λέαινα, 1187. 


P kindred artificer of quarrels, 


= 


= Zeus, whosoe’er he is, if by this title 


PARODOS. 


ere birth: and hates the meal of eagles. 

sing woe! sing woe! but be the good victorious! 
So kindly though she be, the Beauteous one, 

to dewdrops small of furious lions, 

and to the udder-loving cubs 

of all land-roaming beasts, she beggeth 

the pleasing signs of these birds to fulfil, 

visions of happy omen, but not blameless. 

I call for aid from healing Paean, 

that she may frame no stormful breezes 


= against the Danaans blowing, 


long time the ships detaining, 
th¢ while a second sacrifice she speedeth, 
a lawless one, unbanquetable, 
: 150 (41) 
fea husband not respecting: for there waiteth 
Fa terrible recoiling anger, cpr 
= house-guarding, treacherous, mindful, child-avenging.’—" 
» such things did Calchas shouting utter 
= with mighty blessings mingled, 
Ε΄ as from the wayside birds predestined 
> unto the royal houses. 
with these in concert 


sing woe! sing woe! but be the good victorious! 


4 
> 


155 


3. Ode. 
Sir. 1. 160 (48) 


~ 


138—144 (32—38). See Consp. Lect. Teprvd in 135 may possibly be 
a gloss, but we lean to a belief in its genuineness, What there is of good 
in the ambiguous*tokens Artemis asks (of the Fates and Zeus) pe:mission to 


@. accomplish. Στρουθῶν is certainly wrong where it stands : whether it should 
®. take the place of τούτων in 136, or be struck out as a gloss, cannot be 


settled with assurance. We should prefer its removal, if we could venture 
; to read ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὖν as suggested in the C. 1. 


160 (48). The Chorus begin this ode with a profession of their religious 


© faith in Zeus as the supreme ruler. Uranus and Kronos (they say) are 


K. A. 5 


SNe 
- Raat 2a pt SER I ἘΝ 


ee dee Σ 


> 7 . 4, ~ 
ΝΞ ate 


tr ot ἘΣ ἐς 
aa aN 


4- 


— as 


ee 
= 


AGAMEMNON. = PARODOS. 


et 

eB? and who afterward existed 

® found:a conqueror, and is gone. 

but any shouting gladly ‘Zeus the victor,’ 
shall gain the full award of wisdom : 


to be called himself delighteth, 
even thus do I address him. 
other can I not conjecture, Ἐ 
ἴπ the balance weighing all, 


Zeus, if from my thought the idle burden 165 3 ©. Him who the way of wisdom showed to mortals, 
save ; | 


j ith true decision who stablished as a valid maxim, 
I may reject with 


F ‘ther one, who formerly was mighty, Ant. 1.3 ἢ: by suffering must they purchase learning. 
or nei : I ‘ 3 Mite 


with all-battling prowess teeming, a ic yea, e’en in νι aE cae 
aught shall tell, long while departed ; } Ἶ 


$e Se RE ᾿ ᾿ “ τ 
ΝΟ oe a ΕΟ 
δου ἃ αὐ  ΣΧΟΣΝ ; ᾿ς 


τ sad memory of evil trickles, 

= : and to the unwilling comes discretion ; 

ast and powerless. It is wise to sing the praise of a aie On q 3 ῳ ΗΝ = the gods, 1 ween, 

who taught mankind the peiaael matt ES oa : 7. ae ee s is this, who on the sacred bench are seated. 
instance of this 1s seen in . ! = sing he 

bythe stings of conscious gil, and which mast ete oe a se κοῤν ἡ ot 
lta detained in Chalcis by foul winds, with ruin to their health, Sie. παμμάχῳ θράσει βρύων 


“ : ds οἵ Artemis,— 3a οὐδέν ἐστι πλὴν λόγῳ γ᾽" 
as laid before the chiefs the dread deman ' . a 
Oe ‘terrible is the choice between disobedience and ie: ὃς δ᾽ κιτιλ, 


ν- 


---.-- 
~ 


Fs alert al Sk a ena ai ap gE aa 


Agamemnon exclaimed : Ἃ | 

the murder of a child: for how 8 δυο i μερὶ inane το ponies 5 ἶ We do not place these words in the text, because we cannot be sure they 
ies the ifice they desire an i 

can I refuse to my allies the sacrifice 


. . those which the poet wrote, even if they represent his mind, as we 
aw 7} The dire fact is Gime *"° I , y rep ᾽ 
vi become the slayer of his daughter. . = : : n 
he ΜΝ ον oe yicturesque pathos : and the maxim repeated, that the Sagi span μὲ ae due ον od Paley. Πρὶν ὧν might be 
Ὁ sree θο is te ning. But how this will be shown in the Future, p= δ : ἐστί, and λέξαι migh dea Out OF Λόγῳ. 
fruit of ΜΌΝ is Me seme for knowing ; till then, lamentation ὦ : 17! (58). rs τριακτῇρος. ἸΤριακτήρ, from τριάζειν, to throw 
οὐ. l > I ‘ = se? _ ° Ἕ "3 ᾿ . 
none can re i us ton petapercnt tt accordance with the wishes Ἐν αν thrice in a wrestling match, which decided the victory. ΠΝ 
is premature. May 16 155 i τς tel | 172 (60). shouting...Zeus the victor, Liva...éruixia κλάζων, lit.. " shout- 
of her who is now singly —* : laatiesiie seitiuaiails the meaning & > ing victory-songs on Zeus,’ κλάζων having the two accusatives of thing 
165 (53). the tle, rR eat I “3 and person. Pal. cites Aristoph. Ach. ult. τήνελλα καλλίνικον ἄδοντές ce 
ὦ Sei rden as idle. ie. καὶ τὸν ἀσκόν : 
is, “reject the bu . : "ξερεῖ is adopted to take the place πὸ * ° 
τ ΜΕ κα ταχὺ, The conjecture ἐξερεῖ 15 adopted to pis τ. Ξ nF 
167—17} (155 157) id. But ounet there is yet deeper corruption . 181 (66). We firmly believe βιαίως (or -08) to be a gloss, and τάδ᾽ ἐστὶ 
of the corrupt λέξαι of codd. a4 bev av, has the air of a gloss, and the true reading, for three reasons, which in combination seem to us very 
2 y Ἂ 55) ᾿ . . ὐ . . 
— a ae desired, ‘ gone by,’ i.e. no 4 powerful : (1) a finite verb is eminently desirable; (2) correspondence with 
does not seem κῶς, θαυ ἴο τ Ab Literally Ἢ cocaine (or having ae the antistrophe is spoilt by the long final of βιαίως, and the expedient of 
» Ὕ οὐ ω ‘ ‘ ᾿ . 3 . . . . 
longer in Litto om: peat ri could not mean that Uranus, one of the ge a — (παλιρρόχθοι:) to restore it is violent and very question- 
. “ u aS τ . ~ κ . ᾽ 
existed) forme; y f : ον to exist. In the Prometheus he says οἱ able; (3) βιαίως introduces a thought which painfully clashes with the 
μάκαρες θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες, had cease tana be graciousness of χάρις and the mild beauty of σέλμα σεμνὸν ἡμένων---ἃ thought 
Uranus and Cronos, + ax rays’ eye p_nowise necessary (whatever the commentator who brought it in on account 
sabes ,σθό ῷ “of rap ἄκοντας might imagine) and insufficiently defended by Mr Paley’s 
a = words, ‘‘that the poet meant βιαίως ἀρχόντων, ruling by the law of con- 
Vhat he must have said in this place we believe to be, that Uranus has ;. straint and not allowing mortals to follow their own headstrong will with 
sgh | tradition, while Cronos has been conquered and expelled, | Ε΄ impunity :” for how can all this be conveyed by saying that the deities 
scenes id hus: Be ‘sit by force upon the sacred bench’? We have not placed τάδ᾽ ἐστὲ in 
This might have been sat thus : “3 


-_ OS 


ΣΕ 5 
ῥι 
τὴ 

J rt, 


in the place. Ilplv wy, 50 soon 


δισσοὺς τυράννους ἐκπεσόντας 


68 AGAMEMNON. 


And then the elder chief of ships Achaean, 
no blame on any prophet casting, 
conspiring with imperious fortunes, 

what time the Achaean soldiery 

with barrel-emptying stress of weather 

were sorely troubled, occupying 

the site to Chalcis opposite 

on tide-reciprocating shores of Aulis— 
When blasts that from the Strymon came,  Sér. 3. 190 (74) 
producing leisure mischievous, with famine, 
bad anchorages, wanderings of mortals, 

nor ships nor cables sparing, 

time after lengthened time protracting, 

were wasting with delay the flower of Arges— 
when yet another remedy, 

more grievous than the bitter wintry-wind, 
unto the chiefs the prophet shouted, 

before them casting Artemis, 

that with their sceptres 

the sons of Atreus smote upon the earth, 
and stifled not the tear— 

"Twas thus the elder chief exclaim’d: 

‘a heavy fate indeed is disobedience, 

and heavy too, if I my child shall slaughter, 
my mansion’s lovely darling, 


the text, where we think it deserves to be: but we have obelized its substi- 
tute, which we cannot believe genuine. But see Consp. Lect. 

182 (68). And then &c. The first strophe and antistrophe of this ode 
are a religious and moral digression affecting the crisis which the Chorus 
had reached at the close of the Mesode. From the latter point the story of 
Agamemnon is now continued. 

190 (74). from the Strymon, i.e. from the N. E., most unfavourable for 
the voyage to Troy. 

195 (79). “Apyouvs. On the principles determining the acceptance of 
this emendation, of those in 207—8 (189—90), 238 (15), and in some later 


« 


choral lines, see Introduction, before Conspectus Lectionum. 


PARODOS. 


a father’s hands before the altar 

with streaming gore of murdered maid polluting ; 

of these things, which is void of ill? 

a fleet-deserter how can I become, 210 (192) 
and fall away from my alliance? 

for lawfully may they desire 

with rage outrageous 


a sacrifice wind-calming, virgin blood. 

may all be for the best!’ 

So, when the harness of necessity 

he donned, an impious wind-change blowing, 
impure, unholy, from that moment’ 


he chose a new all-daring purpose. 

for mortals, by its base monitions, 220 (200) 
the wretched madness of first sin emboldens, 
and so he had the hardihood 

to be a daughter’s sacrificer, 

auxiliar to a woman-venging warfare, 

and to the sailing ships 

a rite inaugurating their departure. 

Her prayers and invocations of her sire, 

her maiden age, as nought they counted, 
those war-enamoured arbitrators. 

and, when the litany was ended, 

the father told the priestly servants, 

as lay she prostrate with her robes about her, 
with all their heart to lift her high, 

prone, as a kid, above the altar, 


216 (196). harness, λέπαδνον, lit. breast-rein. 

217 (197). wind-change, τροπαίαν (αὔραν). 

219 (199). μετέγνω. Μετὰ in composition often implies change. 
Μεταγιγνώσκειν is to adopt a new opinion or purpose (γνώμη) which is de- 
scribed as τὸ παντότολμον φρονεῖν, the having an all-daring mind. 

224 (203). auxiliar, ἀρωγάν, in apposition to the clause θυτὴρ γενέσθαι 
θυγατρός. 

226 (204). a rite &c., προτέλεια. See 65. 


7° AGAMEMNON. 


and, watching o’er her lovely mouth, to stifle 
with voiceless strength of gags 

her shriek of execration on the houses. 

But, to the earth down-dropping 

her saffron-tinctured veil, each sacrificer 

she smote with piteous arrow from her eye, 

as though ’twere in a picture, seeming 

desirous to address them: since full often 

in the large-tabled guest-hall of her sire 

she sang, and virgin with pure voice did honour 
fondly to her fond father’s paean, 

that ushered in 

with happy fate the third libation. 

What next—I saw not, speak not: 

it was not unfulfill’d, the lore of Calchas. 

to them that suffer Justice doth incline 

the scale of learning: but the Future 

thou'lt hear when it is past; till then, farewell to’t. 


235 (12). If φυλακᾷ were read here, the construction would be simple. 
But Pal., keeping φυλακάν, makes it the subj. of κατασχεῖν, that a watch 
&c. should restrain &c. This is possible: but, upon the whole, we con- 
sider φυλακὰν a contained accus. depending on κατασχεῖν, which also 
governs φθόγγον as object. This is rendered in effect by the English ver- 
sion, watching &c. 

239 (15). saffron-tinctured veil. The scholiasts Say πέπλον, robe or 
mantle, Some believe κρόκου βαφὰς to mean dood, and use χέουσα as an 
argument. See Consp. ἢ. 

241 (18). as...in a picture. In a later age, the sacrifice of Iphigenia 
was the subject of a famous picture by Timanthes, who crowned his skill 
by hiding the face of Agamemnon. See the description by Lucretius. 

243 (20). ἀνδρῶνας, properly the men’s apartments, used here (with 
eUrpaméfous) to imply ¢he guest-hall which belonged to them. 

244 (23). did honour, ἐτίμα, i.e. took part in. See rlovras, 657. 

245—247 (22—23). Pal. says: “the σπονδὴ and the παιὰν were in- 
separable adjuncts of a banquet, and the αὐλητρὶς was seldom left out.” 
Probably the paean was sung at the third libation ; hence it is called here 


τριτόσπονδος, and as that libation was sacred to Ζεὺς Σωτήρ, it is also called’ 


εὔποτμος, happy-fated. 


EPEISODION 1. 


tis quite as good as sorrowing ere the time; 
for clear ’twill come with-day-break: but of these things 
the issue be success! so wisheth 255 


of Apia’s land 
this nearest and sole-guarding bulwark. 


EPEISODION I. 


[ There is some difficulty in accounting for the silence of Clytaemnestra when 
addressed in the anapaests of the Parodos 83—103. Some think that 
she had not left the palace at that time; others that she was on the 
proscenium at 1. 83, but quitted it before 103 without staying to reply, 
which is perhaps the truer view. At all events she now comes forward 
to the logeion, and is addressed by the Coryphaeus in the words with 


which the First Epeisodion begins. | 
CHORUS. 


Thy power revering, Clytaemnestra, I am come: 

for ’tis buf justice to respect a ruler’s wife 

when the male throne is left without an occupant. 260 (36) 
but, whether thou hast learnt some good, or, learning nought, 
in hope of happy tidings incense offerest, 

fain would I hear: yet shall thy silence not offend. 


e 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


With happy tidings, as the proverb ἦς, indeed 


257 (33). dulwark, ἕρκος. It is very doubtful whether this expression 
is applied by the Chorus to themselves as the Council of State or to Cly- 
taemnestra, who now appears on the proscenium. We lean to the latter 
view. 

258 (34). In this Epeisodion, Clytaemnestra, replying to the questions 
of the Chorus, first describes the succession of beacons by which the 
news of the capture of Troy has been transmitted to Argos ; and then 
draws an imaginary picture of the condition of things in the captured 
city. Her concluding words, like those of the watchman, are — 
by the poet to prepare the minds of the hearers for evil impen ing, 
ch here is ascribed to the possibly aroused displeasure of the deities. 

261 (37). thou hast learnt, lit. having learnt, πεπυσμένη. The Chorus 


ask whether the incense is offered in thanksgiving or in supplication. 


whi 


ὑπαπλσον παρ ασοῶτρολνις ὡς eee ae, S 


42 AGAMEMNON. 


may Morning from its mother Night arrive to birth ! 265 
but thou wilt hear a joy too great for hearer’s hope ; 
the Argive froo~s have taken Priam’s capital. 


CHORUS. 
What sayest thou? the word is lost for lack of faith. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
That Troy belongs to the Achaeans :—speak I plain ? 


CHORUS, 
Joy steals upon my senses, calling forth a tear. 270 (46) 


CLYTAEMNESTRA, 
? τὰ 8 . 
Tis true: thine eye declares thy loyal sentiment. 


CHORUS. 
What is’t thou trustest? hast thou proof of this event? 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
I have: why should I not, unless a god deceived? 


CHORUS. 
Do phantoms seen in dreams convince thy reverent soul ? 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
I would not earn the credit of a sleepy mind. 


CHORUS, 
Has then some wingless voice enriched thee with the news ? 


265 (41). The name Ἐφρόνη (which stands to Νύξ in some such re- 
lation as Εὐμενίδες to Ἐρινύε:) suggests εὐαγγέλια. 

272 (48). This verse is usually printed as one question : what trust- 
worthy proof &c.? Others place a first interrogation after γάρ; how then? 
hast thou &c.? Clytaemnestra’s reply suggests the punctuation in our 
text. ‘I have a réxuap,’ she says, and ends her speech by saying τέκμα 
τοιοῦτον ξύμβολόν τε σοὶ λέγω 315 (201). ν 

275 (51). Most editors (as Pal.) render this: 7 would not accept the 
fancy of a dozing mind. This is unobjectionable in itself, but the tone 
of the next lines leads us to prefer what appears in our version : 7 have no 
wish to be thought a dreamer of dreams. 


276 (52). wingless voice, ἄπτερος φάτις, a voice conveyed to the mental 


Cee aE el a 


EPEISODION J. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
My intellect, as some young girl’s, thou scornest much. 
CHORUS. 
Declare within what time the city has been sack’d. 
CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
Within this night, I say, that bore the present dawn. 


CHORUS. 
What messenger is he that could achieve such speed? 280 (56) 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


Hephaestos, forth from Ida sending a bright light. 

and beacon ever hitherward from courier fire 

sent beacon: Ida first to the Hermaean cliff 

of Lemnos: from that isle the mighty faggot-blaze 

in order third the Athoan height of Zeus received, 285 
and thence the travelling torch’s strength, high-elevate 

so as to skim the surface of the sea, lay full 


ear by no bird, i.e. a kind of presentiment. On omens conveyed by the 
cry of birds see Soph. Oed. 7. 966, Antig. 1001, 1021. 
278 (54). within what time, ποίου χρόνου; The gen. has this force. 
280 (56). could achieve such speed? Some render, could arrive so 


soon ? 

281 (57). Hephaestos, Ἥφαιστος, the fire-god Vulcan. The succession 
of beacons is (1) M. Ida in the Troad: (2) M. Hermaeus in Lemnos, 
westward : (3) M. Athos on the peninsula Acte, westward: (4) M. Ma- 
kistus in Euboea, southward : (5) M. Messapius in Boeotia, south of west : 
(6) M. Cithaeron in Boeotia, south of west: (7) M. Aegiplanctus in 
Megaris, west of south: (8) M. Arachnaeus in Argolis, west of south: 
(9) the palace-roof at Argos, westward. 

287 (64). Jay full. Our conjecture. προὔκειτο for ms. πεύκη τὸ is pro- 
posed with a strong belief in its truth. For (1) the place (262—265) is 
manifestly in want ofa finite verb, and deformed: by the presence of the worse 
than useless noun πεύκη. Here then a verb must take the place of the noun, 
clearing up the sense, and supported by the adverbial phrase πρὸς ἡδονήν. 
We had thought of προὔβη, but further consideration showed the idleness 
of the article τό, and led to the perception of προὔκειτο, as the true word. 
(2) Palaeographic critics will at once see that the ‘ductus litterarum’ 


in uncial writing shows almost exact correspondence. (3) It has been 


τ πασωκκαν.ν τος σας ὡρρβκὶ ee 


ee 


74 AGAMEMNON. 


before the gladdened view, transmitting, hke some sun, 

a golden-beaming blaze unto Makistus’ towers. 

nor did he, dallying, or by heedless sleep o’ercome, 290 (66) 
forego the duty that beseems a messenger : 

but to Euripus’ streams far flies the beacon flame 

and makes its signal to Messapius’ sentinels. 

they, answering blaze with blaze, the tidings forwarded 

by lighting up with fire a pile of aged heath. 95 
50 in its vigour still the torch, not yet bedimm’d, 

across the plain of the Asopus took its leap, 

like the bright moon, unto Cithaeron’s cliff, and there 


awoke another mew relay of- missive flame. 

nor did that watch-post disallow the far-sent light, 
kindling a larger blaze than any named before. 
forthwith beyond the lake Gorgopis shot the li 
and coming to its point on Aegiplanctus’ mount 


cht, 


< 


suggested to us in objection, that a verb of motion is wanted. We think 
not. But let us first translate the lines. MHigh-reaching, so as to skim 
the sea, the strength of the travelling torch lay forth to full delight, and 


transmuted, like some sun, a blaze of golden light to the watchmen of 


Makistus. The site of this Euboean mountain is not clearly known: 
but it must have been somewhere near Cape Koumi, from which point 
a great beacon lighted on Mt. Athos (Monte Santo) might possibly be 
descried in a direction due north, at a distance of 90 miles. The word 
ὑπερτελής, and still more the simile ὥς τις ἥλιος, distinctly prove that in 
the ἰσχὺς πορευτοῦ λαμπάδος Aesch. meant to include the source of light, 
the beacon on Athos itself. Whoever, like ourselves, has spent the 
autumn and winter months on a western beach, and faced, morning after 
morning, the golden path of rays streaming over the sea between his 
own eyes and the newly risen sun, will understand the perfect fitness and 
beauty of the verb προὔκειτο here. The fitness derives further force from 
the application of the verb προκεῖσθαι to headlands such as Athos (ἐν 
τῇ θαλάττῃ προκείμενον χωρίον, Xen. An. VI. 4), and to arranged signals, 
as προκείμενα σημήια in Herod. (See Soph. O, 7. 865, νόμοι πρόκεινται.) 
‘Zo full delight’ is a neutral rendering of πρὸς ἡδονήν. It is open to 
question whether this phrase refers to the light itself (αὐ dts own sweet 
will) or means (as we suggest) ὁ the delight of beholders, especially the 
watchmen of Makistus. So Prom. 503, δαίμοσιν πρὸς ἡδονήν. 


EPEISODION 1 75 


‘twas urgent that the law of fire be wei supplied. 

so up they lit, and send with unbegrudging strength 305. 
a mighty beard of flame: and in its forward course 

the headland this surmounts, that gazeth down upon 

the gulf Saronic, and shot upward; then it reach’d 

mount Arachnaeus, city-neighbouring beacon-site: 

and last unto this roof of the Atreidae shoots 310 (286) 
this light, not undescended from Idaean fire. 

such are the well-adapted laws of torch-bearers, 


305—308 (281—284). With most editors we adopt Canter’s conjecture 
κάτοπτον for κατόπτρον in 283: and with Schiitz, ὑπερβάλλει for ὑπερβάλλειν, 
but, in 284, instead of reading, as Schiitz does, φλέγουσα, Kar’ ἔσκηψεν, we 
edit a conjecture of our own, φλέγουσ᾽ ἄνω τ᾽ ἔσκηψεν, which is closer to 
the ‘ductus litterarum’ of the ms. text φλέγουσαν εἶτ᾽ ἔσκηψεν. (1) We 
cannot believe that Aeschylus used so harsh a construction as καὶ ὕπερ- 
βάλλειν for ὥστε καὶ ὑπ. (2) The reading ἄνω implies that the flame, 
shooting from the beacon of Aegiplanctus, encounters some headland, which 
it surmounts by glancing angularly upwards, and then directing its course 
over the Saronic gulph to the Argive Mt. Arachnaeus. (3) To suppose 
that σκήπτω in this sense contains the idea of downward direction, because 
it is so often used of thunderbolts striking the earth, is a mere delusion. 
The verb itself includes three qualities, straightness, speed, and strength, 
which may be exerted in any direction, though chiefly applied where speed 
and strength are directed by the force of gravity to strike the earth. 
Here, however (if ἄνω be not read), no downward direction is implied, but 
rather the reverse, as in l. 278, 

λίμνην δ᾽ ὑπὲρ TopySrw ἔσκηψεν φάος, 

while, in 1. 342, ὑπὲρ ἄστρων σκήψειεν is used of upward motion. (4) This 
correction has the advantage of eliminating one εἶτα, the repetition of which 
is merely displeasing. Paley’s reading, εὖτ᾽ ἀφίκετο, which he ascribes to 
Hermann, assumes εἶτ᾽ ἔσκηψεν to mean, then it stopped or alighted. Such 
a sense would require to be supported by examples, but none are cited: 
and, after the use of ἔσκηψεν above, 1. 278, in the sense of motion only, we 
regard it as quite untenable in this place. In 1. 286, we again render 
σκήπτει shoots, observing that, although the direction of the flame from the 
beacon on Arachnaeus to the roof of the Argive palace is downward, and 
it finds a terminus there, yet these are accidents due to the circumstances of 
the case, and not implied in the meaning of the verb. 

312 (288). Jaws of torch-bearers, λαμπαδηφόρων νόμοι. The arrange- 


76 AGAMEMNON. 


from one to other in succession due fulfilled. 

and the first winneth, though ’tis hindmost in the race. 
such is to you the proof and token that I tell, 

ἃ message by my husband sent from Troy to me. 


CHORUS. 


The gods hereafter, lady, shall receive my prayers. 
but this tale would I hear and marvel at again 
told to the very close in thy continued speech. 


ments of the famous torch-race at Athens present some difficulties. We 
know two things, (1) that the winner must reach the goal with his torch 
alight: (2) that racers handed over their lighted torches to other racers 
under some law of succession, as here διαδοχαῖς, and in Lucretius, et quasi 
cursores, vitai lampada tradunt. The contending tribes, therefore, must 
have provided at least two runners each; the second of whom should 
receive the lighted torch from the first, perhaps to carry it back to the 
starting place, if the course was like that of the δίαυλος δρόμος. Or there 
might be several successive runners on parallel straight courses divided at 
equal intervals. 

314 (290). and the first winneth, though tis hindmost in the race. This, 
we doubt not, means that the beacon of Ida, which looks down on the 
captured city, is on that account the winner. The victory is there. 

319 (295). ὡς λέγοις πάλιν. Paley, reading ὡς λέγεις, gives the fol- 
lowing note. ‘All the codd. but one give ὡς λέγοις, which Peile and 
Klausen, explain, after Wellauer, ‘as pray tell me again.’ Dindorf and 
Hermann give οὖς λέγεις after Bothe. But ὡς λέγεις gives a good sense: 
θέλω ἀκοῦσαι διηνεκῶς τούσδε λόγους πάλιν λεγομένους, ὅπως λέγεις αὐτούς, 
I wish to hear the account again at length, how you give it.—ds however is 
not very often used for ὅπως or πῶς in an indirect or dependent clause.” 
Paley’s view we deem erroneous. We keep the ms. reading λέγοις. 
Conington has a long note on the optative and on ds, containing much 
with which we cannot agree; but (although he says, ‘‘ what is there to 
hinder us from construing ὡς λέγοις πάλιν ‘in such wise,’ or ‘in order that 
thou mightest speak again’?”) almost in his own despite he gives a transla- 
tion which is nearer the true sense than any other we have met with: 

* But, for thy words, I fain would hear at length 
and wonder at them, wouldst thou speak once more.’ 


All the commentators in Paley’s note, himself included, have strangely 
missed the sense, supposing that the Chorus asks Clytaemnestra to tell the 


story over again, while Conington rightly understands λέγοις πάλιν of her 


EPEISODION I. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


This day the Achaeans hold in their possession Troy. 

an unmixed-noise, I ween, is in the city heard. 321 (297) 
Should you pour vinegar and oil within one rim, 

a variant you would call them, not a friendly pair. 

so of the captives and the capturers distinct 

the voices may be heard, a two-fold circumstance. 325 
for on the one side they around the corpses flung 

prostrate of husband or of brethren, children some 

of aged parents, from a throat no longer free 

the destiny bewail of these their dearest ones. 

the others night-fatigue ensuing upon fight 330 (306) 
sets famished down to breakfasts of whate’er the town 
contains, no token placing them in order due, 

but just as every man hath drawn the lot of chance. 
within the ‘captured habitations now of Troy 

they're dwelling, from the chilly frosts of open sky 335 
and from the dews delivered: so like prosperous men 
they'll slumber all the night without a sentinel. 


‘speaking once more,’ making a second speech. It is, we say, strange 
that no commentator should have noticed how entirely impossible it is to 
suppose that the Chorus asks Clytaemnestra to repeat her narrative again. 
What they want to hear is what they do hear, a resumption of her narra- 
tive from the point where she left off to the close (διηνεκῶς) : the beacons 
occupying the first half, as the condition of the victors and vanquished con- 
stitutes the second. The noticeable points, then, are these: (1) @s=as: 
(2) λέγοις πάλιν means ‘resuming speech:’ (3) the opt. λέγοις is, in de- 
pendence, an echo of the opt. θέλοιμ᾽ dv in principal construction. Had 
Aesch. written θέλω, λέγοις would have been λέξεις : (4) the clause, ὡς 
λέγοις πάλιν, is an epexegesis of the adv. διηνεκῶς. We render: "7 shall be 
&lad to hear and marvel at this tale of yours to the very close, as you (will) tell 
it in your resumed speech.’ 

336 (12). ὡς δ᾽ εὐδαίμονες. This correction of Stanley for vulg. ὡς 
δυσδαίμονες seems to be required. Enger renders it, as being now happy : 
but perhaps it rather means /ike prosperous men, like men so secure in their 
prosperity, that they see no danger near against which precaution is 
needful. Another suggestion is, ws δὲ δαίμονες. 


AGAMEMNON. 


and, if they worship well the city-keeping gods, 

those of the taken land, and shrines of deities, 

they, captors, will not be made captive in their turn. 340 (16) 

but let no prior lust prevail upon the host 

to plunder what they ought not, overcome by greed: 

for to their homes they must obtain a safe return, 

to round the second member of the double-race. 

and, if the army come obnoxious to the gods, 

the sufferings of the slain may ‘Aen be wakened up, 

e’en if there happen 7/0 ¢hem no immediate ills. 

from me, a woman as J am, such thoughts you hear. 

but may the good prevail in no divided shape ; 

for this delight of many blessings is my choice. 
CHORUS. 

Sagely thou speakest, lady, like a prudent man ; 

but, after hearing from thy mouth the trusty signs, 

I now prepare me duly to address the gods. 

for joy is wrought of worth equivalent to toils. 


STASIMON I. 
I. Anapaests. 


O Zeus the king, O night the friendly, 
of mighty glories winner, 


338 (14). εὐσεβοῦσι. Paley and others retain εὐσεβοῦσι as a transitive 
verb: and the passages which they adduce seem to justify the choice of this 
form rather than of εὖ σέβουσι. 


345 (21). We think with Paley that Dindorf’s conjecture, ἐναμπλάκη- 
Tos, is probable. 


raises 


Stas. 1. In the Anapaests introducing this Stasimon, the Chorus I 
Zeus, who, by the event of the past night, has executed the retril 
long prepared against Troy and its people for the guilt of Paris. The 
Ode begins with reasserting the same truth. 
the gods are indifferent to the conduct of mankind 
the consequences, when the license of wealth tempts him to guilt. 


yution 


Impious is the man who says 
- A-sinner’s family feel 
, Sinless 
contentment is true wisdom: for wealth cannot protect the criminal who 


spurns the altar of justice. He is driven on by mad lust to irretrievable 


STASIMON J. 


who flungest on the Trojan fortress 

a net so closely meshed 

that neither one full-grown 

nor any child might overreach 

slavery’s vast snare of all-subduing ruin! 
great Zeus I venerate, of guest-law guardian, 
who wrought these zsswes, long since bending 
his bow on Alexander in such wise 

that nor before the seasonable moment, 

nor yet above the stars 


might shoot, without effect, his arrow. 


Ode. 


The stroke of Zeus they have: this ¢ruth to tell 
is easy, and to trace it-out. 

they fared as he decreed. there was who said 
that gods disdain to take regard of mortals 

by whom the grace of things inviolable 

is trodden down: but impious he. 

‘tis shown to the descendants 


crime and final ruin, which a god inflicts. Such an one was Paris, when 
he stole Helen from her home. She went, leaving war to her people, and 
carrying destruction to Troy, while the Achaean prophets deplored the 
affliction of the deserted and inconsolable husband. This is beautifully 
depicted in the second strophe and antistrophe. Next are described the 
miseries arising from war to the Grecian multitudes. Their friends are 
slain in battle; if they return home at all it is only in the shape of dust 
within their funereal urns. Hence the leaders of the war, the sons of Atreus, 
incur popular odium, and the Erinyes exact vengeance for the blood of the 
slain. Happy they who are exempt from the evils of war, either as con- 
querors or as conquered. In the Epode the Chorus expresses some doubt 
as to the certainty of the news. A woman, they say, is liable to believe 
too readily all tidings of a gratifying kind. 

362 (38). of guest-law guardian, ξένιον. See 61. 

366 (41). above the stars, ὑπὲρ ἄστρων, i.e. beside the mark, seemingly 
a proverbial phrase. | 


8ο AGAMEMNON. 


of such as, daring what may not be dared, 
breathe Ares with more might than justice, 
their houses overflowing 

beyond the measure that is best. 

but let man’s life be free from wrong, 

that he may stand sufficing 

in wise contented spirit. 

for what defence are riches to a man, 

who insolently spurneth out of sight 

the mighty altar-throne of Justice? 

The wretched suasive impulse drives him on, 
fore-counselling resistless child 

of fatuous sin: all remedy is vain. 

the mischief is not hidden; plain it showeth, 
a light of baleful gleam: like ill-mixed copper 
if rubbing is applied, the man 390 (64) 
black-grainéd is, when tested ; 


375 (50). daring what may not be dared, ἀτολμήτως. On readings in 
strophe 1, see Comsp. Lect. 

376 (51). breathe Ares,"Apn πνεόντων, i.e. are inspired with the violent 
and daring temper ascribed to the influence of the war-god Ares (Mars). 

379 (53). Sut let man’s life ἄς. The translation of this passage must 
be regarded as doubtful, on account of the uncertainty of the original text. 

382 (56). for what defence &c. Whether the emendation of the text 
here adopted be exact or not, the sense of the passage is correctly repre- 
sented in the Greek and in the translation. See Consp. Lect. To spurn 
the altar of justice out of sight means (as Paley says) ‘to get rid of all 
distinction between right and wrong.’ 

386 (60). fore-counselling resistless child of fatuous sin, προβουλόπαις 
ἄφερτος ἄτας. Some render προβ. ‘ devising beforehand woe for children :? 
in which latter sense (says Pal.) “the doctrine will be that the consequences 
of crime descend to generations unborn: while in the former sense, which 
is to be preferred, dr is said τίκτειν and to have a child πειθώ," see 700. 
Karst., Weil., Dav. read πρόβουλος, παῖς, which Paley does not disapprove. 
This would be represented by a comma after Jorecounselling in our version. 

391 (65). dlack-grained, μελαμπαγής. * Bronze, when composed of 
a due proportion of copper and tin, has a green rust (aerugo), and becomes 
bright by friction; whereas, if unskilfully mixed, it turns quite black ex- 


FRE “Ree er << 


oa eer - ἐν Oe 
ὁ * Ρ - 


eee ee, 


STASIMON ἢ 


since, boy-like, he pursues a flying bird, 
insufferable tribulation 

upon his city bringing: 

and to his prayers no god gives ear, 

but overthrows the unrighteous man 

with things like these familiar, 

and such an one was Paris, 

what time unto the home of Atreus’ sons 

he came, and by the stealing of a wife 400 (373) 
the hospitable board polluted, Str, 2 
Then, leaving to the citizens 

shields clashing, spearmen, sailors arming, 

to Ilion taking ruin for a dower, 

swift through the gates she’s gone, 

daring a thing undareable ; 

and thus with groans they spake, 

the prophets of the dwelling: 

“alas! alas! 

Ο palace, palace, and ye chiefs! 

alas, o bed and all ye traces 

of husband-loving Aindness | 

silent, as one disgraced, but unupbraiding, 

he stands to. view, bereft of all that’s sweetest ; 
and in his longing for the wife o’er sea 

a phantom shall appear to rule the palace. 

the gracefulness of fine-formed statues 

is held in detestation, 

and in the famine of the husband’s eyes 


ternally, and is liable to become dim and speckled after being polished.” 
Paley. 

413 (383). silent ἄς. In attempting to correct a passage so corrupt 
as this, no scholar would venture to suppose he was restoring the exact 
words of the poet. We have been guided, in great measure, by our 


opinion of the sense which the place requires. 
419 (389). and in the famine &c, On the reading see Consp. Lect, 


and Introduction. 
Κι A. 6 


ees. an 


a ashy ar 


82 AGAMEMNON. 


all loveliness hath perished. 
And melancholy fancies come 


with vain delight in dreams appearing : 


for vain it is, when bliss one seems to see, 

but sliding “gAt/y through the hands 

the vision is with pinions gone 

that afterward attend not 

upon the paths of slumber.” 

and such indeed 

are they, the sorrows on the hearth 

within the palace-home, and others 

yet more than these afflictive. 

but for the’ masses—them that sailed together 
from forth the land of Hellas—in the dwelling 
of every one heart-aching grief is seen. 

yea, many are the things that touch the heart-core: 
some, whom a /riend had sent τ battle, 

he holds in his remembrance, 

but to the home of each, instead of men, 

come only urns and ashes. 

And Ares, who for gold exchanges bodies, 440 (405) Str. 3 
and holds the scales in combat of the spear, 
burnt dust for friends to mourn with heavy tears 
from Ilion sendeth, freighting 

the jars, in place of men, with well-stowed ashes. 
so they bemoan their heroes, praising each: 

this one, for being skilled in. warfare, 

and that, for having nobly fall’n 

in bloodshed through another’s wife. 

such is their secret fretting ; 

and grudging grief steals silent on 


436 (402). some whom &c., lit. for some (of the slain) any one who had 
sent them knows. See Consp. Lect. We believe that metre and sense 
require τοὺς μὲν here (see 452 =417), and consequently τις ὁ πέμψας. 


STASIMON T. 


against the wrong-redressing sons of Atreus. 

but others on the spot, around the fortress, 

in their fair forms hold tombs of Ilian land, 
yet, holding, by the foeman’s soil are hidden. 
The talk of spiteful citizens is noisome, 455 Aut. 3 
and worketh as a people-sanctioned curse. 

my care expects some night-wrapt thing to hear: 
for of the many-slaying 

the deities are never unforgetful, 

and in due time the black Erinyes 

one who was lucky without. justice 

by luck-reversing brunt of life 

make dark, and when among the unknown 

he lies, no succour waits him. 

renown o’er-great is perilous: 

for by the eyes of Zeus_a bolt is darted. 

my choice is happiness devoid of envy: 

neither a city-sacker may I be, 

nor see the light of life, to others captive. 

By the good tidings of the fire Epode. 470° (35) 
a quick report has travelled through the city. 
who knows if truly odd, 

or if it be some fallacy divine? 


451 (16). wrong-redressing, mpodlkos, plaintiffs or champions in a 
suit (δίκη) ; i.e. principals and leaders in the Trojan war, a war of ven- 
geance for wrong. 

453 (19). in their fair forms, εὔμορφοι. The word certainly stands 
in contradistinction to the burnt ashes of other slain: and this leads us 
to suspect that Aesch. wrote ἔμμορφοι in their own forms, i.e. unburnt. 
That word is only cited from very late Greek: but it may have been 
drawn from our poet. 

456 (21). people-sanctioned curse, δημοκράντου ἀρᾶς. Paley says: “ the 
custom of execrating the public enemies of the Athenians in their as- 
semblies is well known. Demost. 270 οὐχ ὧν ἔτυχεν ἣν, ἀλλ᾽ ols ὁ δῆμος 
Karapara.” 

466 (30) dy the eyes of Zeus, ὅσσοις διόθεν. So we render with Paley. 
Others make ὄσσοις = against the eyes (of the many-slaying). 


6-—2 


84 AGAMEMNON. 


yet who so childish or so shorn of sense, 
as, by the new-sent beacon-message 
inflamed in heart, through variant news 
to be dejected afterward? 

it suits a woman’s eager mind 

instead of visible assurance 

to welcome a delight. 

the female nature over-credulous 

is open to encroachment 

swift-coming ; but swift-fated too 

a woman-bruited glory perisheth. 


EPEISODION II. 
CHORUS. 


Soon shall we know the things by torches carrying light 485 


478 (43). eager mind, αἰχμᾷ. Of this word Paley says on Prom. 
412, ‘In <Aesch. it appears to signify indoles, from ἀΐσσω, like θυμὸς 
from θύω, in both the notion of impulse prevailing, according to the 
natural temperament of the Greeks.’ 

479 (44). πρὸ τοῦ x.7.A. Paley renders ‘to acquiesce in what is 
pleasant in preference to what is certain.’ 

482 (45). ἦς open to encroachment, ἐπινέμεται. Pal. says: ‘the true 
meaning of ἐπινέμεται was first pointed out by Dr Donaldson (Mew Crat. 
p- 296) the word being, as he has proved by several examples, technically 
used of trespassing on a neighbour’s land.’ The metaphor is preserved in 
the word ὅρος, doundary, used here for character. 

485 (49). In this Epeisodion the Chorus notices the arrival of the 
herald Talthybius, who, on entering, salutes his native city, its deities, 
edifices and statues. He notifies the approaching return of Agamemnon, 
and extols the greatness of his victory. A conversation (στιχομυθία, line 
for line) ensues between him and the Chorus, in which they hint the dis- 
quietude of feeling in Argos. The herald then recounts the sufferings of 
the army at Troy during the war, which are now compensated by brilliant 
results, for which thanksgivings are due to the gods. Clytaemnestra then 
approaches and claims credit for the confidence she placed in the beacon- 
message. She sends a hypocritical greeting to Agamemnon, declaring her 
own fidelity during his absence: and then probably retires. The Chorus 
enquire about Menelaus, In his replies, Talthybius is obliged to confess 


EPEISODION TI. Se 


transmitted, and by beacon-watches and by fire, 

whether indeed they’re true, or whether dream-like came 
this blaze, and with its pleasantness beguiled our minds. 
yon herald I behold approaching from the shore 

with olive-boughs o’ershaded, while the thirsty dust, 490 (53) 
brother of mud, and closely bordering, attests 

that neither mute, nor lighting flame of mountain wood, 
will he give signal unto thee by smoke of fire; 

but rather, he will either speak and utter joy, 

or—but the word opposed to this my soul abhors: 495 
for to the good displayed be each addition good! 

who for this city offers prayer of other kind, 

be his, himself to reap the error of his heart. 


HERALD. 


Ο thou paternal threshold of the Argive land, 

to thee in this tenth light of summer I am come, 500 (463) 
now, after many hopes were wreck’d, of one possess’d. 

for ne’er was I expecting in this Argive land 

to be in death the sharer of a bless¢d tomb. 


now do I give thee greeting, land, now, sunlight, thee, 
and Zeus the country’s highest, and the Pythian king, 505 
no longer aiming arrows at us with his bow. 

enough upon Scamander’s banks wast thou unkind: 


in other mood a saviour now and healer be, 
O king Apollo; and the gods address I all 
o’er games presiding: Hermes too, my champion, 510 (473) 


that the Grecian fleet has been shattered and dispersed by a storm, and 
that the ship of Menelaus has disappeared. He speaks, however, with 
confident hope of his safe return ere long; and now goes into the palace. 

489 (52). from the shore. The herald comes in therefore by the 
entrance of the stage to the left of the spectators. 

490 (53). the thirsty dust, brother of mud, and closely bordering Sc.’ 
A strange mode of intimating that the herald’s boots &c. are covered 
with mud, and his other garments with dust. 


86 AGAMEMNON. 


dear herald, and by heralds all a name revered, 

and heroes who despatch’d us, that in kindliness 

they will receive the host surviving from the war. 

o thou the dwelling of our kings, belovéd roof, 

and holy seats, and ye, sun-facing deities, 

if e’er of old, with these your eyes of happy cheer 

in order due receive ye the long absent king. 

for, bringing light in darkness equally to you 

and to all present here, king Agamemnon’s come. 

salute him duly then, for so it well beseems, 520 (483) 
since with the spade of justice-righting Zeus—whereby 

the champaign hath been tilled—he has uprooted Troy. 
the altars are extinct, and shrines of deities, 

and perisheth at once the seed of all the land. 

on T’roy’s neck has he thrown such yoke, and now he’s come— 
the royal elder-son of Atreus, happy man; 526 
and worthiest to be honoured of all mortals he 

that live: for neither Paris nor his citizens 

can boast their doing greater than their suffering. 

for, worsted in a suit of rapine and of theft, 53° (493) 
he lost his ravished pledge, and mowed unto the ground 
his father’s house in utter ruin, land and all. 

doubly did Priam’s children pay the price of sin. 


CHORUS. 
Joy to thee, herald of the Achaeans from the host. 


528 (491). συντελὴς πόλις seems to mean no more than the city to 
which he belonged, i.e. his fellow-citizens, 

531 (494). vravished pledge, ῥύσιον, what is violently taken, properly 
as a pledge, to be restored on conditions. Here it can only mean a 
booty wrongfully taken, i.e. Helen and her wealth. 

mowed, ἔθρισεν for ἐθέρισεν from Gepl tw. 

534 (497). from the host, τῶν ἀπὸ στρατοῦ, an extremely daring 
*‘ praegnans locutio,’ for τῶν ἐν στρατῷ, αὐτὸς ἀπὸ στρατοῦ μολών. 

535 (408). mow may the gods &c. τεθνᾶναι δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἀντερώ θεοῖς, a bold 
expression, incapable of literal rendering in a few words: “ (as to) dying, 


EPEISODION II. 87 


HERALD. 


I do rejoice: now may the gods decree my death. 535 


CHORUS. 


Desire of this thy fatherland hath harassed thee ? 


HERALD. 
Ay, so that tears are in mine eyes from this delight. 


CHORUS. 


Then ye too were infected with that sweet disease. 


HERALD. 
How so? by teaching I shall master this thy speech. 


CHORUS. 
Smitten with love of those who answered you with love. 


HERALD. 

This land, you mean, was longing for the longing host. 541 (504) 
CHORUS. 

Yea! so that oft I groaned aloud in gloom of heart. 


HERALD. 
Whence came that sullen gloom upon the citizens? 


CHORUS. 
Silence I long have held an antidote to harm. 


HERALD. 
How? were there any that you feared, the kings away? 545 


CHORUS. 
As you were saying, e’en to die were great delight. 


I will no longer debate against it with the gods:” i.e. if the gods will 
that I should now die, I will not gainsay their pleasure. 

543 (506). upon the citizens, πόλει. This, it is true, is a conjecture 
of our own. But the ms. word στρατῷ gives no reasonable sense, and 
appears undoubtedly corrupt. Here, therefore, conjecture is the only 
remedy, if remedy must be sought, and we far prefer πόλει to Hermann’s 
φρενῶν. It gives to ἐπῆν, what it seems to want, a case, and clears the 


88 AGAMEMNON. 


HERALD. 
Yes, we have been successful: but in length of time 
of these things one might. say some fell out happily, 
while others were not free from fault; but who, save gods, 
is unafflicted through a whole eternity? 550 (12) 
our labours were we to recite, and lodgings vile, 
our scanty spaces, evil-bedded—when were we 
not groaning, any fraction of a day exempt? 
then to our land-life even more disgust attached: 
for near the foemen’s fortress-walls our couches lay, 555 
and rains from heaven, and meadow-dews ¢hat rose from earth, 
were drenching us, a constant mischief of our clothes, 
our hair like that of wild-beasts making: and if one 
should tell the tale of bird-destroying winter-time, 
like that which Ida’s snow made unendurable, 560 (23) 
or heat, what time upon the windless couch of noon 
the sea without a billow sank and went to sleep— 
these things what boots it to lament? ’tis past and gone, 
the labour, and for those who’ve died is past and gone 
the very caring yet again to come to life. 56 
why need one make a calculation of the slain? 
why should the living grieve for adverse fortune’s chance? 
verse from all difficulty. Zrparg we regard as an excrescence from στρατὸν 


in 504, foisted in by the misapprehension of a marginal commentator. 

548 (11). ome might say. We cannot concur with Pal. in retaining 
λέξειεν instead of reading ἄν Δ. The examples cited by him are proba 
corrupt. 

551 (14) &c. In this speech of the herald the construction is several 
times broken; statement being suddenly interrupted by question. Aeschylus 
seems partly to have wished to express the emotion of the speaker in re- 
calling the manifold afflictions of the army, partly to avoid long details at 
this point. 

(15). spaces, waphtes, which, Pal. says, ‘‘seem to mean the 
narrow passages along the deck between the rowers.” 

556 (19). rains, understood from δρόσοι by zeugma. 

566 (29). make a calculation, ἐν ψήφῳ λέγειν, lit. to tell on the pebble 
(calculus), i.e. by counters. 


EPEISODION ἢ. 89 


so to these accidents I bid a long farewell. 

to us indeed, survivors οὐ the Argive host, 

gain hath the vantage, loss presents no counterpoise. 570 (33) 
so to this present sunlight may we fitly boast, 

while over sea and over land our flight we take: 

“Troy having captured now at length, the Argive host 
these spoils unto the gods that are adored in Greece 
nailed in their temples, 20 remain an antique joy.” 575 
our city and its captains ought you to extol, 

such actions hearing, and the grace of Zeus that wrought 


these things shall have its honour. All my words are said. 


CHORUS. 


Defeat by force of argument I.do not grudge: 

for useful learning to the old is ever young. 580 (43) 
but justly for this house and Clytaemnestra chief 

these things have interest, and impart to me their joy. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


Long since indeed I shouted loud a joyous cry, 

when the first nightly messenger of fire arrived, 

telling of Ilion’s capture and its ruined fate. 585 
and some oné spake and censured me :- now trustest thou 
to beacon-watchers, and believest Troy is sacked? 


568 (31). We do not agree with Mr Paley’s interpretation of this 
verse, as expressing joy. See our version, which agrees with Hermann’s 
view. 

574 (37). adored ἐγ Greece. On their way home, and after their return, 
the several chiefs would dedicate spoils to the gods with inscriptions of this 
nature. Probably Virgil, a student of the Greek drama, had this passage 
in view when he makes Aeneas dedicate Grecian spoils at Actium with the 
inscription, ‘ Aeneas haec de Danais victoribus arma,’ Aen. 111. 288. 

582 (45). and impart to me their joy; lit. ‘and (it is fit) that along with 
them (ξὺν) they (ταῦτα) should enrich (=gladden) me.” Such is Klausen’s 
view of the construction, which seems correct. 

583 (46). Here Clytaemnestra advances to the λογεῖον and takes part 
in the dialogue, 


90 AGAMEMNON. 


elation of the heart is truly woman-like.’ 

such words were used to show that I was led astray : 

yet sacrifice I rendered, and by female law 590 (53) 
one here, one there a shout of joy the city through 

with pious words uplifted, while they lulled to rest 

in shrines of gods the incense-preying odorous flame. 

and now why needest thou prolong to me thy tale? 

from the king’s self I shall obtain a full account. 595 
but that I may with every honour possible 

haste to receive my noble lord on his return, 

(for what light can a woman see more sweet than this, 
when heaven has brought her husband safe from his campaign, 
the gates to open?) take this message to my lord, 600 (563) 
that with all speed he come, the city’s fond desire ; 

and coming may he find at home a faithful wife, 

such as he left her, watch-dog of his royal house, 

gentle to him, a foe to such as wish him ill, 

-and in all other points alike, no sacred seal 

having in this long time affempted to destroy. 

pleasure from other man, nay, scandalous report 

I know no more of than the art of dyeing steel. 


592 (55). Julled to rest, i.e. extinguished by pouring wine on them, 
Paley says, though nothing is known of the custom. Vain attempts have 
been made to correct the verb. 

595 (58). rom the king’s self ἕο. Thus again the poet escapes tedious 
repetition, giving the first touch of that hypocrisy which the queen carries 
on to the full in the next lines. 

596 (59). With Paley, we take ὅπως as a final conjunction before 
σπεύσω, making τί γὰρ... ἀνοῖξαι parenthetic. 

602 (565). may he find, εὕροι. Again we fully agree with Pal. in 
placing this opt. in the mouth of Clyt., as if for a moment she shrank from 
that falsehood, which she nerves herself to utter in the lines that follow. 

608 (570). ovd...088. It would seem as if οὔτ᾽... οὔτ᾽ would be more 
correct. But the second οὐδὲ must be rendered mo, mot even. 

608 (571). the art of dyeing steel, χαλκοῦ Badds. This seems to be a 
proverbial expression for unattainable knowledge. χαλκὸς is a reading 
proposed by Auratus, and by some adopted, but unnecessary. 


EPEISODION I1. 91 


such is my boast, and, laden to the full with truth, 
no shameful one for any noble lady’s mouth. 610 (573) 


CHORUS. 
To you, a learner, thus indeed she makes her speech, 
to those who thoroughly interpret, speciously. 
but, herald, say—of Menelaus ’tis I ask— 
if on his homeward voyage safe returning back 
he will arrive with you, this country’s much-loved lord. 615 


HERALD. 
I could not possibly by speech make false news good, 
that friends should reap the joy for long-continued time. 


611—12 (574—5). These two lines are studiously obscure; for the 
coryphaeus could not tell the herald what he knew, namely that the queen’s 
words were false. In fact, they admit two translations; (1) that given in 
our version, by which is meant that, although to Talthybius, ‘who was 
learning (μανθάνοντι) from Clytaemnestra’s mouth, her vaunt might seem 
to be true (τῆς ἀληθείας γέμων), yet to those who could interpret her words 
thoroughly, that is, justly (ropotow épunvedow), they would seem only sfe- 
cious (εὐπρεπεῖς), that is, a cloak for falsehood. (2) ‘Thus indeed does she 
make her speech to you, (but) if you learn it by the help of clear inter- 
preters, speciously.’ This is another way of hinting the same thing ; for 
οὕτως may be taken to imply Clytaemnestra’s account of her speech (ἀλη- 
63s), while clear-seeing interpreters would apply to it another adverb, 
εὐπρεπῶς. Rhythmically this might stand : 

thus does the lady make indeed her speech to you, 
with clear interpreters to teach you—speciously. 

616—17 (579—80). J could not possibly, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅπως λέξαιμι. Paley 
cites appositely: οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτῳ μείζονα μοῖραν νείμαιμ᾽ ἤ σοι Prom. 200. . οὐκ 
ἔστιν ὅστις πλὴν ἐμοῦ κείραιτό νιν, Cho. 164. Peile justly ascribes this 
idiom of the opt. to ‘indefinite generality,’ and Paley with equal justice 
observes that this character especially belongs to negative propositions. 

The constructions τὰ Ψψευδῇ καλὰ in 616 and κεδνὰ ταληθῆῇ in 618 claim 
particular attention. Here we think Mr Paley mistaken when he says 
‘*there is no grammatical objection to taking κεδνὰ τὰ ἀληθῆ Ξε καλὰ τὰ μὴ 
ψευδῆ (ὄντα) opposed to τὰ ψευδῆ καλὰ preceding (which he has rendered 
‘good news which is false’): ‘would then you could tell us good news 
which is true.’” We admit that ra ψευδῆ καλὰ is capable of being rendered 
‘false good-news,’ treating καλὰ as a subst. and ψευδῆ as its attribute: and 
if 1. 618 did not follow (with κεδνὰ τἀληθῆ), we might well be satisfied with 
that rendering. But the parallel of κεδνὰ τἀληθῇ is a trait of light, proving 


AGAMEMNON. 


CHORUS. 
How much I wish your speech could make true tidings good. 
bnt these things severed are not easily concealed. 

HERALD. 
The chief hath disappear’d from the Achaean fleet, 620 (583) 
his vessel and himself; I tell you no untruth. 

CHORUS. 
Had he set sail from Ilion in your sight, or did 
ἃ storm, a common trouble, snatch him from the host? 


HERALD. 
F’en as ‘a first-rate archer, you have hit the mark, 
and of a long woe given a concise report. 
CHORUS. 
Was it as living or as dead there went about 


4 rumour of him by the other mariners? 


HERALD. 


None knoweth so as clearly to declare the fact 
save him—the Sun—that nourisheth the growths of earth. 


CHORUS. 
Will you then tell me, to the naval host how came 630 ( 
a storm by rancour of the gods, and ended how? 


5 


HERALD, 
A day for words well-omened it beseemeth not 
to desecrate by tongue that telleth evil news: 


at once that καλὰ is not to be treated as the subst. The subst. is rd Wevdn, 
opposed to τἀληθῇ, and kaha = κεδνά, each being predicative in position and 
adverbial (or proleptic) in sense. We disapprove also the view taken of 
618 by Herm. Pe. Well. πῶς Snr’ ἄν, εἰπὼν κεδνά, τἀληθῆ τύχοις (εἰπών) : 
Our view is, 616 οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅπως λέξαιμι τὰ ψευδῇ (ὡς ὄντα) καλά, .1 could not 
speak false news (as) good’ (which is equivalent to “ false good news’): 
618 πῶς δῆτ᾽ ἂν τύχοις εἰπὼν τἀληθῇ (ὡς ὄντα) κεδνά- how I wish you could 
succeed in speaking true news (as) good’ (equivalent to ‘ true good news’), 


EPEISODION 77. 


divided is the honour of the deities, 

but when a sad-faced messenger to any town 

brings of a smitten host abhorr’d calamities— 

saying that one, the public wound, hath struck the state, 
while many men from many a home are victims gone 
devoted by the two-thong’d scourge, that Ares loves,— 

a double-spearéd curse, a bloody pair of ills;— 640 (602) 
when woes, I say, like these are each on other piled, 

‘tis fit to sing this paean of the Erinyes. 

but when a joyful bearer of victorious news 

has reach’d a city gladdened with felicity— 

how shall I mingle good with ill, the while I tell 645 
the Achaeans’ storm not unarous’d by wrath of gods? 

for Fire and Sea, the greatest enemies before, 

conspired together, and showed pledges of their faith 

by the destruction of the hapless Argive host, 

ills of a billowy sea had risen in the night, 650 (12) 
for Thracian storm-blasts still against each other crushed 
the vessels, and they, butted with this violence 

by furious hurricane and rush of beating rain, 

had gone, by evil Shepherd driven, out of view. 

but, when the sun’s bright light returned, the Aegean deep 655 
we see with corpses blooming of Achaean men, 


634 (596). ἡ τιμὴ θεῶν for ἡ τῶν θεῶν τιμή. ‘This is a rare license ; 
but we are obliged to say that Aesch. has admitted it here. Paley 
explains: ‘‘the honours paid to the gods in thanksgiving and in depre- 
cating evil are distinct.” 

In the passage which follows 635 &c. the constructions are again often 
very disjointed, as in the former speech 547 ἄς, It is difficult to see what 
motive Aesch, had for assigning this peculiar style of speech to Talthybius, 
unless we suppose that, as one accustomed by his office to mere formal 
dictated proclamations, he is now to be represented as incapable of giving 
a narrative of distressing events in calm and fluent language, 

637 (599). the public, rd δήμιον. Aesch. here dwells on the distinction 
of public and private calamities. In a former passage (396 τὰ 'μὲν Kart 
οἴκους ἐς τὸ πᾶν δὲ &c.) he had compared those of the great families- 
and the popular masses, 


94 AGAMEMNON. 


and naval wrecks: ourselves however and our ship, 

an unscathed hull, did some one stealthily withdraw, 

or beg us off, some god, not man, that grasp’d the helm. 
and saviour Fortune on the ship perch’d willingly: 660 (23) 
that neither did we feel the beating of the surge 

at anchor, nor were stranded on a rock-bound coast. 

but after we had thus escaped a watery grave, 

in the white daylight, little confident of fate, 

we in our thoughts were brooding o’er the late mishap 665 
of our afflicted and unkindly shattered fleet. 

and now if any one of them is breathing still, 

they speak of us as having perish’d: for why not? 

and we imagine them to suffer the same fate. 

but may things issue for the best! yea, first of all 

and chief, expect that Menelaus will arrive. 

at least if any sunbeam knoweth aught of him 

living and seeing light by the design of Zeus, 

whose will it is not yet to extirpate the race, 

some hope there is that he will reach his home again. 675 
50 much you've heard, and be assured you hear the truth. 


STASIMON II. 


CHORUS. 


1. Ode. 


Who was it that with truth so perfect— Str. 1. 
was it not one we do not see, 


657 (19). aval wrecks, ναυτικῶν ἐρειπίων. Paley approves, but has 
not placed in the text, Schiitz’s emendation ναυτικοῖς 7’ ἐρειπίοις, adopted 
by Dind. Herm. If the gen. is left, it must be explained by a zeugma in 
the word νεκροῖς (= fragments). 

659 (22). Paley confines the application of olaxos θιγών (that grasped 
the helm) to ἄνθρωπος (man). He may be right, but it is not certain: the 
Homeric gods sometimes interfere by human acts. 

Stas. 11. Ode. The greater part of this Ode treats of Helen. Her 
name (suggesting ἑλεῖν, 10 capture) bespeaks her nature and story: through 


STASIMON 71 


with thoughts forecasting destiny 

the tongue directing happily p— 

gave name to her, the war-bride, the debated, 
the captivating Helen? 

since verily ship-captivating, 

men-captivating, city-captivating, 

from forth her richly-sumptuous curtains 

she with the breeze of land-born Zephyr sailed, 
and many shield-accoutred huntsmen 

were on the track of those 

who brought to land the disappearing oar 
upon the coast of Simois leaf-bestrown, 

for her, the cause of bloody strife. 

But wrath accomplishing its purpose 

on Ilion a marriage forced 

of name too true, in after time 

exacting vengeance for the scorn 


her were captured ships and men and a city. Her marriage with Paris 
marred the city of Priam and the lives of its citizens. As a young lion 
reared in a house, tame and gentle at first, becomes afterwards ravenous 
and bloodthirsty, such was Helen at Troy, lovely and charming when she 
came, at the last a curse and a destroying fury. The ode concludes with 
moral reflections probably suggested by the chequered character and for- 
tunes of the race of Pelops. Excessive wealth, it is said, results in woe: 
but the Chorus deems it more important to observe that one crime is wont 
to produce another: insolence grows out of insolence, and engenders arro- 
gance and audacity. Justice abhors the mansions of vicious wealth, and 
loves to dwell with the pious poor. 

682 (44). the captivating Helen. The epithet ‘captivating’ (not in the 
Greek) is introduced to favour the rendering of the adjectives drawn from 
the name Ἑλένη. Our learned and ingenious friend Miss Swanwick, in 
her able translation, has employed the same artifice: ‘ Helen, the captor.’ 
A play upon names and words is adopted often by the tragic poets: Alas 
in Soph. A47.: Πενθεὺς in Eurip. Bacch. (also in Theocritus) are among the 
instances. In this drama we find κῆδος ὀρθώνυμον 653; ᾿Απόλλον ἐμός, 
ἀπώλεσας γάρ Iort. 

688 (50). before κατ᾽ ἴχνος und. ἔπλευσαν. 

693 (54). κῆδος has two meanings, (1) affinity by marriage, (2) woe. 


Se De RUT a ART πρμργτν τος μῶξν 


Ἐκ PRP YRS RET. FE bye TS 


eRe 


AGAMEMNON. 


done to the table and to Zeus hearth-sharing, 
from them that honoured loudly 

the spousal-celebrating music, 

that novel hymen, which for bridesmen 

the moment then was drawing on to sing. 
but, learning a new dirgeful hymn, 

Priam’s old town, I ween, 

with groanings loud its Paris ill-wived calls, 
yea, having first a dirgeful life endured 

with the sad blood of citizens. 

E’en so some man hath nourished in his house 
reft of its mother’s milk 

an udder-loving lion’s cub, 

in life’s primeval season 

tame, unto the children kindly, 

and to the aged an amusement. 

so in the arms it oft was carried, 

like to a new-rear’d infant child, 


smiling upon the hand, and fawning 

in stress of appetite. 

But in the course of time the character 
from parent stock derived 


699 (57). We have, with some. boldness, ventured to read νέον ὑμέν᾽ for 


ὑμέναιον, in order to lengthen the final syllable in τίοντας, to which corre- 


sponds πρεπόντως in the strophe. The words ὑμὴν and ὑμέναιος are equally 


good for the song and for the deity; and the quantity of ὑ (in the former at 
least) is ‘doubtful,’ Ὑμὴν ὦ Ὑμέναιε. The epithet γέον is suitable to a 
second wedding. Some may prefer ὕμνον to buév’. 
705 (664), ᾿Αμφὶ in the ms, text leaves a syllable wanting to the 
metre, which Pal. is satisfied to supply by ὧν (suorum) before it. But 
as the strophe has the short syllable ἐπ᾽, it does not satisfy us. Nor are 
we sure that (λόγος) ἀμφὲ κόσμον Suppl. 242, (μέριμνα) ἀμφὶ πτόλιν Sept, 
839 suffice to justify ἀνατλᾶσα πολύθρηνον αἰῶν᾽ ἀμφὶ πολιτᾶν αἷμα, We 
have therefore adopted for ἀμφὲ the conjecture ἅμα καί. See Consp. L. 
710 (670). The addition of re here, with ἐν corresponding in the 


antistrophe, improves metre and construction in each place, without altering ὁ 


the sense, See Eur, Z/. 1172, μητρὸς veopivas ἐν αἵμασι πεφυρμένοι. 


AN ARI SMR cs SEER a le SR 


" 


SZASIMON 77 


it showed ; for paying nurture-fees 

by truculent sheep-slaughter, 

it procured a feast unbidden ; 

and αὐ the house with blood was spattered 
indomitable grief to servants, ) 
a many-slaying mischief huge. 

and thus ’twas bred within the mansion 

a priest of bale divine. 

These things resembling I should say 
there came to Ilion’s city 

a temper of unruffled calm, 

a gentle ornament of wealth, 

a softly-darted eye-glance, 

a flower of love heart-stinging. 

but swerving from such state she wrought 
a bitter end of marriage, 

sent forth to be for Priam’s race 

ill-seated, ill-associated, 

by mission of the guestlaw-guarding Zeus 

a bride-deplored Erinys. 

From ancient lore among mankind 

is framed an aged maxim: 

that, grown to fulness, a man’s wealth 
begets, and does not childless die ; 

but from good fortune sprouteth 

woe to the race, unsated. 

but I from others differing 

am lone in my opinion. 745 


719 (677)... Our conj. θανάτοισιν is very near the -w ἄταισιν of codd. 
724 (081). We are convinced on metrical grounds that Aesch. did not 
write ἐκ θεοῦ, but, as he might have written many things in its stead, we 
cannot say that θείας ὧδ᾽, our emendation, is certainly true. Yet it is in 
sense equivalent to ἐκ θεοῦ δ᾽, for θεία dra would be not less Aeschylean 
than θεῖον ψύθος 488: and a few lines later, Helen, a νυμφόκλαυτος ᾿Ερινύς 
is said to have come among the Priamidae πομπᾷ Διὸς ξενίου. 


K, A, 


‘ee ae 
be a. ἁ Ξ τς κως. et ΚΣ" ᾿ a Ἵ 
1 SORA EM PS PE 41 oi FS LTE ἘΝ PES σας a ae eae 


AGAMEMNON. 


an impious deed engenders more 

succeeding, and their stock resembling : 

but righteous families at all times have 

a happy fate in children. 

And Insolence when old is wont to bear Sér. 4. 

a youthful Insolence 

in evil men displayed at this or that time 

whene’er the destined season comes. 

the young one genders Arrogance, 

and that uncombated, unwarr’d, 

unholy fiend Audacity, 

black curses both for dwellings, like their parents. 

But Justice shines in houses dark with smoke, 

and honours virtuous life : 

while gold-bespangled seats, where hands are filthy, 

she leaveth with averted eyes, 

and unto pious homes repairs, 

revering not the power of wealth 

with spurious commendation stamp’d: 

and each thing to its proper end she guideth. 765 

[At the close of this ode, Agamemnon and his suite enter the orchestra through 
the Parodos on the left of the spectators. He is seated on a mule-car, in 
which ts also his prisoner Cassandra. The car approaches the steps 
which on that side connect the orchestra with the proscenium; and the 
coryphaeus then addresses the king in the anapaests which follow.] 


2. Anapaests. 


Now tell me, king, Troy’s sacker, son of Atreus, 
how am I to address thee, how revere thee, 
not overstepping nor yet resting short of 


750 (700). On strophe and antistrophe 4 see Conspect. Lect. 

766 (14). These Anapaests introduce the Third Epeisodion, and might 
almost be said to form a part of it. The Chorus march on their platform 
towards the left-hand Parodos to greet the king and his train. In welcom- 
ing him they express a fear lest they should say too much in the way of 
flattery, or too little in the direction of joyful commendation. The pros- 
perous have many insincere flatterers: but a good judge of character will 


STASIMON 11. 99 


the proper line of commendation? 

many there are of mortals who to being 770 (19) 
prefer the seeming; so transgress they justice. 

to give a groan of pity to the ill-fated 

each one is ready: but the sting of sorrow 

in no case penetrateth to the heart-core: 

and to the semblance of congratulators 

suiting themselves, they strain unsmiling faces. 

but whoso is a clever judge of cattle, 

from such a person’s eyes can ne’er be hidden 

the natures that with water-mingled friendship 
appear to fawn in loyalty of spirit. 780 (29) 
and in those former days, when thou wast launching 
an expedition for the sake of Helen, 

by me thou wast depicted, 111 not hide it, 

in colours most unpleasant, as not wielding 

the mental rudder well, from sacrifices 

for men to death devoted 

obtaining courage. 

now therefore, with no superficial feeling 

nor any lack of friendship, 

but with a cheerful heart 7 welcome 

the men who well their toil have ended. 

in time thou wilt distinguish by inquiry 

the citizen who guards the city justly, 

and one of inconvenient conduct. 


distinguish the true from the false. They own that their feelings were 
once unfavourable to Agamemnon, when he led so many forth to die, 
and sought to embolden them by the expedient of a cruel sacrifice. Now, 
as all seems to have ended well, they congratulate. In time (they add by 
way of warning, which the king does not comprehend) he will find out who 
among the citizens are good patriots, and who are dangerous persons. 

770 (19). to being prefer the seeming, τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι προτίουσι. Hivas 
for τοῦ εἶναι is a daring construction. On 775—6, See Consp. Lect. 

785 (34). /rom sacrifices, ἐκ θυσιῶν. i.e. of Iphigeneia, This conjecture, 
for ms. ἑκούσιον, has been accepted with some hesitation. See Cons. L. 


1---ὄ 


AGAMEMNON. 


EPEISODION III. 
AGAMEMNON. 


Argos in first place and the country’s deities 
‘tis right that I salute, who help’d to win for me 


Epeisodion 111. In reply to the anapaestic address of the Chorus, 
Agamemnon begins by saluting his royal city and the gods who had given 
him victory: next, referring to what the coryphaeus had said, he dwells on 
the doubtful affection of friends, naming Ulixes as the only comrade on 
whose support he could always rely: thirdly, he declares his intention to 
settle affairs of state in a public council; and then prepares to leave the car, 
enter the palace, and worship his domestic deities: concluding with a prayer 
for continued success. Clytaemnestra, now advancing to the logeion, and 
addressing the Chorus, states at some length ‘ the painful tenour of her life’ 
during Agamemnon’s absence. She had been disturbed by evil rumours. 
She had sent the young Orestes away to Phokis from fear of popular com- 
motion: she had suffered in health from watching for the beacons, and 
from restless and anxious nights. She welcomes her husband’s return in 
a series of far-fetched similes: inviting him to descend from the chariot and 
enter the palace on a pathway laid down with purple embroideries. Re- 
plying to her, Agamemnon deprecates any such slavish homage and osten- 
tatious splendour as Eastern despots were accustomed to: this, he says, 
will displease the gods. Fame speaks for itself: prudence is man’s best 
endowment : and no man can be declared happy before the hour of death, 
For himself, he would be of good cheer if he could always prosper as now. 
A dialogue (in στιχομυθία) follows, in which Clytaemnestra, by dexterous 
cross-examination, prevails on the king to accept the honour of a tapestried 
pathway: ‘Give me a sincere answer’ (she says) ‘to one question.’—* My 
answer shall certainly be sincere.’ ‘In any fearful crisis, would you have 
made a vow to do what I now ask?’—‘ Yes, no man knew better than 
myself the time to announce that purpose.’—‘ And what do you think 
Priam would have done if he had achieved such success? ’—‘ I am very sure 
he would have walked on embroideries.’-—‘ Then do not dread public cen- 
sure. Agamemnon yields to his wife’s insidious persuasion, and after 
recommending Cassandra to her care, stripping off his sandals he prepares 
to descend from the chariot, and walk over the purple carpets to the palace. 
The queen meanwhile says to him, that the sea is large enough to supply 
any quantity of purple dye, and the royal house is rich enough to buy it. 
She would have vowed tapestry without stint, at the suggestion of an 
oracle, to obtain the assurance of his safety. A husband’s return was like 
warmth in the frosts of winter, or cool in the heats of the vintage-time, 


ae ee 


EPEISODION III. 


return, and such reprisals as I justly took 

from Priam’s city: for the gods our process heard 

not by tongue-witness, but into a bloody urn 

cast votes awarding ruin and the death of men, 800 (747) 
with no dissent, to Ilion, while the Opposing rim 

hope of a hand drew ever near, but filled it not. 

by smoke e’en yet the captured town is signalized : 

alive are Ate’s altar-steams ; the dying ash 

commingled with them sendeth forth fat reek of wealth. 805 
unto the gods for these things it behoves to pay 

thanks long remembered ; since in fact we fortified 

snares of relentless hate, and for a woman’s sake 

an Argive monster laid their city in the dust, 

foal of a horse, a troop shield-brandishing, that took 

its leap about the setting of the Pleiades: 811 (757) 
yea, ‘twas a bloody lion, that o’ersprang the wall, 

and lapp’d to full content a draught of royal blood. 

unto the gods my lengthened prelude is address’d: 


but, for your feelings—all you said I bear in mind, 815 
and wow repeat it, and your views I advocate. 

few men indeed have this implanted quality, 

unenviously to regard a prosperous friend. 

for surly venom, taking at the heart its seat, 

doubleth his load who suffers from some fell disease: 

sore laden is he with his own calamities, 821 (767) 


and groaneth when he sees a neighbour’s happiness. 

from knowledge I can speak, for well indeed I know 

She ends with an ambiguous prayer to Zeus, the all-fulfiller, that he will 
fulfil her present vows. 

800 (747). cast votes awarding ruin etc., ψήφους ἔθεντο φθορὰς for ἐψη- 
φίσαντο φ. : see Sept. 280, Suppl. 627. Pal. 

802 (748). ope of a hand. We have kept ms. χειρός, but Paley 
defends Casaubon’s emendation χεῖλος in an ingenious and instructive note, 
to which we must be content with referring the reader. Blomfield joins 
χειρὸς with πληρουμένῳ, which is a harsh construction; for why not yxepolv? 

811: (757). about the setting of the Pleiades: the end of autumn, a 
stormy time, which, as Klausen says, accounts for the tempest. 


ee ee ee c 


᾿ ΕῚ 
din δέξου οὐδ. ini tis 


102 AGAMEMNON. 


how mere a glass of friendship, shadow of a shade, 
were they who towards me seem’d to be of friendliest mind. 
Ulixes only, who was voyaging against his will, 826 


when yoked was wont to be my ready seconder, 

whether I speak of one that’s dead or living yet. 

for all things else belonging to the state and gods, 

in common council we shall institute debates, 830 (776) 
and so determine, and the policy that’s good, 

how it may long last happily, we must advise: 

but whatsoe’er has need of healing remedies, 

by caustic or by kind appliance of the knife 

we shall endeavour to avert diseaseful harm. 

now to my palace and domestic hearth I'll go, 

and first pay greeting homage to the deities, 

who sent me forth and now have brought me home again. 
may victory, since it followed me, for aye remain ! 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


Men of the city, Argive elders present here, 840 (786) 

my husband-loving habits it will shame me not 

to speak before you; for in time fear fades away 

from human natures: taught of none besides myself, 

I shall avow the painful tenour of my life 

as long as under Ilion’s walls this prince abode. 

first, for a woman, from her husband separate, 

lone in the house to sit, is an enormous ill, 

untoward rumours manifold compelled to hear ; 

now ’tis—that one man has arrived with evil news— 

and next another, bearer of a worse account, 850 (796) 
827 (773). Σειραφόρος properly means a horse attached by a rope to 

help the yoked horses. But as Ulixes is spoken of as ξευχθείς, yoked, it is 

used merely to express a staunch assistant, as our paraphrase expresses. 
840 (786). Paley justly says that the whole of this speech of Clytaem- 

nestra ‘is elaborated with admirable skill in the delineation of character.’ 
849 (798). καὶ τὸν μὲν ἥκειν, Paley rightly says that ‘the context 

suggests φέροντά τι κακόν. But upon what does the infin. clause itself 


EPEISODION 771. 


o’er all the palace publishing: and if indeed 
this man had been receiver of as many wounds 
as by report were ever dribbling to his house, 
more numerous are his wounds than meshes of a net. 
or had he died as many times as stories told, 
a Geryon the Second he, three-bodied man, 
a triple cloak of earth had boasted to obtain 
[full large above him, not to speak of that below], 
if in each form he had endured a single death. 
by reason of untoward rumours such as these, 860 (805) 
have others taken hold of me by violence, 
and loosened many a halter fastened o’er my neck. 
hence comes it that our son is not beside us here, 
pledge of the mutual troth betwixt myself and thee, 
Orestes, as was fit: and wonder not at this: 865 
a war-friend well-affected to us nurtures him, 
Strophius of Phokis, doubtful mischiefs unto me 
foretelling, first thy peril under Ilion’s walls, 
and then ¢he chance, if people-shouted anarchy 
should hurl the council down, so natural it is 870 (15) 
in men to give the fallen one a further spurn. 
these reasons, trust me, carry with them no deceit. 
to me however all the gushing founts of tears 
are dried up at the source, and not a drop remains. 
mine eyes, retiring late to bed, have taken harm, 875 
the while I wept the beacon-watches set for thee 
continually neglected: ever in my dreams 
by the light buzzings of the swiftly-darting gnat 
depend?’ We think, on ἔκπαγλον κακὸν understood, though it is just possi- 
ble that it may depend on λάσκοντας, and this on κλύουσαν, ‘ hearing 
persons proclaiming through the house that’ &c. 
867 (12). ἀμφίλεκτα, i.e. questionable; they might be this or that. 
As at Paris in September, 1870, after the disaster of Sedan. 
neglected, i, e. never lighted. 

). by the light &c., lit. by the mosquito darting with its light 

buszings. 


104 AGAMEMNON. 


was I awakened, seeing still concerning thee 

more woes than all ¢he minutes of my sleeping time. 880 (25) 
all this I bore: and now with sorrow-lightened mind 

I can pronounce this man a watchdog of the stall, 

a vessel’s saving forestay, of a lofty roof 

a strong-based pillar, of a father only child, 

and land beyond their hope to mariners disclosed, 

after a storm a day most beautiful to view, 

to wayfarer athirst a fountain’s gushing flow. 

delightful is it to escape from any stress. 

such greetings is he worthy of in my esteem: 

and far be envy: many are the former woes 890 (35) 
we were enduring. now at my desire, dear lord, 

step from this mule-car forth, not setting on the earth 

this foot, o king, that devastated Ilion. 

why lag ye, maids, to whom the office is assigned 

of strewing all the pathway’s floor with tapestries? 895 
a road forthwith be made with purple carpeting, 

that Justice to his home unhoped may guide his steps. 
what next ensues shall thought, not overcome by sleep, 

as destined with the blessing of the gods, arrange. 


AGAMEMNON. 


Daughter of Leda, guardian of my reyal house, goo (845) 
in keeping with my absence hast thou made thy speech: 
for long was it extended: but in manner just 

to praise, this meed from others it befits to come. 

and, for the rest, with luxury do not pamper me 

in woman’s fashion, nor fall down, and open-mouth’d 905 
salute me with a shout, as some barbarian chief: 

nor make my path, by strewing it with tapestries, 
invidious: so ’tis right to venerate the gods; 


882 (27). τῶν σταθμῶν κύνα. On the article see Paley’s note, and 
ἡ τιμὴ θεῶν above. 
889. vw ἀξιῶ προσφθέγμασιν. An unusual idiom. See Paley. 


EPEISODION 11 


but that a mortal upon splendid broideries 

should walk, is in my judgment not exempt from fear. gto (855) 
as man I bid you do me reverence, not as god. 

without foot-scraping carpets and embroidered shows 

Fame cries aloud, and not to be unwise of heart 

is God’s chief gift: but happy must we call a man 

who hath attain’d the close of life in blissful state. 915 
if thus in all things I shall fare, my cheer is strong. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
Well now: thy true thought not evading, answer me. 


AGAMEMNON. 


My true thought be assured I shall not falsify. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


Would’st thou in fear have vowed unto the gods such act? 


AGAMEMNON. 
Yes: skilled as well as any man to speak thisvow. 020 (865) 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
What think’st thou Priam would have done, had he prevailed ? 


916 (861). Whether πράσσοιμ᾽ ἂν or πράσσοιμεν (Dind. Franz.) is the true 
reading may be questionable. Paley takes πράσσοιμι in the sense of acting 
—if in all things I shall act as discreetly as in this. Perhaps he is right ; 
and we leave this to the reader’s judgment. Yet there is no impropriety in 
supposing that, having said ‘no man can be deemed happy till after 
death,’ Agamemnon might add, ‘if in all respects I were to fare (i.e. suc- 
ceed) as I have done in this instance, I should have good reason to confide 
in the continuance of prosperity to the hour of death.’ And this sentiment 
of confidence would be more telling in its dramatic effect at a moment when 
his death was immediately to ensue. 

917—920 (862—865). Our view of these lines is widely different from 
that in Mr Paley’s notes. We have given reasons at large in the fournal 
of Philology, and we must in candour say that they are fully convincing to 
us. Our view is supported by the entire context, especially by comparison 
of 864 (Greek text) with 894. We believe ἐξειπεῖν to be the true reading 
in 865, but the change does not affect our general interpretation. 


g21 (866). Aad he prevailed ; lit. had he achieved these things. 


AGAMEMNON. 


AGAMEMNON. 
I think he surely would have walk’d on broideries. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


[hen do not stand in any dread of human blame. 


AGAMEMNON. 
And yet a people’s loud report has mighty strength. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


Ay, but the unenvied is unemulated too. 


AGAMEMNON. 


To covet war is not a woman's affribute. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
But such as prosper may with grace accept defeat. 


AGAMEMNON. 


And dost thou really care for conquest in this strife? 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


Give way; consent at least to leave the power with me. 


AGAMEMNON. 


If such thy pleasure, then let some one instantly 930 (875) 
pull off the sandals trodden slave-like by the foot τ ᾿ 
lest, while with these I walk upon the seagrown dyés 
some envious eye of gods should strike me from afi, 

for to waste substance is a grievous shame, with feet 
destroying wealth and woven work of sumptuous price. 93 
of this enough :—yon stranger woman kindly bring is: 
within our house: the merciful in victory Ξ 

with favouring eye the god beholdeth from afar: 

for none with willing mind accepts a slavish yoke. 

but she, the very flower select of mighty wealth, 940 (885) 
the army’s present, came a follower in my train. ; 


STASIMON 117]. 


now, since in this I’m subjugate to thy behest, 
into the palace I shall walk on purple floor. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
There is a sea—and who shall ¢er extinguish it >— 
producing plenteous purple ooze for dyeing cloth, 
precious as silver, constantly renewable. 
of such things by the favour of the gods, o king, 
our house hath ample store: it knows not penury. 
the trampling of full many a cloth would I have vowed, 
had this been to our house proposed in oracles, 950 (895) 
contriving of this life the ransom requisite. 
for foliage, while the root exists, comes to a house, 
spreading a shade against the dogstar Seirlus. 
and so, when thou returnest to thy palace hearth, 
thou signifiest warmth is come in winter-time: 955 
and from the bitter grape when Zeus createth wine, 
then cool existeth in a house, and not till then, 
when to his home returns an all-fulfilling man. 
Zeus, Zeus the all-fulfiller, o fulfil my vows, 


and be thy care the things thou meanest to fulfil. 960 (905) 
[Agamemnon enters the palace, followed by the queen. | 


STASIMON III. 
CHORUS. 
Why doth this horror evermore 
flit o’er my boding heart, a present power? 
and song is prophesying : 

Stasimon 111. In the first strophe and antistrophe the Chorus avow that 
an unconquerable presentiment of coming evil disturbs their minds. In 
spite of the return of the army from Troy they cannot overcome their terror. 
In the next passages they say that, although the danger attending excessive 
prosperity may be averted by wise sacrifice of wealth, lifeblood once shed 
cannot be recalled: Zeus smote Asclepios, to hinder him from raising the 
dead. In the concluding lines they declare that their tongues are tied : 
they are not free to utter the alarm which afflicts their hearts. 

961 (907). orror, δεῖμα. so in one cod.; but in most δεῖγμα, phantom ; 
which Paley and some others prefer. 


108 AGAMEMNON. 


unbidden, unrewarded : 

while these, like undecyphered dreams, to spurn 
persuasive boldness hath no seat 

upon the dear throne of my heart. 

time long hath left behind its youthfulnés 

since cables from each ship together 

were flung upon the sand, 


«“. 


as ‘neath the walls of Ilion 

arrived the naval army. 

And now, from ¢eaching of the eyes, 

I know, myself a witness, their return. 

but still my soul within me 

self-taught is chanting lyreless 

the dirge of an Erinys, having not 

hope’s happy courage to the full. 

my inmost feelings are not vain, 

my heart, that on its truthful circlet beats 980 (25) 


964 (909). unrewarded, ἄμισθος, lit. unhired, in allusion to the fees 
which poets like Pindar, the contemporary of Aeschylus, received for epi- 
᾿ nician odes, and those which dramatic poets, like himself, or dithyrambic 
like Simonides, obtained from the tribes competing in the Dionysiac con- 
tests. The meaning of the passage is that, when the return of Agamemnon 
and the army seems to call for a strain of jubilee, which would deserve 
reward, they find themselves enforced to sing a song of evil forel oding, 
which no one calls for (dxéXevoros) and no one will reward (ἄμισθος). 

965—967 (10—12). These words, simply rendered, mean: ‘I have not 
the courage to dismiss this feeling, as if it were a vague dream.’ 

968 (13) time ὅς. In this strangely expressed passage (xp. παρήβησεν 
time has outgone its youth, ἐπὶ ξυνεμβολαῖς after the cas ‘tings-together, mpup- 
ynciuv of the cables, ψαμμίας ἀκάτας of the vessel on the sand) we may sus- 
pect some corruption : but there is nothing to suggest emendation unl 
be Ψαμμιᾶν ἀκατᾶν for Yauulas ἀκάτας, which is not essential. 

ἐπὶ, after ; see 1308 ἐπ᾽ ἐξειργασμένοις, 231 τἀπὶ τούτοισιν. 

972 (17). See Consp. Lect. 

976 (20). ὑμνῳδεῖ. We have not ventured to change the reading here, 
though the shortening of the first syllable is suspicious. Dav. r. μονῳδεῖ. 

g80—81 (25—26). We have a strong confidence that the order of 
words adopted in our text is that of Aeschylus. The concurrence of the 


ess it 


STASIMON IV. 


in eddies that suggest fulfilment. 

yet do I pray such cares 

may turn out false beyond my hope, 

and come not to completion. 

The limit of excessive health 

is truly most unsatisfied : 

and still disease against it leaneth, 

a neighbour with a party-wall: 

and a man’s fate, a straight course making, 
upon a hidden rock hath offen struck. 990 (35) 
yet if in fear a house o’erboard 

from sling well-measured 


four dative cases is neither elegant nor perspicuous, but just what a mis- 
judging transcriber would be likely to favour. See 1253—4. 

φρεσίν. φρὴν or φρένες, physically means the midriff (διάφραγμα), the 
muscle which separates the heart and lungs from the abdominal viscera. 
The three lines imply: ‘the beating of my heart is not unmeaning: it 
bodes something, against which I must pray.’ 

985 (30). health (meaning here prosperity), ὑγεΐα for ὑγίεια or ὑγεία. 

987 (31). and still, lit. for still, Paley says: “the γὰρ depends (as is 
so often the case) on some suppressed sentiment. Men never think they 
have prosperity enough (regardless of the danger they incur): for ἄς." 

991 (36)—996 (41). The ms. reading of the first four lines is— 


καὶ τὸ μὲν πρὸ χρημάτων 
κτησίων ὄκνος βαλὼν 
σφενδόνας ἀπ᾽ εὐμέτρου 

οὐκ ἔδυ πρόπας δόμος κ.τ.λ. 


where Pal. says of ὄκνος βαλών, ‘this must be regarded as a mominativus 
pendens as regards ovK ἔδυ δόμος, though it forms the regular subject to 
érévrice, 941.’ To us it seems most unlikely that Aesch. should have here 
adopted a construction so painfully harsh, when by writing ὄκνῳ we get one 
free from all objection. We therefore read ὄκνῳ, and at the same time 
transpose the words ὄκνῳ βαλὼν and ἀπ᾽ εὐμέτρου. Τὸ μὲν means some part. 
Πρὸ βαλὼν is ἃ tmesis for προβαλών. This casting overboard of a por- 
tion of the freight to lighten a vessel in time of peril was called in Latin 
jactura. ‘The house,’ δόμος, is spoken of in the character of a vessel, » as 
πότμος in 9332. ‘The metaphor is pushed very far, when in 94 3 the house is 
said not to sink its Aull (σκάφος) within the deep. But the epithet κτησίων 
shows that no other word (as στόλος) must here take the place of δόμος. 


he Tate eae ey AT πα το Ses OW 


Se bio Ine 


bend sete 


bar} 


“s 


a 
at 
At 
9! 
a 


5 ag 


oot al 
art ae 


ee 


110 AGAMEMNON. | συ EPEISODION IV. 


has flung a portion of its hoarded wealth, 7 * 4 had not forbidden 
it hath not wholly sunk, : fate arising from the gods to gain 
though laden deep with woe, 995 Saar. the larger power, my heart 


» 


nor whelm’d its hull beneath the sea. : = would have outstript my tongue, 1010 (954) 
and truly gifts abundant = and these things ’twould be pouring forth. 
from Zeus and year-supplying furrows “me but darkly now it mutters, 


4 


have brought diseaseful famine to an end. ' Ὄ soul-vex’d, and not expecting ever 
But the black life-blood that has once Ani.2. 1000 (945) 3 f aught to unravel from a breast on fire. 


before a man upon the earth . 
been spilt, by many an incantation Ἂ za EPEISODION IV. 


who shall recover ? did not Zeus Ἢ Ic : : 

hi . same Cassandra remains in the mule-car while the Chorus wer inging th 

strike down and silence for precaution » y Now th ᾿ » Peet iss Ἂς 4 
ow the queen comes forth again, and summons Cas- 


: ‘ Ὁ last «διατέηιογε. 
him who was skill’d aright to raise from death? 1008) Gee sandra to the palace. The prophetess keeps her seat in obstinate silence: 


if now a pre-establish’d fate me Ἢ and Clytaemnestra, full of indignation, after 1. 1048 (997) leaves the 

- Ὸ stage. Cassandra, now complying with the advice of the coryphacus, 

1003—5 (948—50). See Consp. Lect, This passage (which we have : ν΄: Ν passes from the car to the proscenium ; and her interview with the Cho- 
taken as an interrogation) must be compared with the imperfect place in ον 745 ls up the remainder of this Epeisodion.] 

the strophe. That place might (by conjecture) be completed in some such "ff ἘΠ 


δ: 


form as ; ἢ CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
= nap ogg s Thou too (Cassandra ’tis I mean) convey thyself 1015 
νδρὸς ὑπὲρ βιοτοὺυ ἘΠ. .: 
κύματ᾽ ἄφαντον ἕρμ᾽ ἔπαισεν. : 2 within; since Zeus hath made thee by a gentle doom 


To which might correspond ‘ to be a sharer in our home of lustral bowls, 
οὐχὶ τὸν ὀρθοδαῇ 4 standing with many slaves.the household altar nigh. 
wir ey ere @ come from this mule-car forth, and be not overproud. 


Leis κατέπαυσεν εὔλαβηδῆ; “they say, d’ye mind, in old days even Alcmena’s son 1020 (965) 


ἐπ᾽ εὐλαβείᾳ may have been a gloss for εὐλαβηθείς. Hermann would read ΟΝ ED 
here Ζεὺς δὲ τὸν ὀρθοδαῇ | τῶν φθιμένων ἀνάγειν ἕπαυσεν, and in the strophe, aime bore to be sold, and underwent the yoke perforce. 


καὶ πότμος εὐθυπορῶν | ἀνδρὸς ἔπαισεν ἄφαντον ἕρμα, without supposing ΠΣ. ΑΝ to such lot the stress of fortune’s scale incline, 


lacuna. Respecting Asclepios struck by the bolt of Zeus, Pal. cites Ov, Sige great blessing will be found in lords of antique wealth. 
Fast. V1. 780; Ἐὰν, “We but they that reap rich harvest unexpectedly 
Iuppiter exemplum veritus direxit in illum ἜΣ. 
fulmina, qui nimiae moverat artis opem. Te 1016 (961). by a gentle doom, dunvirws, lit. without wrath. 

1006 (951) ἃς. - We cannot adopt Paley’s version ‘if the appointed ᾿ a 1017 (962). Justral bowls, χερνίβων. ‘The χέρνιψ (Zum. 628) was 
law of fate did not hinder fate from getting further assistance from the gods Sie the consecrated water dispensed to all” (Pal.) before the sacrifice to Ζεὺς 
δις. By τεταγμένα μοῖρα we understand, as he does, that ‘ superior destiny ΤΡ κτήσιος, the guardian of the family κτήματα, among which slaves are in- 
which even gods obey,’ but we take ἐκ θεῶν as dependent on μοῖραν, and¥ Bcluded. Virtually, therefore, as Paley observes, a taunt is conveyed in 
understand the ‘fate from the gods’ to imply the δεῖμα spoken of in the fim mentioning this privilege of Cassandra. 
beginning. of this song (see note there) and regarded as a τέρας sent by 3 Ἴ F.1020 (965). even Alcmena’s son, Heracles, sold as a slave to Omphale, 
divine power. πλέον φέρειν means fo prevail, to get the better. = 3 queen of Lydia. 


ao? 


112 AGAMEMNON. 


are ever cruel to their slaves and out of rule: 
from us thou gettest all the customary dues. 


CHORUS. 


To thee it is she thus hath spoken a clear speech: 
and since thou art within the toils of destiny, 
obey thou wilt, if such thy will: perchance ’tis not. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


“4 


Nay, if she doth not, swallow-like, possess a tongue 103 

barbarian, knowing none Jeside, I speak within 

her comprehension, trying to prevail on her. 
CHORUS. 

Since she suggesteth what is best in present case, 

do as she bids, and leave this seat within the car. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
No longer can I waste, you see, this leisure-time 


outside: for at the central hearth-fire even now 

1027 (972). 70 thee &c., lit. ‘to thee indeed she ceases to speak a clear 
word,’ i.e. the speech she has made is clear. Five: πιο 

1029 (974) perchance ’tis not: lit. ‘perchance thou wilt disobey.’ ἂν 15 
carried on to ἀπειθοίης from πείθοι ἄν. 

1030 (975). swallow-like, χελιδόνος δίκην. The Greeks found a resem- 
blance between the oriental (barbarian) speech and the twittering of swal- 
lows. The allusion occurs repeatedly. See Herod. 11. 57, Aristoph. Xan, 
93, 678, Soph. Antig. 1002 βεβαρβαρωμένῳ. ' πᾶ 

1032 (977). trying to prevail on her, πείθω νιν oyy, lit. ‘(try to) per- 
suade her by speech.’ The verb does not express effectual persuasion, but 
the endeavour to gain over by argument. On τ. in 978 see Consp. 7. 

1035 (980). Those who have sought to clear up this corrupt place by 
reading θυραίᾳ τῇδ᾽ for the ms. θυραίαν τήνδ᾽, as Paley and others, have, ἴῃ 
our belief, taken a wrong course. With Weil we read σχολὴν for σχολὴ 
(see 938). and we also change ἐμοί, which is worse than useless, into ἔτι, 
which is highly suitable. Πάρα for πάρεστι, it is possible, frequently stands 
without a case: Agam. 1602 ἐπεὶ πάρα. Pers. 279 μεμνῆσθαί τοι πάρα. 
Sometimes with a case: Prom. 762, Ag. 1537. But in this place, after τοι, 
we are glad to dispense with ἐμοί, 

1036—8 (981—3). Here too we believe in the existence of corrup- 
tion: τὰ μέν, followed by μῆλα, cannot be the protasis of σὺ δὲ in 984, 


EPEISODION IV. 113 


the sheep are standing to be slaughtered on our part, 

as those who ne’er expected to receive this joy. 

if aught I tell thee thou wilt do, make no delay. 

but if, for lack of knowledge, thou repliest not, 1040 (985) 
give sign at least with foreign hand, instead of voice. 


CHORUS. 


This stranger seems to need a clear interpreter : 
as of a newly-taken wild-beast, such her mood. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
Sure she is mad, and hearkens to an evil mind, 
who from a lately captured town is Aither come, 
and knows not how to bear ¢he necessary curb, 
until her bloody violence be foam’d away. 
howbeit I will not waste more words, and ¢hus be scorn’d. 
| Zxit CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
CHORUS. 
Ἐξ I will not be angry, for I pity her. 
come, 0 unhappy woman, leave this chariot ; 1050 (995) 


which wants no preceding μὲν, Yet more untenable is the version which 


Paley approves: “ as regards the things belonging to the family altar ;” for 
thus μὲν is used without a shadow of ground. For these reasons we have 
adopted τανῦν for τὰ μὲν (they might easily have been confused), and, as 
this renders ἤδη superfluous, we have substituted ἡμῖν, which greatly im- 
proves the Greek construction. If, however, a line has been lost (which 
seems to us not improbable) the vulgate readings τὰ μὲν and ἤδη may be 
correct. Let it be assumed, for instance, that Aesch. wrote 
τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἑστίας μεσομφάλου 

ἡγισμέν᾽ ἡμῖν ἐστι, ποιμνίων δ᾽ ἄπο 

ἕστηκεν ἤδη μῆλα κ.τ.λ., 
this would give an excellent sense: our holy preparation of the central 
hearth ἐς completed, and sheep from the flocks already stand &c. See Soph. 
Oed. Col. 1495, τυγχάνεις βούθυτον ἑστίαν ἁγίζων. It must be observed in 
regard to 1. 983, that, as the news of the fall of Troy came in the night and 
took the palace by surprise, they would not have had sheep ready to be 
slaughtered, but must have sent out to the shepherds for them. 

1041 (986). at east, ἀλλά, On this conjecture see Cons. L. 


K. A. 


114 AGAMEMNON. 


yield to the present stress and bear the novel yoke. 


CASSANDRA, 
Alas, alas, ye gods and earth! 
o Apollo, o Apollo! 
CHORUS. 
Why dost thou cry Alas concerning Loxias? 
he is not one to need the chanter of a dirge. 


CASSANDRA. 
Alas, alas, ye gods and earth! 
o Apollo, o Apollo! 
CHORUS. 
Again with evil cries she calleth on the god, 


who 15 not suited to attend at wailing times. 


CASSANDRA. 
Apollo, Apollo! Str. 2. 1060 (τοι 


o street-god, my Apollo! 
not scantly hast thou ruined me, the second time. 


CHORUS. 
Of her own woes she seems about to prophesy. 
the power divine abides, though in a mind enslaved. 


1052 (997). After (as we surmise) reaching the logeion, Cassandra bursts 
forth into a series of wild outcries, partly prophetic, partly lamentative. She 
first invokes Apollo with shrieks of horror, then sketches her dreadful visions 
of the crimes heretofore perpetrated, and of those which now impend in the 
palace of the Atreidae. Especially she foresees and in a series of dark outlines 
describes the murder of Agamemnon by his cruel wife. She next foretells 
her own coming death, bewails her sad fate, and with it that of her family 
and fatherland. Alternately with the cries of the prophetess, the Chorus 
utter their own feelings of terrified astonishment and sympathy. The 
metres are for the most part lyric, but sometimes iambic. 

1054 (999). cry Alas, dvwrérvias. This is one of the many verbs 
derived from interjections: like Giw, οἰμώξω, aldiw, pevfw (1237), ὀλολύζω, 
and others. Loxias is the title of Apollo as the god of prophecy. 

1061—2 (1006—7). ἀπόλλων ἐμός" | ἀπώλεσας yap κιτιλ, This play on 
the name Apollo cannot be maintained in translation. See above 644. On 
the quantity of the final syllable in ἐμός, see Consp. L. 


EPEISODION IV. 


CASSANDRA. 
Apollo, Apollo! Ant. 2. 


Ο street-god, my Apollo! 
o whither is it thou hast brought me? to what roof? 
CHORUS. 
To that of the Atreidae: if thou know’st it not, 
I tell thee this, nor wilt thou say ’tis falsity. 
CASSANDRA. 
Woe, woe! Str. 3. 1070 (15) 
to a god-hating one: conscious are many foul 
family murders and halters and 
a slaughter-house that sprinkles blood of men. 


CHORUS. 


Keen-scented as a hound the stranger woman seems 
to be: she searches those, whose blood she will detect. 1075 


CASSANDRA. 
Woe, woe! Ant. 3. 
ay! for the evidence which I believe is this: 
babes for their slaughter who weep and wail 
and roasted flesh on which a father feeds. 


CHORUS. 


Verily we had heard thy fame oracular: 1080 (25) 
but we are not in quest of any soothsayers. 


CASSANDRA. 


Alas, ye gods! what doth she meditate? Str. 4. 
what is this novel sorrow now? 


1o71—3 (16—18). For the corrections which we have ventured to 
make here and in 1023, see Consp. Lect. 

1078 {1023). βρέφη. The disjointed construction is due to the speaker’s 
phrensy. 

1083 (28). The codd. have τί τόδε νέον ἄχος pwéya,—péy’ x.7.r. The 
antistr. 1, (35) is τὸν ὁμοδέμνιον πόσιν---λουτροῖσι x.7.X., shewing the 
strophic 1, to be corrupt. The induction by which we emend it is: (1) for 


8—2 


116 AGAMEMNON. 


she meditates a mighty evil in this house, 


ble, 


to friends unbeara 
and help stands far aloof. 


CHORDS. 


Nought know I of these oracles: th@ former facts 


I recognised : for with them all the cityrings 


CASSANDRA. 


Ah, wretched one! so wilt thou finish 
the lord, the partner of thy bed, 

with bath-streams cheering—how relate 
for speedily ’twill come: hand after 
extends its stretchings forth. 


CHORUS. 
As yet I comprehend not: after riddling hints 
I’m now perplexed by prophecies of import dark. 1095 


CASSANDRA. 
Ah, ah! alas, alas! what is this thing that appears? S¢r. 5. 
full sure some net of Hades. 
nay, but the bed-mate is the snare, the accomplice of 
destruction: let a gang insatiate to the clan 
viv was written by error véov,which follows after one word: (2) this error 
was sought to be corrected by taking μέγα from the μέγ᾽ of the next ]., the 
critic who did so not observing that (while the re petition adds nothing to 
the effect here) a short final is made to correspond with a long one, 
two short syllables with one long one. 

1099 (44). Codd. have φόνου, and in antistr. (55) τύπτει, which is sus- 
picious, as not supporting the ζ of the preceding line. Hermann, seeking for 
ap iambus, reads @éve for τύπτει, but what authority is there for that form ? 
We believe both words to be corrupt, but a spondaic word to be right, 


and 


and that word in 1055 to be κτείνει, which lengthens the « of μηχανήματι, 
and supplies that close te the scenes depicted by Cassandra which their 
succession and the words πίτνει and δολοφόνου require. Φόνου in 1044 
would be used too soon. We therefore read λοιγοῦ, which two parallel 
passages signalise as the just word in that place: Suppl. 663, μηδέ τις 
ἀνδροκμὴς λοιγὸς ἐπελθέτω, and Cho. 396, βοᾷ γὰρ λοιγὸν Ἐρινύς. Thus the 


EPEISODION IV. 117 


loud o’er ἃ victim shout 209 be avenged by stoning. 1100 (1045) 


CHORUS. 


What dire Erinys this thou biddest o’er the house Sv%. 6. 
to cry aloud? not cheering is the speech to me. 

it rushes to my heart, the drop of ruddy dye, 

which welling from a mortal wound 

ends with the rays of sinking life. 

speedily cometh woe. 


CASSANDRA. 


Ah, ah! behold, behold! keep: from the heifer apart Anz. 5. 
the bull! in robéd raiment 


scenes depicted (from rors) are (1) Cassandra scents the blood shed in 
the palace: (2) she beholds in vision the murderous banquet of Atreus: 
(3) she views Clytaemnestra meditating and preparing her crime: (4) she 
sees her busied with the bath for Agamemnon: (5) she sees her en- 
veloping him with a treacherous ensnaring robe: horror-stricken she calls 
the wife herself the snare, the accomplice of destruction (Aovyod), and 
invokes the Furies to raise their howl of exultation over a sacrifice fit to be 
expiated by stoning (language anticipating a murder but not yet expressly 
declaring it): (6) she beholds the perpetration of the bloody deed, describ- 
ing it under the image of a bull gored by an enraged cow. The μελάγ- 
κερων μηχάνημα means the ‘bipennis,’ the double axe, of which the two 
edges answer tothe horns: with this she now kills him (κτείνει) and he falls 
within the rim of a bath filled with water. This she declares to be.a 
δολοφόνος λέβης. That the Chorus do not yet fully understand a picture 
thus vividly exhibited must be ascribed to Cassandra’s destiny—not to be 
believed, Their doubts they politely veil in generalities: and she goes on 
to foretell her own fate. 

1103—5 (1048—50). This sentence, which appears to mean generally 
‘the life-blood rushes to my heart,’ is in literal expression, ‘and to my 
heart rushed the saffron-dyed drop, which falling with mortal effect (xa:pla 
mTwoy.os) comes to its close together with the rays of setting life.’ From 
the terrible presentiment thus inspired by Cassandra’s pictures (see go6, 
τίπτε κιτ᾿Ὰλ., and 924 σπλάγχνα κ.τ.λ.} the Chorus is led to say that ‘woe 
cometh swift.’ 

1108—1110 (1053—1055). It is questionable whether λαβοῦσα should 
have for its object τὸν ταῦρον, which gives a rendering having caught him 
in his robe-dress she &c., or μηχάνημα, which will be she takes a dark- 


* 


118 AGAMEMNON. 


she taketh, and with black-horn’d cunning instrument 
she killeth: he in water-holding vessel falls. I110 (1055) 
a treacherously-slaying laver’s hap I tell thee. 


CHORUS. 
A first-rate judge of oracles I cannot boast Ant. 6. 
to be: but, this I liken to some evil thing. 
for when is any good report from oracles 
to mortals sent? through ills it is 
such wordy lore to learner brings 
terrors of boding song. 


CASSANDRA. 


Alas, alas! a wretched woman’s ill-starred lot! Sir. 7. 
for my Own woe, commingling, tell I loud: 

o wherefore didst thou bring me wretched hither? 1120 (1065) 
for nought, except to die with thee: what else? 


CHORUS. 
Soul-maddened one god-rapt thou art, 
and on thyself thou singest 


music unmusical, most like 
some nightingale, of delicate voice unsated, 


horned instrument and slays him with it in his robe-dress. The latter is 
favoured by the position of λαβοῦσα, the former by the superior sense 
acquired, and the idleness of ἐν πέπλοισιν unsustained by λαβοῦσα. This 
therefore we adopt as logically better, though grammatically less probable. 

1125 (1069). fov@as. Codd. have fov@d. But as there is no doubt 
that this adj sometimes signifies c/ear-voiced or melodious, we venture to 
write fov@as. For Bods, used of the nightingale’s voice, needs a qualifying 
epithet much more than the distant word ἀηδών itself, and in such a posi- 
tion it seems poor to place an epithet merely calling the nightingale 
‘yellowish-brown.’ The first meanings, out of many, assigned to ξουθὸς 
by Photius are λεπτός, ἁπαλός. And when Aristophanes makes the Bird- 
chorus say (Av. 726) δι᾽ ἐμῆς yévvos ξουθῆς μελέων Ilavi νόμους ἱεροὺς ἀνα- 
φαίνω, we cannot believe that he meant to ascribe one and the same colour 
to the yévus of all birds, but rather a delicate utterance of notes, 


EPEISODION IV. 


that with sad heart, alas, moans Itys, Itys, 
through a life in woes abounding. 


CASSANDRA. 


Alas, alas! the fate of tuneful nightingale! 
for with a wingtd body did the gods 


enwrap her, and a sweet life void of weeping: 


me waiteth rending with a two-edged spear. 


© 


CHORUS. 
Whence on thee rushing hast thou these 
vain griefs of inspiration ? 
and thy terrific melodies 
framest in dismal shriek with loud notes blending? 1135 
whence gainest thou the evil-worded limits 


of a strain divinely guided ? 


CASSANDRA. 
Alas, o spousals, spousals of Paris, 
the destruction of friends ! 
alas, o thou paternal water of Scamander ! 
then on thy brink indeed, unhappy maiden, 
in nurture I was reared: 
now near Cocytus and the shores of Acheron 
eftsoons, it seemeth, I shall sing my fateful lays. 


CHORUS. 
What is this too clear word which thou hast uttered 
now? Str. 10. [145 
even one new-born might learn ¢he meaning. 
stricken am I beneath with bloody sting, 
while in distressful case thou mutterest low 
heart-breaking words for me to hear. 


1131 (1076). ἀμφηκεῖ δορί. Δόρυ generally means a spear; but here it 
seems to be used for aw axe, See 1200—7. 


ELLE ig No ὡς Δ a Δ I 


aoe 
«- 


ee asl 


ea τα 


_ 
.«..ὕ.; ὦ ae 


AGAMEMNON. 


CASSANDRA. 
Alas, o troubles, troubles that wholly Ant. 9. 1150 (1095) 
whelm in ruin a town! 
alas, before the towers a father’s sacrifices, 
slayers of numerous herbage-grazing cattle! 
yet they supplied no cure 
g all it doth: 


5 


to save the city from endurin 
and I my glowing ear on earth shall quickly lay. 


f , . . rm. * . , 

1156 (1101). glowing ear, θερμὸν ods. This emendation for @eppovous 

is mentioned by Wellauer as that of some scholar whose name he does not 
give. But, though it retains all the letters of the vulg. reading, it has found 


favour with no editor, and we have heard it named only to be laughed at. 


It has had the same fate as. the prophetess herself—xarayehwudévyn οὐ 
διχορρύπως. What if the second adverb also may be applied to this 
scofing? What if it be indeed μάτην, irrational? We are ready to use 
the language of the Chorus, ἡμῖν ye μὲν δὴ πιστὰ θεσπίζειν δοκεῖς. Let us 
then see what is to be said for it? First, what is the character of the 
vulgate lection θερμόνους ὁ It would be in itself an excellent compound adj. 
(as φαιδρόνους 1158), and admirably suited to Cassandra, a prophetess of 
inspired mind. And there can be little doubt that these intrinsic merits of 
that epithet (in contrast with the strange term ‘an inspired ear,’ and the 
still more strange notion of ‘flinging on the ground an inspired ear’) have 
done more than anything else to keep θερμόνους in the text, and to induce 
editors to make the best of the interpretation according to that text. But let 
us ask any competent scholar; ‘‘can you believe that Aesch. wrote Baké= 
βαλῶ ἐμαυτήν ἡ Can you believe that θερμόνους βαλῶ, signifying ‘I the in- 
spired one will throw,’ is good Greek? Or could Aesch. have written ‘Iin a 
fit of inspiration will throw myself,’ when she is to be slain by the blow of 
an axe, against her will?” Each of these questions we should answer in the 
negative.: and such answers, if just, will unseat θερμόνους from the verse. 
But while there is no room in this construction for the epithet θερμόνους, 
applied to ἐγώ, the subject of βαλῶ, there would be room for θερμὸν νοῦν, 
‘my heated or inspired mind’ as object, if it were possible to speak of 
laying ἐν πέδῳ (on the ground) an ‘inspired mind.’ But this is impossible. 
There would be room for θερμὸν ὄμμα, ‘my inspired eye,’ if instead of ἐν 
πέδῳ βαλῶ Aesch. had written ἐν τάχει δ᾽ ἐγὼ κοπεῖσα θερμὸν ὄμμα oup- 
βαλῶ, ‘soon smitten I shall close my glowing eye.’ Now, what is the 
relation of θερμὸν ods to θερμὸν ὄμμα and θερμὸς νοῦς Let us hear what 
Oedipus says in reproach to the seer Teiresias: τυφλὸς τά 7’ Gra τόν τε νοῦν 
τά τ᾽ ὄμματ᾽ el. Soph. Oed. 7. ‘you are blind in ears, in mind, in eyes,’ 


EPEISODION IV. 


CHORUS. 
Suited to those before are thy new-spoken words: Azz. Io. 
an evil-minded demon makes thee, 
heavily falling on thee from above, 
to set to music doleful deadly woes, 1160 (1105) 


the bounds of which I cannot guess. 
CASSANDRA. 
Now shall the oracle πὸ more from out a veil 
i.e. in ears and in mind as well as in eyes. As the mind and the eye, so 


also the ear of the inspired one is amenable to the influence of the god, and 
an organ of his inspiration. The inspired one can say: 


“41 hear a voice ye cannot hear, 


that says I must not stay; 
I 


see a hand ye cannot see, 
that beckons me away ; 
there sits within my heart a power 
I dare not disobey.” 
And such is Cassandra’s case. All her senses are supernaturally possessed 
by Apollo. She sces the past, the present, and the future. She hears also 


y 


the ‘concordant unmelodious chorus’ (1115), ‘the hymn of the Erinyes’ 
(1120), the triumphant shout of the murderous wife (1165). She can 
therefore make her θερμὸν ofs—her inspired ear—an object, representing, 
by such synecdoche, her very self. She can say, ‘I (cut down by the axe) 
shall lay on the ground my glowing ear.’ As a frantic prophetess, she 
may use wild language, which would not be assigned to a sane character. 

Such is our long-considered opinion in regard to this reading*. We 
would not say καὶ τῶνδ᾽ ὅμοιον εἴ τι μὴ πείθω. On the contrary, we hope 
that our view may seem to many scholars that of an ἀληθόμαντις. 

1160—61 (1105—6). On the reading here see Cons. Lect. 

1162 (1107). Cassandra, now becoming calmer, tells the Chorus that 
her oracle shall be declared to them in plainer terms. She does not, how- 
ever, speak with distinctness before 1. 1229 (1175). She says now that 
a choir of Furies, drunk with human blood, inhabit the Argive palace, and 
point with abhorrence to the crime committed against a brother’s marriage- 
bed. Judging that this allusion to the feud of Atreus and Thyestes would 
be understood by the Chorus, she challenges them to say whether she is 
familiar or not with the legendary lore of Argos. When they admit her 
knowledge with surprise, she tells them in a brief dialogue (στιχομυθία) how 
she came to be endowed with the power of prophecy by Apollo, and to 


* Called by Herm. ‘ lenissima,’ and ascribed to Canter: see Cons. L. 


AGAMEMNON. 


be looking, in the manner of a new-wed bride. 

but, as it seems, to greet the rising of the sun 

twill come a brisk gale blowing, so that like a wave 1195 
a woe still greater than this woe shall roll at dawn. 

but I will teach your mind no more in riddling words. 
and bear ye witness running by my side that 1 

scent out the trail of ills enacted long ago. 

this roof there never quitteth an harmonious choir 1170 (15) 
but not melodious ; for its words are far from sweet. 

and after quaffing human blood, so as to be 

the more audacious, in the halls a revelling troop 

of sister Furies, hard to be expelled, abides: 

who crouching in the mansion chant a song that speaks 1175 


5 5 


a curse original, and each in turn abhors 


a brother’s couches hostile to the trampler’s φημ. 
erred I, or, like some archer, do I hit the mark? 
or am I some door-rapping cheat predicting lies? 

bear witness with a previous oath that not by word 1180 (25) 


s’s ancient deeds of sin. 


alone 1 know this dwellin 
utter predictions which obtained no credit from the hearers. The Chorus 
express their own belief in her veracity. Her first words 1162—66 (1107- 
11) say that the oracle shall no longer peep from behind a veil, but shall be 
like a strong morning wind, blowing in upon their minds brightly, and 
rolling onward billows of woe ever greater and greater: meaning that the 
murder of Agamemnon would surpass all their previous experience of 
melancholy crime. 

1178 (1123). erred J? The reason why Cassandra is made to put 
these questions, and to desire an oath from the Chorus testifying the truth 
of her allusions to past history, is this. Apollo had, as a punishment, con- 
demned her to public discredit. She seeks therefore to bind the Chorus 
down by a solemn declaration to receive what she says as the very truth. 
They avoid such a pledge, asking what service it could do, while they 
recognise the accuracy of her information. 

1180 (25). ἐκμαρτύρησον προὐμόσας. This expression in some degree 
resembles that in English law, ‘testify on affidavit.’ 

not by word alone 7 know. We have deferred to the high concurrent 
authority of Dobree, Hermann and Paley. by reading τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι for the 
ms. τό μ᾽ εἰδέναι, and rendering as in our version. But not without much 


EPEISODION. LV. 123 


CHORUS. 


What virtue could an oath, a pledge that honour gives, 
possess? but thee I marvel at, that, bred o’er sea, 

yet of a town that speaks another tongue thou dost 

as truly talk, as if thou hadst been present there. 1185 


CASSANDRA. 
The seer Apollo made me mistress of this skill. 
CHORUS. 
Was it that he with love was smitten, though a god? 
CASSANDRA. 
Of these things ’twas a shame to me before to speak. 
CHORUS. 
Yes, every one while prospering is more delicate. 
CASSANDRA. 


He was a suitor, and he made strong love to me. 1100 (35) 


CHORUS. 


And to his wishes didst thou yield in lawful wise? 


CASSANDRA. 


Consent I promised, but defrauded Loxias. 


CHORUS. 
Already with the arts of inspiration seized? 


CASSANDRA. 


All woes I was foretelling to the citizens. 


doubt. The want of μόνον and the want of we form together a serious 
obstacle to this view. Can λόγῳ be taken so closely with παλαιὰς as to 
constitute one epithet to ἁμαρτίας, ‘the old-traditional sins’? or could we 
read τό μ᾽ εἰδέναι λόγον, taking ἁμαρτίας as gen. sing., meaning the crime of 
Thyestes? Davies explains τό μ᾽ εἰδέναι λόγῳ, ‘that I truly state.’ 

1186. In codd. the lines marked in our Greek text 1131 and 1133 are 
continuously placed in the mouth of Cassandra, and 1132 and 1134 are 
similarly assigned to the Chorus. Hermann rightly distributed them. 


124 AGAMEMNON. 


CHORUS. 
How then? wast thou unscathed by wrath of Loxias? 1195 


CASSANDRA. 


I gained belief from no one, after sinning thus. 


CHORUS. 
To us however seem thy bodings credible. 


CASSANDRA. 
Alas, alas: oh, oh, ye miseries! 
again the dreadful labour of true prophecy 
whirls and disturbs my soul with preludes [rushing on]. 


1200 (1145) 
, do. ye behold these infants seated at the house 
like dream-discovered figures, children as it were 
who by their friends were murdered? and their hands seem full 
of their own flesh for viands, while a piteous load 


1195 (40). Paley, taking the ms. ἄνακτος, and (from Wieseler) ἦσθα (as 
for ἤδεισθα) and κότον, reads πῶς δῆτ᾽ ἄνακτος ἧσθα Λοξίου κότον ; ‘how, 
pray, didst thou come to know the resentment of king Loxias?’ We 
cannot concur, doubting the word ἦσθα, and thinking the form of the ques- 
tion not such as might be looked for. We have therefore preferred the 
reception of Canter’s avaros for ἄνακτος. 

1196 (41). ws=ex quo, from the time when. 

1198 (43) &c. Cassandra is again rapt with prophetic inspiration. She 
sees in vision the monstrous crime of Atreus, the stealthy vengeance of 
Aegisthus, the approaching perpetration of Agamemnon’s murder. The 
first of these facts is recognized by the Chorus, the two latter are not 
understood. Then Cassandra plainly says they will behold the death of 
Agamemnon. Horrorstruck, they withhold belief, yet ask about the sup- 
posed perpetrator. Cassandra taunts them with their slow comprehension 
of her language; and then, once more subject to Apollo's influence, she 
breaks forth into a wild disjointed speech of many lines, anticipating her 
own death at the hands of Clytaemnestra. Apollo, she says, is preparing 
her for it: she sees him in vision stripping off her official decorations. The 
Chorus behold this done by her own hands alone. She looks forward. to 
a day when her murder will be avenged. And now (she says) she will enter 
the palace and die there: for why should she survive her ruined country ? 
only she prays for a rapid and easy death. 


EPEISODION IV. 125 


they carry, vitals mixed with entrails, upon which 1205 
a father feasted. consequent on these events, 

I say some dastard lion tossing in a bed, 

house-guarding, plots revenge, alas, on him that’s come, 
my master, for one must abide the slavish yoke. 


he, the fleet’s captain, Ilion’s wasting conqueror, 1210 (1156) 


knows not what things a vile detested woman's tongue, 


that spake in cheerful mood a long oration, like 

some secret Ate, shall achieve with foul success. 

such deeds she dareth: murderess of a male is she, 

a female—what abominable monster shall 

I fitly call her? ugly snake or one that dwells 

in rocks, a Scylla, mischievous to mariners, 

Death’s raging mother, one that breathes a truceless war 
to friends? how loud a shout she raised, the all-daring one, 


1205 (1150). witals mixed with entrails, σπλάγχνα are the heart, 
liver and lungs, évrepa the bowels &c. 

1211 (1157). wile woman’s, κυνός, lit. hound’s. 

1216. ugly snake, ἀμφίσβαινα, the double-walker, a harmless creature, 
but uncanny to the eye. 

1217 (1162). Scylla. See Hom. Od. xl. 85, Verg. Zcl. vi. Paley 
refers this superstitious legend to the existence of huge cuttle-fish in the 
Straits of Messina. 

1219—21(1165—7). What a grandly terrible figure is Clytaemnestra here, 
raising over her slaughtered husband a shout of triumph, like the battle-cry 
of an excited warrior, and actually rejoicing in his safe return from Troy, 
because it has given her the luxury of killing him. Mr Paley’s note re- 
ferring this ὀλολυγὴ to 1. 548 and the μάχης τροπή to the fall of Troy, and 
his rendering δοκεῖ χαίρειν, ‘she pretends to rejoice,’ seem to us absolutely 
to destroy the beauty of one of the most splendid passages in this drama, 
one of the noblest samples of the poet’s genius. How could the description 
of the queen as an unnatural monster, an ugly snake—a Scylla—a mother 
of death—a ruthless family murderess (with the strong word zrayréroAyos)— 
lead up to no more than this—that she raised a shout of joy over the 
destruction of Troy before Agamemnon set sail from Asia, before his ‘safe 
return’ (see 343) was an assured fact? Does Aeschylus mean that Cas- 
sandra, a prisoner in Ilion, has heard a shout of joy raised in the palace at 
Argos ?—not to say that this shout was a mere figment of the mendacious 
queen. No: the shout which the frantic prophetess hears, by anticipation, 


126 AGAMEMNON. 


as if ’twere in the crisis of the battle’s rout. 1220 (1166) 
she seems to be rejoicing at the safe return. 

tis all the same, if none of this convince; for why! 
the future will arrive: and, witnessing ere long, 


you'll say in pity that I am too true a seer. 


CHORUS. 
The banquet of Thyestes on his children’s flesh 
I understood and shudder at, with terror thrill’d 
to hear the tale told in its dread reality. 
but, like a racer off the course, I heard the rest. 


CASSANDRA. 


I say that you will look on Agamemnon’s death. 


CHORUS. 
To words well-omened, wretched woman, lull thy tongue. 
1230 (1176) 
CASSANDRA. 


Ah, but no healing god presideth o’er this speech. 


CHORUS. 


Not if it is to come: but may it ne’er befall! 


CASSANDRA, 


You turn to praying: but their business is to kill. 


is that to be raised after the coming murder, and ‘the rejoicing in the 
return’ is the delight of having to kill one whom she hated from the very 
depths of her ferocious heart. If more were wanting to confirm what is 
already manifest, it would be found in the three next lines with which 
Cassandra concludes this speech. 

1227 (1173). i ws dread reality, οὐδὲν ἐξῃκασμένα, lit. not in mere 
resemblances. 

1228 (1174). like a racer off the course, ἐκ δρόμου πεσὼν τρέχω, lit. 
having heard the rest 7 run as a strayer from the course: that is, 1 heard 
the words but missed the sense, like a racer who has run off the course— 
has lost the right track. 

1230 (1176). εὔφημον. Proleptic use of adj. 


EPEISODION IV. 127 


CHORUS. 


What is the man by whom this grief is brought to pass? 


CASSANDRA. 


You must have missed the purport of my oracles. 1235 


CHORUS. 


The worker’s plan it is I do not understand. 


CASSANDRA. 


Yet I am well acquainted with the Hellenic tongue. 


CHORUS. 


So are the Pythian oracles, yet hard to guess. 


CASSANDRA. 
Alas, what fire there is! and ‘tis approaching me. 
woe, woe! Apollo, God of Lycia! ah me, me ! 1240 (1186) 
this lioness, two-footed one, cohabiting, 
‘n absence of the noble lion, with a wolf, 
will slay me wretched: as a woman who prepares 
a poison, she will mingle too my recompense 
in her resentment: whetting for a man the sword, 1245 
she vows with murder to revenge his bringing me. 
why wear I these things still, a mockery of myself? 


(1181). We are disposed to think, with Conington, that ἂν may 
e defended here, though a rare instance. εἰ μὴ τοῦτ᾽ ἐσκόπεις, παρεσκόπεις 
ἂν χρησμῶν ἐμῶν, you must have missed, as we sayin English. In any 
case, we have seen no emendation at all satisfactory to our mind. 

1243—46 (t189—92). We agree with Pal. that this place contains 
corruption: but we are disposed to find it in 1191 rather than in 1190 with 
Cod. Farn. (i.e. Demetrius Triclinius) and Paley. We suggest ἐπεύχεται δέ, 
φωτὶ θήγουσα ξίφος, but (as the translation will be much the same) we have 
not placed this emendation in the text. The reading of Auratus, πότῳ for 
κότῳ, specious as it is, we do not adopt, deeming it less suitable to the 
place. Φόνον is the contained accus. with ἀντιτίσεσθαι, the object αὐτὸν 
(φῶτα) being understood. See Eurip. Med. 259 πόσιν δίκην ἀντιτίσασθαι, 


Heracl. 852 ἀποτίσασθαι δίκην ἐχθρούς. 


128 AGAMEMNON. 


this staff, this chaplet round my throat oracular? 
before my own fate them will I destroy. lie there 
to ruin fallen: I shall follow close behind ; 1250 (1196) 
some other in my stead enrich with cursed woes. 
lo, here! Apollo’s self is stripping off from me 
the dress prophetic: yet even in these ornaments 
he bore to look upon me ridiculed by friends 

and foes with undivided mznds, yet erringly. 

like to some female conjuror, such terms I bore 
as tramper, beggar, miserable half-starved wretch. 
and now the seer-god, after making me a seer, 

has led me forth to meet the fate of such a death. 


yea, for the altar of my native home, a block 1260 (1206) 


1250 (1196). Paley’s suggested dy’ ὧδ᾽, as addressed to an imaginary 
executioner, seems to us impossible here. He asks how the corrupt reading 
of codd. ἀγαθὼ δ᾽ is to be accounted for. The state of these codd. hardly 
justifies such a challenge: yet here it seems evident that the antecedent in 
corruption of ἀγάθ᾽ must have been ἄγεθ᾽ in imaginary sequence to ἔτε. 
We follow Hermann’s emendation. ᾿ 

1252 (1107). On the reading ἄταις for ἄτην see Consp. Lect. 

1254—56 (1199—1201). In this corrupt place we have been bold 
enough to adopt δ᾽ ὅμως for δέ we in 1199, μ᾽ ἔτλη for μετὰ in 1200, and to 
supply 7’ in 1201. Our apology must be found (1) in the slightness of 
these changes; (2) in their adaptation to the wants of the passage, and in 
the perfect sense resulting. Though ἐποπτεῦσαι would also be a very slight 
change, yet as the participle with τλῆναι, though less usual than the infin., 
is yet quite admissible, we have kept ἐποπτεύσας. See above 966 πραθέντα 
τλῆναι, Sept. 751 σπείρας ἔτλα, Soph. Z/. 943 τλῆναί σε δρῶσαν, Phil. 537 
λαβόντα τλῆναι. 

1258 (1204). after making, ἐκπράξας. So Liddell. and Scott’s Zex. 
with ample authority. Paley’s startling version, ‘after wreaking his ven- 
geance on me as a prophetess,’ is untenable. This verb, when meaning 20 
take vengeance, never has a personal object. 

1260 (1206). altar of my native home, βωμοῦ πατρῴου. Aesch. here 
has in view the common worship of ᾿Απόλλων πατρῷος by the phratriai at 
Athens, as the bond of their citizenship. See Aristoph. Av. 1527: 


ov γάρ εἶσι βάρβαροι 
ὅθεν ὁ πατρῷός ἐστιν ᾿Εξηκεστίδῃ; 


EPEISODION IV. 


awaits me, smitten down with hot blood-spilling stroke. 

yet shall I die not unregarded of the gods. 

another in his turn shall come, redressing me, 

a matricidal shoot, avenger of a sire. 

an exiled wanderer, from this land a distant guest, 1265 
he shall return to crown these cursed woes for friends: 

for of the deities is sworn a mighty oath, 

that his slain father’s prostrate form shall bring him back. 

why am I groaning thus aloud in piteous wise, 

since Ilion’s city in the first place I beheld 1270 (16) 
faring as it did fare, and they who took the town 

are in the judgment of the gods thus coming off? 

I go to meet my fate, I will abide my death. 

these as the gates of Hades greet I now by name. 

and my petition is to meet a mortal stroke, 

that without palpitating struggle, while the blood 

Streams forth to easy dying, I may close this eye. 


CHORUS. 


O woman greatly wretched, also greatly wise, 

thy speech hath been a long one: but if thine own fate 
thou truly knowest, to the altar how canst thou, 1280 (26) 
like an ox driven by a god, thus boldly walk? 


CASSANDRA. 


Escape is none, © strangers, for a longer time. 


1278 (24). The Chorus express their astonishment that Cassandra, 
looking for immediate death, could walk to meet it with so much deter- 
mination, She says that delay is useless. After a brief dialogue, she starts 
with horror from the palace door, through which comes the scent of blood. 
Then resuming courage, and about to enter, she bids them remember her 
words when later events occur. She prays before her last sunlight, that 
the avengers, whose advent she looks for, may require atonement for her 
blood with that of others. Finally, before departure, she speaks of the 
instability of human life. Prosperity is easily changed to adversity: and 
this is wiped out by death. 


K. A, 9 


128 AGAMEMNON. 


this staff, this chaplet round my throat oracular? 
before my own fate them will I destroy. lie there 
to ruin fallen: I shall follow close behind ; 1250 (1196) 
some other in my stead enrich with cursed woes. 
lo, here! Apollo’s self is stripping off from me 
the dress prophetic: yet even in these ornaments 
he bore to look upon me ridiculed by friends 

and foes with undivided ménds, yet erringly. 

like to some female conjuror, such terms I bore 
as tramper, beggar, miserable half-starved wretch. 
and now the seer-god, after making me a seer, 

has led me forth to meet the fate of such a death. 


rea, for the altar of my native home, a block 1260 (1206) 
᾽ J ; 


1250 (1196). Paley’s suggested dy’ ὧδ᾽, as addressed to an imaginary 


executioner, seems to us impossible here. He asks how the corrupt reading 
of codd. ἀγαθὼ δ᾽ is to be accounted for. The state of these codd. hardly 
justifies such a challenge: yet here it seems evident that the antecedent in 
corruption of ἀγάθ᾽ must have been ayeé’ in imaginary sequence to ἴτε. 
We follow Hermann’s emendation. ° 

1252 (1197). On the reading dras for ἄτην see Consp. Lect. 

1254—56 (1199—1201). In this corrupt place we have been bold 
enough to adopt δ᾽ ὅμως for δέ we in 1199, μ᾽ ἔτλη for μετὰ in 1200, and to 
supply 7’ in 1201. Our apology must be found (1) in the slightness of 
these changes; (2) in their adaptation to the wants of the passage, and in 
the perfect sense resulting. Though ἐποπτεῦσαι would also be a very slight 
change, yet as the participle with τλῆναι, though less usual than the infin., 
is yet quite admissible, we have kept ἐποπτεύσας. See above 966 πραθέντα 
τλῆναι, Sept. 751 σπείρας ἔτλα, Soph. Z/. 943 τλῆναί ce δρῶσαν, Phil. 537 
λαβόντα τλῆναι. 

1258 (1204). after making, ἐκπράξας. So Liddell and Scott’s Zex. 
with ample authority. Paley’s startling version, ‘after wreaking his ven- 
geance on me as a prophetess,’ is untenable. This verb, when meaning #0 
take vengeance, never has a personal object. 

1260 (1206). altar of my native home, βωμοῦ πατρῴους Aesch. here 
has in view the common worship of ᾿Απόλλων πατρῷος by the phratriai at 
Athens, as the bond of their citizenship. See Aristoph. Av. 1527: 


o“i- 
οὐ γάρ εἶσι βάρβαροι 
ὅθεν ὁ πατρῷός ἐστιν ᾿Εξηκεστίδῃ; 


EPEISODION IV. 


awaits me, smitten down with hot blood-spilling stroke. 

yet shall I die not unregarded of the gods. 

another in his turn shall come, redressing me, 

a matricidal shoot, avenger of a sire. 

an exiled wanderer, from this land a distant guest, 1265 
he shall return to crown these cursed woes for friends: 

for of the deities is sworn a mighty oath, 

that his slain father’s prostrate form shall bring him back. 

why am I groaning thus aloud in piteous wise, 


since Ilion’s city in the first place I beheld 1270 (16) 


faring as it did fare, and they who took the town 
are in the judgment of the gods thus coming off? 
I go to meet my fate, I will abide my death. 

these as the gates of Hades greet I now by name. 
and my petition is to meet a mortal stroke, 1275. 
that without palpitating struggle, while the blood 


streams forth to easy dying, I may close this eye. 


CHORUS. 


Ὁ woman greatly wretched, also greatly wise, 

thy speech hath been a long one: but if thine own fate 
thou truly knowest, to the altar how canst thou, 1280 (26) 
like an ox driven by a god, thus boldly walk ? 


CASSANDRA. 


Escape 15 none, Ο strangers, for a longer time. 


1278 (24). The Chorus express their astonishment that Cassandra, 
looking for immediate death, could walk to meet it with so much deter- 
mination. She says that delay is useless. After a brief dialogue, she starts 
with horror from the palace door, through which comes the scent of blood. 
Then resuming courage, and about to enter, she bids them remember her 
words when later events occur. She prays before her last sunlight, that 
the avengers, whose advent she looks for, may require atonement for her 
blood with that of others. Finally, before departure, she speaks of the 
instability of human life. Prosperity is easily changed to adversity: and 
this is wiped out by death. 


Κ. Α. 9 


130 AGAMEMNON. 


CHORUS. 
But the last moments left of time are valued most. 
CASSANDRA. 
The day is come: ’tis little I shall. gain by flight. 
CHORUS. 
Well may we call thee patient and brave-spirited. 
CASSANDRA. 
This commendation none of them that prosper hear. 
CHORUS. 
Yet glorious dying gratifies a mortal heart. 
CASSANDRA. 
Woe for thee, father, and thy noble progeny! 
CHORUS. 


What is the matter? what the alarm that makes thee shrink ? 


CASSANDRA. 
Alas, alas! 1290 (26 
᾽ 0 J 


CHORUS. 
Whence came that sob? ’twas sure some horror of the heart. 


CASSANDRA. 


Blood-dripping murder from the house is steaming out. 


CHORUS. 


How cometh such a smell from incense on the hearth ? 


CASSANDRA. 
It showeth even as a vapour from a tomb. 


1293 (39). We have placed the question at the close of the line, which 
gives good sense. But the reading which places the question after καὶ πῶς; 
may perhaps be true: ‘how so? the smell is that of sacrifices at the 
hearth.’ 


EPEISODION IV. 


CHORUS. 
Thou claimest for the house no Syrian luxury. 


CASSANDRA. 
Well, I will go and mourn within the palace too 


my own and Agamemnon’s fate: enough of life! 

alas, o strangers! 

not with vain terror do I shudder, as a bird 

doth at a bush : such witness bear this death of mine 1300(1246) 
whene’er a woman shall for me a woman die, 

and for a man ill-wived another man shall fall. 

this friendly part in dying hour I claim from you. 


CHORUS. 
sad sufferer, for thy fate foretold I pity thee. 


\ 


CASSANDRA. 
One saying more, no dirge of mine, I wish to speak. 1305 
unto the sun, in presence of his final light, 


I pray, that to the friend-avenging murderers 
foes at the same time may with blood the blood atone 


1307—8 (1253—4). Our emendation of this passage is founded on 
a logical process, which to our own mind is conclusive. Assuming the 
corruptness (which is obvious), and then looking for the words in which 
this lies, our attention is first drawn to the pronouns ἐμοῖς and τοὺς ἐμούς, 
and we see that the scribes, misled by dwelling altogether on 1. 1255, 
imagined that Cassandra speaks throughout of her στοῦ; murderers and her 
own avengers. Hence they thrust in the pronouns, and then, having 
obscured the meaning of ἐχθρούς, they changed it into ἐχθροῖς, as an epithet 
of φονεῦσι. Thus they succeeded in depriving τίνειν of an object, ὁμοῦ and \ 
the gen. δούλης of all propriety, and the whole passage of a construction. 
When we come to the work of restoration, we observe these things : 
(1) the presence of ὁμοῦ and of ]. 1255 prove that the avengers are, in the 
first instance, those of Agamemnon, in the second only, of Cassandra: 
(2) we see that τίνειν must have a subject, and that the only way to give it 
one is to take ἐχθροὺς for that purpose, instead of using the adj. as a stupid 
epithet to φονεῦσι. (3) We see that τίνειν must have an object, and that 
this object must take the place of τοῖς ἐμοῖς, while the nature of the οὐδὲ 


Q--2 


132 A GAMEMNON. 


of a slave-woman, easy conquest, done to death. 

alas the lot of mortals! to a sketch one might, 310 (1256) 
well-fortuned, liken it: but if ill fortune come, 

a wetted sponge applied obliterates the draft: 

and the first state far more I pity than the last: 


ANAPAESTS. 
CHORUS. 


Good fortune is insatiate in all mortals: 

from finger-pointed mansions none excludes it. 
crying, ‘come here no more,’ in words forbidding. 
unto this prince to capture Priam’s city 

the blest ones granted ; 

and home he comes god-honour’d. 

but if he now must pay for ancient murders, 1320 (1267) 
and for the dead by dying executeth 

of other deaths the penal retribution, 

what man of mortal nature 

can boast, such downfall hearing, 

that he was born with scathless fortune ἢ I 


.46 
SPS 


determines it to be either τὸν φόνον or alu’ ἐμόν, either of which would be 
suitable, though we prefer the former. (4) Finally the presence of ἐχθροὺς 
is sufficient to convince us that its antithetic word φίλων must take the 


place of the corrupt ἐμοῖς in 1253. By these three emendations, to each of 


which reason points, we gain a perfect construction and an admirable sense. 
“7 pray that to the slayers avenging friends (i.e. to Orestes and Electra 
avenging their father), foes (i.e. Clytaemnestra and Aegisthus) may at the 
same time atone for the murder of a female slave who died an easy conquest.’ 

1311 (1257). Jiken, πρέψειεν. Photius has, ᾿πρέψαι, τὸ ὁμοιῶσαι Aesch.’ 
Conington explained this passage of a sketch (σκιά): the sense, says Paley, 
is ‘that prosperity is as easily changed as the outline or cartoon of a picture, 
while adversity may be wiped out by one stroke, i.e. by death.’ 

1313, (1259). Cassandra pities ‘the change from prosperity to adver- 
sity more than the sudden extinction of misery by death.’ Pal. Here (as 
Ast, cited by Paley, Says) Οὗτος refers to the more distant object, ἐκεῖνος to 
the nearer. This, though contrary to the general rule, is not infrequent. 


EPEISODION V. 133 


EPEISODION ς. 


[ Zhe cry of Agamemnon, murderously wounded by Clytaemnestra, is heard 
in the orchestra once and again. The coryphaeus calls on the choreutae 
Sor their opinions on the course to be taken: these are delivered, and by 
him briefly summed up. At this moment, by means of the stage-machine 
called eccyclema, the palace is opened and Clytaemnestra ts disclosed stand- 
ing beside the veiled bodies of Agamemnon and Cassandra. She addresses 
the Chorus, declares her deed, describes, and exults in it. The remainder 
of this Epeisodion consists of the reproaches, complaints and lamentations 
of the Chorus on the one side, and the self-justifying replies of the gueen 
on the other, partly in iambic metre but chiefly in lyric rhythms. Atthe 
close Clytaemnestra expresses a desire to make peace with the Council. | 


AGAMEMNON (from within), 


Alas me! smitten am I by a mortal: blow. 


CuHorus (Coryphzus). 
Silence! who is this that crieth, wounded by a mortal stroke? 


AGAMEMNON. 


Alas once more! J’m smitten by a second blow. 


1326 (1272). d/ow. We have not rendered the word ἔσω which codd. 
place at the close of this line, being displeased with each of the interpreta- 
tions given to it. That Aesch. should make Agamemnon say, ‘I am 
mortally wounded inside the house,’ or ‘I am mortally wounded inside my 
body,’ seems hardly credible, though Schneidewin defends the latter, taking 
ἔσω -- ‘ictu valido, deeply.’ Conjectures are: (1) ἔχω for ἔσω, with comma 
after πέπληγμαι, but we have not placed this in the text, as we would 
rather have the single verb πέπληγμαι for evident reasons: (2) ἐγώ for ἔσω. 
We think this might be defended as an emphatic pronoun, loudly uttered 
to draw attention. See Aristoph. Ach. 406, Δικαιόπολις καλεῖ σε Χολλίδης, 
ἐγώ. 

Hermann and K. O. Miiller were at issue respecting the 
number of choreutae in this play: and the controversy turned chiefly on 
the distribution of speeches to the several members in this scene. Her- 
mann considered the whole number to be 15, assigning one trochaic line to 
each of the first three speakers, and two iambic lines to each of the others, 
the last being the coryphaeus. The other view (which we follow) assigns 
to the coryphaeus all the trochaic lines and the two last iambic: he is 
therefore the Xo. εβ' of our text, as well as the Xo, of 1273, 1275—6. 


[34 AGAMEMNON. 


λ 
Cuorus (Coryphaeus). 


I suppose the deed is ended from the outcry of the king. 
but let us by common counsel settle whatsoe’er is safe. 
1330 (1276) 
CHOREUTES I. 
I tell you my advice: that hither to the house 
we notify the citizens to come with aid. 


CHOREUTES 2. 
I think that with our utmost speed we should rush in, 
and sift the matter while the sword is reeking fresh. 


CHOREUTES 3. 
And I, too, sharing an opinion of this kind, 
vote we do something: ’tis no crisis for delay. 


CHOREUTES 4. 
‘Tis clear to see: the prelude of their action shows 
they are preparing for the town a tyranny. 


CHOREUTES 5. 
Ay, we are lingering: they the credit of delay 


tread to the ground, and slumber not with dusy hand. 
1340 (1286) 


1330 (1276). whatsoe’er &c. The reading we take, dv πως for ἃ ἄν 


Φ τοῦ " ᾿ .“» 
πως (ἢ), whatever may be—and the other, ἄν πως (κοινωσώμεθα), if we 


possibly can—express much the same sense. 
1332 (1278). motify...to come with aid, κηρύσσειν βοήν, lit. to proclaim 


a.cry, the word βοήν, cry, having here the force of βοήθειαν, i.e. acry for 


aid—as in English, help! murder! &c.; in French, au voleur! A I’as- 
sassin ! 

1334 (1280). while the sword is recking fresh, tiv veoppiry ξίφει, lit. 
with (the help of) the fresh-streaming sword, taking the criminal red-hand, 
as it was once said. 

1337 (1283). tis clear to see: ὁρᾶν πάρεστι, lit. 2 ἐς possible to see. 
See πάρα, 98o. 


EPEISODION V. 


CHOREUTES 6. 


What happy counsel I can give I do not know. 
the doer should have also plann’d the thing to do. 


CHOREUTES 7. 


Such is my mind too, since I lack ability 
to bring a dead man back again to life by words. 


CHOREUTES 8. 
And shall we thus ‘then, eking out our lives, submit 
to these for leaders, who pollute the family? 
CHOREUTES 9. 
No, that is not to be endured: ’twere best to die: 
the stroke of fate is milder than a tyranny. 


CHOREUTES I0. 


And shall we upon evidence derived from groans 
prophetically certify the man is dead? 1350 (1296) 


CHOREUTES II. 
From thorough knowledge of the facts we ought to speak: 
for guessing and assurance are two different things. 


CHOREUTES 12 (Coryphaeus). 
Most votes from all sides bid me recommend this course, 
clearly to learn the present case of Atreus’ son. 
[CLYTAEMNESTRA and the two veiled corpses are now disclosed 
by the eccyclema. 


1342 (1288). the doer &c. lit. the doer’s part τὸ also the advising about 


(the thing to be done). 

1345 (1291). eking out our lives, βίον τείνοντες, i.e. in the endeavour to 
extend our lives—for the sake of lengthened life. 

1348 (1294). milder, πεπαιτέρα, lit. ‘ softer,’ πέπων expressing the soft- 
ness of ripe fruit. 

1353 (1299). most votes &c., lit. ‘I am supplied with numbers (πληθύ- 
γομαι) from all sides to commend this (γνώμην opinion)’: i.e. ‘ the majority 
of opinions from every side bid me’ &c, 

1354 (1300). 20 learn the present case of Atreus’ son,’ Arpeliw εἰδέναι 


136 AGAMEMNON. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA, 
Much though I said erewhile adapted to the time, 1355 
the contrary I shall not be ashamed to say. 
for how, preparing hostile things for hostile men, 
who seem as friends, shall any one erect a snare 
of harm unto a height that cannot be o’erleapt ? 
not without ancient pondering of former strife 1360 (1306) 
this contest, though long afterward, arrived to me. 
now where I struck I stand, upon a finished work. 
so did I manage, and the fact I’ll not deny, 
that he should neither flee, nor guard himself from fate. 
a Casting-net, as that of fishes, issueless, 1365 
I fasten round him, evil wealthiness of dress. 
twice do I strike him; he with groaning outcries twain 
his limbs relaxed; and on him, prostrate as he lay, 
yet a third stroke I add, the votive gift of thanks 
to Hades under earth, the saviour of the dead. 1370 (16) 


κυροῦνθ᾽ ὅπως (-- ὅπως κυρεῖ. This pregnant brachylogy results from the 
idiomatic construction of ofa with participles. 

At this point the palace opens by the action of the eccyclema, bringing 
out Clytaemnestra and the two corpses. It is thought by some scholars 
that the Chorus have at this time, while chanting the anapaests, left the 
orchestral platform for the proscenium, and that on Clytaemnestra’s appear- 
ance they group themselves in two semicircles, as though about to surround 
her. These scholars hold that choral anapaests are always accompanied by 
a marching evolution of the chorus. If this be true in tragedy, which 
seems doubtful, it could not be so in comedy. For, although the Parabasis 
was preceded by a choral movement, it was chanted by a coryphaeus in 
station, addressing the spectators. 

1359 (1305). unto a height, twos, ‘a height,’ really in apposition to 
ἀρκύστατα. See Consp. L. 

1368 (14). Paley reads αὐτοῦ, on the spot (implying, he says, ‘at once 4 ¥ 
He may be right. 

_ 1370 (16). to Hades...saviour of the dead," AiSov νεκρῶν σωτῆρος. Some 
editors for"Acdov read Διὸς with much plausibility. As the third libation 
at a banquet was sacred to Ζεὺς σωτήρ, Clytaemnestra, with horrible irony, 
says that the third blow of the axe dealt by her to Agamemnon was the 


EPETSODION Γ΄ 


thus having fallen, pants he forth his fretting soul, 

and, breathing out of blood a rapid slaughter-tide, 

he strikes me with a darksome drop of gory dew, 

nor gladdens less than when, parturient of the bud, 

the seed rejoiceth in the sky-descending rain. 1375 
so stands the case; and ye, old men of Argos here, 
be joyful, if ye will be joyful: I exult. 

had it been fit to pour libation o’er the dead, 

this had been justly, yea, ’twere more than justly, done: 
so large a cup of cursed evils for his house 1380 (26) 
had this man filled, and drains it, coming home, himself. 


~ 


CHORUS, 
We marvel at thy tongue, so daring-mouth'd it is, 
that o’er a husband utterest this vaunting speech. 
CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
My powers .ye’re trying, as a woman’s void of sense: 
but I with heart undaunted say to knowing men: 85 


whether your pleasure be to praise me or to blame, 

it is no matter: this is Agamemnon, who ἢ 

lies here, my husband, and the corpse of this right-hand, 
work of a just artificer. The facts are so. 


CHORUS. 
Woman, what baleful edible earth-nourish’d, ,52». 1390 (36) 


votive honour of him (Hades or Ζεύς }) who beneath the earth is ‘the 
saviour of the dead.’ : 

1371 (17). pants he forth his fretting soul, τὸν αὑτοῦ ϑυμὸν ὁρμαίνει. 
Mr Paley’s rendering, ‘he chafes in his mind,’ is not commendable. Θυμός, 
meaning /ife, is frequent in the Homeric poems. bs 

1378 (24). We have retained the ms. reading πρεπόντων. But Stanley’s 
emendation πρεπόντως, edited by Paley, is not improbable. 

1388 (34). The punctuation which.connects χερὸς with νεκρός, not with 
ἔργον, is by far the more vigorous and Aeschylean. Mr Paley adopts it in 
his latest edition. 

1390 (1236). The horrified Chorus ask Clytaemncstra, what baleful 


148 AGAMEMNON. 


or drink that issued from the liquid sea 
hast tasted, that upon thyself thou placedst 
this incense, with loud curses of the people ? 
pitiless didst thou fling and cleave: 

and citiless thou shalt be, 

to citizens a hateful monster. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
Now from the city thou adjudgest banishment 
and hatred of the citizens for me to bear, 
and execrations of the public voice ; although 
thou didst not then make opposition to this man, 1400 (1 
who—caring for her fate as little as a beast’s, 
where sheep are most abundant in their fleecy flocks— 
his own child, dearest offspring of my mother-throes, 
did sacrifice, to disenchant the winds of Thrace. 
ought you not this man to have banish’d from the land 1405 
in payment of his foul misdeeds? but hearing of 
my acts, thou art a stern judge: well—I bid thee speak 


such threats, as deeming me prepared on equal terms 


drug she has eaten or drunk, that she has committed a crime which is only 
to be expiated by her death as a murderess, with incense laid on her as 
on an atoning sacrifice, accompanied by a form of public execration. 

1392 (39). éwé@ov. Middle voice in double sense, (1) of indirect 
agency ; (2) reflexive; didst cause to be laid on thyself, 

1394 (40). ἀπέδικες. Some (as Pal.) place the question here, making 
ἀρὰς object of ἀπέδικες (didst set at nought). We cannot concur: the 
three compounds with ἀπὸ are, we think, connected, the first two sug- 
gesting the third, as a jew de mots. This we have tried to represent 
by introducing the word Zitiless, to precede citiless, The verbs express 
Clytaemnestra’s murderous deed : having enveloped Agamemnon in the 
cul-de-sac bath-dress, she suddenly flings him from her, seizes the axe, 
and cleaves him down (ἀποτέμνει) with two blows. 

1397 (43). Clyt. in reply reptoaches the Chorus with their indifference 
to the guilt of Agamemnon in sacrificing his daughter, and answers their 
menace with a counter-threat. 

1408 (1353). as deeming &c. ὡς x.r.\. The construction is somewhat 
involved: ἐμοῦ, coming last, seems to have a triple power; (1) as 


EPEITSODION V. 139 


for thee to govern when by force thou hast vanquish’d me. 
but if the god should bring the contrary to pass, 1410 (1355) 
thou’lt learn discretion, though she desson be too late. 


CHORUS. 


Mighty art thou of counsel: haughty language 

is this which thou hast uttered (since indeed 

thy heart as with blood-dripping fortune raves 

distraught), that o’er thine eyes conspicuous showeth 1415 
a smear of blood still unavenged. 

yet must thou stroke with stroke 

atone, of all thy friends forsaken. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


This righteous sanction of my oaths thou too must hear: 

I swear by the fulfilling Justice of my child, 1420 (1365) 
by Ate and Erinys, unto whom I slew 

this man, I ne’er expect to tread the hall of Fear, 

so.long as on my hearth Aegisthus burneth fire, 


absolute with παρεσκευασμένης ; (2) as suggesting the object of νικήσαντα 
(ἔμε) ; (3) as indicating the object of ἄρχειν (ἐμοῦ) : i.e. ὡς (ἐμοῦ) παρε- 
σκευασμένης ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων (σέ) νικήσαντα (ἐμὲ) ἄρχειν ἐμοῦ. The words 
ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων suggest καὶ ἐμὲ νικήσασάν σε ἄρχειν σοῦ, to express τοὔμπαλιν 
(the converse) in 1. 1350. 

1413—16 (1358—1361). See Consp. Lect. The Chorus notice the 
blood-stain acknowledged by the queen, and renew their threat. She 
(1419) defies them, expressing her reliance on Aegisthus. Again she 
exults in the death of Agamemnon, also in that of Cassandra, whom she 
loads with the most revolting imputations. 

1422 (1367). This is a difficult line to interpret. Codd. have ἐμπατεῖ, 
which Dind. and Franz keep: ‘my hope treads not in the hall of fear,’ 
i.e. is not mingled with fear. Paley makes φόβου depend on ἐλπίς, 
meaning, ‘I have no expectation of fear, that it tread my hall’: too harshly, 
we think, Hermann reads of por φόβον μέλαθρ᾽ ἂν ἐλπὶς ἐμπατεῖν, “1 
have no expectation that fear will tread in my halls.’ With some hesi- 
tation, reading ἐμπατεῖν, we render ‘I have no expectation of setting my 
foot in the hall of Fear,’ a very bold metaphor certainly: but we see 
nothing better, 


138 AGAMEMNON. 


or drink that issued from the liquid sea 
hast tasted, that upon thyself thou placedst 
this incense, with loud curses of the people? 
pitiless didst thou fling and cleave: 

and citiless thou shalt be, 

to citizens a hateful monster. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
Now from the city thou adjudgest banishment 
and hatred of the citizens for me to bear, 
and execrations of the public voice; although 
thou didst not then make opposition to this man, 1400 (1345) 
who—caring for her fate as little as a beast’s, 
where sheep are most abundant in their fleecy flocks— 
his own child, dearest offspring of my mother-throes, 
did sacrifice, to disenchant the winds of Thrace. 
ought you not this man to have banish’d from the land 1405 
in payment of his foul misdeeds? but hearing of 
my acts, thou art a stern judge: well—I bid thee speak 
such threats, as deeming me prepared on equal terms 


drug she has eaten or drunk, that she has committed a crime which is only 
to be expiated by her death as a murderess, with incense laid on her as 
on an atoning sacrifice, accompanied by a form of public execration. 

1392 (39). éwé@ov. Middle voice in double sense, (1) of indirect 
agency ; (2) reflexive; didst cause to be laid on thyself. 

1394 (40). ἀπέδικες. Some (as Pal.) place the question here, making 
ἀρὰς object of ἀπέδικες (didst set at nought). We cannot concur: the 
three compounds with ἀπὸ are, we think, connected, the first two sug- 
gesting the third, as a jew de mots. This we have tried to represent 
by introducing the word fitiless, to precede citiless, The verbs express 
Clytaemnestra’s murderous deed : having enveloped Agamemnon in the 
cul-de-sac bath-dress, she suddenly flings him from her, seizes the axe, 
and cleaves him down (ἀποτέμνει) with two blows. 

1397 (43). Clyt. in reply reproaches the Chorus with their indifference 
to the guilt of Agamemnon in sacrificing his daughter, and answers their 
menace with a counter-threat. 

1408 (1353). as deeming Sc. ws x.r.4. The construction is somewhat 
involved : ἐμοῦ, coming last, seems to have a triple power; (1) as 


EPEITSODION V. 139 


for thee to govern when by force thou hast vanquish’d me. 
but if the god should bring the contrary to pass, 1410 (1355) 
thou’lt learn discretion, though she dsson be too late. 


CHORUS. 


Mighty art thou of counsel: haughty language 

is this which thou hast uttered (since indeed 

thy heart as with blood-dripping fortune raves 

distraught), that o’er thine eyes conspicuous showeth 1415 
a smear of blood still unavenged. 

yet must thou stroke with stroke 

atone, of all thy friends forsaken. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


This nghteous sanction of my oaths thou too must hear: 

I swear by the fulfilling Justice of my child, 1420 (1365) 
by Ate and Erinys, unto whom 1 slew 

this man, I ne’er expect to tread the hall of Fear, 

so.long as on my hearth Aegisthus burneth fire, 


absolute with παρεσκευασμένης ; (2) as suggesting the object of νικήσαντα 
(ue); (3) as indicating the object of ἄρχειν (ἐμοῦ) : 1. 6. ὡς (ἐμοῦ) παρε- 
σκευασμένης ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων (σέ) νικήσαντα (ἐμὲ) ἄρχειν ἐμοῦ. The words 
ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων suggest καὶ ἐμὲ νικήσασάν σε ἄρχειν σοῦ, to express τοὔμπαλιν 
(the converse) in 1. 1350. 

1413—16 (1358—1361). See Consp. Lect. The Chorus notice the 
blood-stain acknowledged by the queen, and renew their threat. She 
(r419) defies them, expressing her reliance on Aegisthus. Again she 
exults in the death of Agamemnon, also in that of Cassandra, whom she 
loads with the most revolting imputations. 

1422 (1367). This is a difficult line to interpret. Codd. have éurare?, 
which Dind. and Franz keep: ‘my hope treads not in the hall of fear,’ 
i.e. is not mingled with fear. Paley makes φόβου depend on ἐλπίς, 
meaning, ‘I have no expectation of fear, that it tread my hall’: too harshly, 
we think. Hermann reads οὔ po φόβον μέλαθρ᾽ ἂν ἐλπὶς ἐμπατεῖν, “1 
have no expectation that fear will tread in my halls.” With some hesi- 
tation, reading ἐμπατεῖν, we render ‘I have no expectation of setting my 
foot in the hall of Fear,’ a very bold metaphor certainly: but we see 
nothing better. 


140 AGAMEMNON. 


loyal in feeling to myself, as heretofore. 

for he is no slight shield of confidence to me. 

low lies this: woman’s wronger, he the fondling pet 
of those Chryseis-girls in Ilion’s neighbourhood : 

and she, this captive woman, sign-interpreter 

and paramour of this man, telling oracles 

in faithful converse, wearing out in company 1430 (1375) 
with him the naval benches. worthy their reward : 
for he is—what ye see: she—mark me—like a swan, 
after that she had sung her last funereal dirge, 

his sweetheart Here is laid, and by this union brings 
an added relish to my feast of luxury. 


CHORUS. 


Alas! I would some fate not over-painful Str. 1. 


1430 (1375). We have not adopted the reading ναυτίλοις, though 
Paley and others (with great speciousness) prefer it to the vavriday of 
codd. We would not wish to assign to Clytaemnestra the vile and cruel 
cearseness which that reading implies. Navridos as an adj. is certainly 
rare, but we would rather accept ναυτικῶν than vavritos. Scholefield refers 
to Juv. VI. 101, 

1432 (1377) “ikea swan. On the ‘cycnus musicus’ as distinct from 
the common swan, see Paley’s note. 


1434 (1379). Hermann takes φιλήτωρ as an adj. and reads τῴδ᾽ for 
τοῦδ᾽ of codd. We follow him, as Paley has done. 

1435 (1380). Here too by reading εὐναῖς, we are glad to rescue 
Clytaemnestra from the opprobrium of applying τῆς ἐμῆς χλιδῆς to her own 
union with Aegisthus, Wicked as she is, we have no right to ascribe to 
a proud queen language from which the lowest and worst of her sex 
would refrain. The ‘luxury’ she vaunts is that of gratified revenge and 
ambition, though it includes the legal recognition of her second marriage. 

1436 (1381). The Chorus declare their wish to die: and apostrophise 
Helen as the fatal cause of many woes. Clytaemnestra finds fault with 
these. sentiments. They address the demon of the house of Tantalus’: 
and she agrees with them in ascribing the blood shed in the family to his 
influence. The Chorus’ suggest however that this influence is directed 
by Zeus (1473). without whom nothing is fulfilled. Then they break into 
a new lamentation of Agamemnon (1477 &c.), which they repeat at rso1 
&c. Clytaemnestra says (1485 &c.) that the evil genius of Atreus has 


EPEISODION Γ΄. 


nor couch-confining would arrive 

and bring with speed amongst us 

the everlasting endless sleep, 

our kindest guardian being slain, 1440 (1385) 

who through a woman much endured, 

and by a woman lost his life, 

ah, woe to thee, distracted Helen! Str. 2. 

who singly didst those many, 

those very many lives ’neath Trojan walls destroy. 1445 
χὰ * % % * 

[thou broughtest to full blossom [ Str. 3.] 

a memorable thing, that in the house 

for blood indelible was then abiding, 


death-striving strife, a husband’s sorrow. | 


taken her form to execute vengeance for the murdered children. The 
Chorus will only admit to her that this evil spirit might be her aider and 
abettor. Kindred bloodshed would excite Ares to inflict vengeance. 
Clyt. declares (1511 &c.) that Agamemnon has expiated the crime com- 
mitted by him against his daughter Iphigeneia. The Chorus (1517 &c.) 
express fresh doubts and anticipate greater calamities. Wishing they had 
died before seeing this deed, they ask who shall bury and Iament Aga- 
memnon. Will she, the murderous wife, dare to do this? Who will 
pronounce the eulogy over his tomb? The queen tells them not to trouble 
themselves with these matters (1537 &c.): they who slew will bury him 
without domestic lamentation: his daughter Iphigeneia will meet and 
embrace him on the shores of Acheron. The Chorus draw moral in- 
ferences from these sad events (1546), and declare that the family is linked 
to woe by an irretrievable destiny. Clytaemnestra concludes the dialogue 
by an expression of desire for peace (1554 &c.). She begs the evil genius 
to quit their house in search of other victims, and would gladly resign 
much of her wealth to escape future miseries of kindred murder. 

1440—g (1392—5). Paley justly says: ‘the text here is so corrupt 
that it seems quite a vain attempt to explain or restore it.” We do not 
know the tenour of the lines lost, which may have been four or five in 
number : and the lines given as antistrophic (Greek 1481) shew very inexact 
correspondence. We are thus in the dark, and while we give a version 
without relying on it as representing the poet’s mind, we place within 
brackets the original and the translated lines. They seem to say that the 
guilt of Helen finds its climax in the murder of Agamemnon. 


AGAMEMNON. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
The fate of death be not invoking, Str. 4. 1450 (1396) 
distressed by these things ; 
nor yet on Helen turn thine anger ; 
that she, a manslayer, that she singly 
destroying lives of many Danaans, 
wrought unexampled anguish. 


CHORUS. 


O demon, who art perching on the mansion 

and double-raced Tantalidae, 

and power of equal spirit 

through women stablishest, to me 

heart-piercing! on the body stationed 1460 (1406) 
she boasteth, like some odious crow, 

to chant a strain unmusical. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
Thy mouth’s intent thou now correctest, 
that thrice-huge monster 
the demon of this race invoking. 
yea, ’tis from him a thirst blood-lapping 
preys on the belly, gore renewing 
ere the old grief is ended. 


1455 (1401) unexampled, ἀξύστατος, an ἅπαξ λεγόμενον of which the 
is 


sense 1s rather guessed from the context than ascertained from authority. 

1457 (1402). double-raced, δίφνιος, Hermann’s reading. The word 
is a rare one. 

1458 (1404). of equal Spirit, ἰσόψυχος, i.e. with that of men. see 
avdpd8ouror, 11. 

se ee : : , 

1460 (1407). σταθεῖσ᾽ (Herm. Dind. Blomf.) applied to ( lytaemnestra, 
Seems a more probable reading here than σταθεὶς applied to the demon, 
In support of this it may be observed that she first adopts a lyric strain 
in her speech at 1450 (1396), to which the Chorus probably allude. 

γ᾽ “ὦ ae 7 _ ; er = 7 ° 

1464 (1410). thrice Auge, τριπάχνιος, another ἅπαξ λεγόμενον. Peile 
explains, over-gorged or overgrown, which Paley approves. 

1467 (13). delly, velpa, Casaubon’s restoration for codd, reipe:. It is 
for νείειρα -- νεάτη (γαστήρ). 


EPEITSODION V. 


CHORUS. 


Ay, thou art citing a great demon, 
house-ruling one, whose wrath is heavy : 
alas, alas! an ill citation 

of fortune curséd and insatiate, 

woe, woe! through Zeus all-causing, all-effecting : 
for what without Zeus is fulfilled 

to mortals? which of these things is not 
by rule divine accomplished ? 

Alas, alas! 

o king, o king, how shall I weep thee? 
what can I say with friendly spirit? 
within this spider’s web thou liest, 

by impious death thy life exhaling, 

(o me, me for this couch illiberal !) 

by treacherous fate laid low 

with two-edged wielded weapon. 

CLYTAEMNESTRA. 

That this is my deed thou maintainest : 
but ne’er imagine 

that I’m the wife of Agamemnon: 

not so! this dead man’s spouse resembling 
the old and bitter evil genius 

of Atreus, cruel feast-provider, 

paid this man off by sacrificing 

his full-grown life to infants. 


CHORUS. 


That of this murder thou art guiltless Ant. 5. 
who is it that shall bear thee witness? 


1470 (15).  Aouse-ruling, οἰκονόμον, an emendation for the corrupt 


olxots τοῖσδε of codd. See 143. 
1486 (32). imagine, ἐπιλέχθῃς (= ἐπιλόγισαι) a rare aorist form from 


ἐπιλέγομαι, to colculate, assume. 


1489 (35). evil genius,adaorwp. See Introduction, 


AGAMEMNON. 


’ CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
The fate of death be not invoking, Str. 4. 
distressed by these things ; 
nor yet on Helen turn thine anger ; 
that she, a manslayer, that she singly 
destroying lives of many Danaans, 
wrought unexampled anguish. 


CHORUS. 
O demon, who art perching on the mansion 
and double-raced Tantalidae, 
and power of equal spirit 
through women stablishest, to me 
heart-piercing! on the body stationed 1460 (1406) 
she boasteth, like some odious crow, 
to chant a strain unmusical. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
Thy mouth’s intent thou now correctest, 
that thrice-huge monster 
the demon of this race invoking. 
yea, ‘tis from him a thirst blood-lapping 
preys on the belly, gore renewing 
ere the old grief is ended. 


1455 (1401) unexampled, ἀξύστατος, an ἅπαξ λεγόμενον of which the 
sense is rather guessed from the context than ascertained from authority. 

_. 3487 (1402). double-raced, δίφυιος, Hermann’s reading. The word 
is a rare one. 

1458 (1404). of equal Spirit, ἰσόψυχος, i.e. with that of men. See 
ἀνδῥόβουλον, 11. 

1460 (1407). σταθεῖσ᾽ (Herm. Dind. Blomf.) applied to Clytaemnestra, 
seems a more probable reading here than σταθεὶς applied to the demon, 
In support of this it may be observed that she first adopts a lyric strain 
in her speech at 1450 (1396), to which the Chorus probably allude. 

1464 (1410). ‘thrice huge, τριπάχυιος, another ἅπαξ λεγόμενον. Peile 
explains, over-gorged or overgrown, which Paley approves. 

1467 (13). delly, velpa, Casaubon’s restoration for codd, relpe. It is 
for νείειρα -- νεάτη (γαστήρ). 


EPEITSODION V. 


CHORUS. 
Ay, thou art citing a great demon, 
house-ruling one, whose wrath is heavy : 
alas, alas! an ill citation 
of fortune curséd and insatiate, 
woe, woe! through Zeus all-causing, all-effecting : 
for what without Zeus is fulfilled 
to mortals? which of these things is not 
by rule divine accomplished ? 

Alas, alas! 

o king, o king, how shall I weep thee? 
what can I say with friendly spirit? 
within this spider’s web thou liest, 
by impious death thy life exhaling, 
(o me, me for this couch illiberal ἢ) 
by treacherous fate laid low 
with two-edged wielded weapon. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 


That this is my deed thou maintainest : 
but ne’er imagine : 

that I’m the wife of Agamemnon: 

not so! this dead man’s spouse resembling 
the old and bitter evil genius 

of Atreus, cruel feast-provider, 

paid this man off by sacrificing 

his full-grown life to infants. 


CHORUS. 


That of this murder thou art guiltless Ant. 5. 
who is it that shall bear thee witness? 


1470 (15). Aouse-ruling, οἰκονόμον, an emendation for the corrupt 


olxois τοῖσδε of codd. See 143. 
1486 (32). imagine, ἐπιλέχθῃς (= ἐπιλόγισαι) a rare aorist form from 


ἐπιλέγομαι, to colculate, assume. 
1489 (35). evil genius, ἀλάστωρ. See Introduction, 


144 A GA MEMNON. 


ah, who? but from thy sires might come 
an evil spirit thine abettor. 
by streaming gore of kindred is black Ares 
forc’d thither, where advancing he 
to blood congealed of eaten children 
shall grant a righteous vengeance. 1500 (1446) 
Alas, alas! Aunt. 6. 
o king, o king, how shall I weep thee? 
what can I say with friendly spirit? 
within this spider’s web thou liest, 
by impious death thy life exhaling. 
(o me, me for this couch illiberal !) 
by treacherous fate laid low 
with two-edged wielded weapon. 
Ἃ * Ἃ Ἃ 
CLYTAEMNESTRA, 

And brought not this man to the dwelling Ant. 8. 
deceitful mischief ? 1510 (1458) 
suffering the worthy fruit of acts unworthy 

1498 (44). On the reading here and also in lines 1457, 1460—61, 1466, 


1470, 1481, 1486, 1499, 1510—11, see Cons. Lectionum. 

1511 ἄς. (1459 &c.). Mr Paley says that in the vulgate reading the 
word ἀνάξια renders the sense weak and the metre intolerable. He there- 
fore reads : 

τὴν πολυκλαύτην Ἰφιγένειάν τ᾽ 

ἄξια δράσας ἄξια πάσχων 
satisfied with giving to re ‘‘a merély exegetical sense (nempe),” and with 
saying of ἄξια δράσας (evidently meaning ἄξια δράσας diva πάσχων) ‘it is 
explained to mean ἄξια ἀξίων δραμάτων πάσχων, suffering worthy punish- 
ment for deeds deserving it.” We have little faith in an ‘epexegetic re’ 
attached to a proper name in apposition: but still less welcome is the 
subsequent construction, in which the adj. ἄξιος is supposed to stand in 
two distinct senses: (1) ἄξια δράσας, having done things worthy (= de- 
serving of punishment): (2) ἄξια πάσχων, suffering things worthy (=de- 
served punishments). That Aeschylus wrote in this fashion, we are not 
willing to believe. We have therefore (provisionally) adopted a trans- 


position which avoids the three difficulties, (1) πολυκλαύτην for πολύκλαυτον. 


(2) the short final -ay of ᾿Ιφιγένειαν, (3) the clashing senses of ἄξιος. When 


EPEISODION V. 


done to a scion that from him I nurtured, 
the much-bewailed Iphigeneia, 

let him not highly vaunt in Hades, 

by sword-inflicted death atoning 

the deeds he first ensampled. 


CHORUS. 
Perplexed am I—bereft of thought’s 
ingenious speculations— 
which way to turn myself, while sinks the dwelling. 
I shudder at the bloody clattering shower 1520 (1468) 
that shaketh the foundation : 
for now the soft drip ceaseth ; 
and for another deed of mischief 
On other whetstones Fate is sharpening Justice. 
o earth, earth, would thou hadst received me Ant. 2. 


Str. 9. 


) » οὐδ — ᾽ ξ m νέα . 
Mr Paley speaks of ἀνάξια as giving an ‘intolerable metre,’ he may 
perhaps allude to the form 
τὴν πολυκλαύτην Ἰφιγένειαν ἀν- 
ἄξια δράσας, 
which, certainly, we should be unwil 


ling to accept. And we must confess 
that the line in our text 


4 > - 
Τὴν πολύκλαυτον ἀνάξια δράσας 


is a rhythm which (among the numerous instances of purely dactylic lines 
occurring in anapaestic systems) has not, so far as we know, any exact 
parallel. Whether this fact is decisive against it in such anapaests as this 
Scene contains, seems a doubtful question. We do not feel it to be 
decisive. But if ἀνάξια were set aside for any reason, we should be inclined 
to think the first dia corrupt, and to look for some other dactylic or even 
anapaestic adjective. Hermann’s suggestion of a genitive Ἰφιγενείας may 
possibly be correct (see 43—45): and Porson would not have proposed 
πολυκλαύτην without authority for such a form. We might therefore 
accept the following 

ἀλλ᾽ ἐμὸν ἐκ τοῦδ᾽ ἔρνος ἀεμθὲν 

τῆς πολυκλαύτης ᾿Ιφιγενείας 

ἀσεβῆ δράσας ἄξια πάσχων 
or ἔκδικα δράσας. 


Κ, A, 


146 AGAMEMNON. 


before I saw this prince possessing 

a silver-sided bath for mattress! 

who is to bury, who to mourn him? 
wilt thou have hardihood to do it, 

to kill thy spouse, and then bewail him? 
unto his spirit to perform 

a thankless favour, 

unjust return for mighty actions? 

who for a godlike man 

the praise upon his tomb proclaiming 
with truthfulness of heart shall labour? 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 

‘Tis no concern of thine to mention 
this solemn duty: 
by us he fell, and we shall bury, 
not with domestic lamentation : 

Χ * ~ + 

* * - * 
but him his daughter, as befitteth, 
with loving looks, Iphigeneia, 
greeting her father at the ferry 
of woes swift-travers’d, 
shall fondly fling her arms around, and kiss him. 


CHORUS. 
Reproach is answered by reproach, 
and hard the interpretation. 
she spoils the spoiler, he who slew pays forfeit ; 
while Zeus abides, the rule abideth always, 
that he who wrought must suffer: 
tis lawful: from a dwelling 
the brood of curses who can banish? 
the race is frmly glued to curséd evil. 


1544 (1491) ἀχέων, i.e, ᾿Αχέροντος. 


1540 (1487) 


EXODOS, © 


CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
his oracle with truth thou touchest, Ant, το. 
and I am willing— 1555 


oaths interchanging with the demon 

of the Pleisthenid race—in these things 

to rest content, though hard to suffer: 

but that hereafter, 

departing from this house, he harass 

another clan with kindred murders. 

me a small share of wealth sufficeth, 

if deeds infuriate 

of mutual bloodshed from our halls I banish. 
EXODOS. 


| Aegesthus, the accomplice and paramour of Clytaemnestra, now enters the 
proscenium by the door on the ( spectators’) right hand of the central one, 
leading from the city. Whether he ἐς accompanied by guards cannot be 
certainly determined: but his words at line 1636 imply that he has an 
armed force within call.] 
AEGISTHUS. 
O cheerful sunlight of a day that brings redress! 
now can I say at last that gods avenging men 1565 
Exodos. Aegisthus begins and ends his first and longest speech with 
language of fierce exultation over the slain Agamemnon. He recounts the 
wrongs and cruelties which his father Thyestes and himself had received 
from Atreus, the father of Agamemnon, and relies on these as justifying the 
plot, of which he avows himself to be the author, to circumvent and kill the 
son of Atreus, Agamemnon himself. The Chorus threaten him with a 
public sentence of stoning to death. He replies in language of defiance 
and counter-menace. The Chorus renew their upbraiding, and are again 
met by threatening words from Aegisthus. When they taunt him with 
cowardice in not executing the deed himself, he tells them that circumven- 
tion was evidently the woman’s part: and once more he threatens them 
with bonds and starvation. They continue their reproaches, and anticipate 
the return of Orestes to take vengeance for his father’s murder. The calmer 
iambic metre is now superseded,—to the end of the drama—by the more 
vehement and rapid rhythm of the Trochaic Tetrameter. Aegisthus calls 
to his guards : the Chorus to the citizens of their party: but Clytaemnestra 
interferes, and forbidding further bloodshed, advises a pacific compromise, 
Nevertheless Aegisthus and the Chorus do not at once desist from mutual 


I0-——2 


148 AGAMEMNON. 


from realms supernal look upon the woes of earth, 

since in the woven robes of the Erinyes 

this man laid prostrate I behold to my delight, 

atoning of his father’s hand the subtle deeds. 

for Atreus this man’s sire, when ruler of this land, 1570 (17) 
drove from his country and his home to banishment 
Thyestes (to relate the simple fact) my sire 

and his own brother, wrangling with him for the sway. 

but coming back again a suppliant of the hearth, 

the poor Thyestes earned a lot so far secure 

as not with life-blood there to stain his native ground: 

but Atreus, this man’s godless father, to my sire 

professing hospitable acts more prompt than kind, 

a joyous feast-day celebrating seemingly, 

served up to him a banquet of his children’s flesh. 1580 (27) 
seated in higher place himself apart, the toes 

and fingers he was hiding; so my sire received 

their undistinguishable parts in ignorance, 

and ate a meal unto his race, as you behold, 


destructive: when he learned the dreadful truth, aloud 158; 


. 


he shrieked, and fell back sickened from the murderous board: 
then on the sons of Pelops he invokes a fate 


recriminations : and the play ends with two lines, in which the queen entreats 
Aegisthus to disregard the anger of the old men, for that they themselves, as 
sovereigns, would have the entire management of affairs. 

Paley justly remarks that the cowardly selfishness of Aegisthus, with his 
invectives and threats, places his character on a lower level than that of 
the ruthlessly revengeful, but deeply injured Clytaemnestra. 

1573 (20). wrangling. Aegisthus suppresses the graver charge against 
his father Thyestes. See 1177. 

1576 (23). there, αὐτοῦ, “on the spot, viz. at his own hearth and home.” 
Pal. For other readings see Consp. Z. 

1579 (26). feast-day, xpeovpydv juap, ““ἃ day on which meat (κρέας) was 
distributed after a solemn sacrifice.” Pal. 

1582 (29). ἦέ was hiding, ἔκρυπτε. We have fully concurred with 
Paley and other editors in adopting this emendation of Casaubon for ἔθρυπτε, 
the reading of Codd. See Paley’s useful note here. 


EXODOS. 


unbearable, the table spurning with just prayer 

that thus should perish all the race of Pleisthenes. 

from hence it cometh that you see this man laid low ; 1590 (37) 
and 1 with justice am the planner of his death. 

for with my wretched father me, the thirteenth child. 

an infant in my cradle, drove he forth from home ; 

but, reared to manhood, justice brought me back again. 

so, dwelling at a distance, yet I reached this man, τυ 
contriving a full scheme of mischievous intent: 


and now were even-death to me a glorious thin: 


y 
5? 
+ 


looking on this man in the snares of justice laid 


CHORUS. 
Aegisthus, I respect not insult after ill: 
this man thou slewest (such thy tale) with full intent, 1600 (1547) 
and singly didst contrive this piteous deed of blood. 
1 ween thou canst not righteously (be sure) escape 


the execrations of a people stoning thee. 


AEGISTHUS. 
These words thou speakest sitting at the lowest oar, 


while those upon the middle bench control the ship. 1605 


1588 (35). the table spurning, τιθεὶς λάκτισμα δείπνου. kicking over 
the banquet (i.e. the table on which it was laid). We do not follow 
Hermann and Paley in adopting ἀρὰν for ἀρᾷ, being content with the con- 
struction συνδίκως ἀρᾷ, with a just prayer of execration. 

1589 (36). race of Fleisthenes. Paley says: ‘the commentators have 
remarked that the Pelopidae, Tantalidae, and Pleisthenidae are synonyms 
by which the poet describes the family of the Atreidae: but who 
Pleisthenes was, is not recorded.” The conjectures on this point are so 
baseless, and some so improbable, that we think it better to give it up as 
one of the unsolved problems of history. Keck supposes Pleisthenes to be 
another name for Atreus himself. 

1592 (39). ‘thirteenth child. We have translated the received text, but 
obelizing ἐπὶ δέκα, because the notion of twelve children served up seems 
too monstrous for even Greek fable. We suggest ἀθλίῳ παίδων πατρί, 
treating ἐπὶ δέκα as a gloss. 

* 


I50 AGAMEMNON. 


old as thou art, thou’lt find how painful ’tis to learn 

such lessons at that age, when told to be discreet. 

best mediciners of wisdom e’en to teach the old 

are bonds and hunger: see’st ndt, having eyes, this truth— 

kick not against the goads, lest stumbling cost thee woe? 
1610 (1558) 

CHORUS. 

[Lady, when this man from the war was newly come, 

thou, keeper of his house, his bed disgracing too, 

didst for a spouse and army-chief this fate contrive. 


AEGISTHUS. 


These words again originative are of woes. 


the tongue of Orpheus was the opposite of thine: 1615 
he with his voice dragged all things after him for joy, 

thou rousing us with silly barking shalt be dragged: 
oerpowered, thou’lt show thyself a tamer animal. | 


CHORUS. 


As if forsooth our Argive sovereign thou shalt be, 


1610 (1558). Though we have edited Butler’s πταίσας, stumbling, for 
ms. πήσας, it is very possible that Paley’s παίσας, striking, may be true. 
1611—18 (1559—66). These eight lines are perhaps a gloss of some 
ambitious commentator, and not from the hand of aeschylus. The apo- 
strophe to Clytaemnestra, who does not seem to be yet on the stage; the 
words ἐβούλευσας μόρον, which occur again soon after; and the far-fetched 
parallel of Orpheus, make a strong case against the whole passage. The 
context is perfect without it. If kept, we regard the speech of the Chorus 
as corrupt: it could only be spoken to Aegisthus in words like the fol- 
lowing : 
εὐνὴν σὺ τοῦδ᾽ olxovpds αἰσχύνας dua 
γυναικί, τοὺς ἥκοντας ἐκ μάχης τρέων, 
ἀνδρὶ στρατηγῷ δόλιον ἔρραψας φόνον. 


‘Thou, after in the house defiling this man’s bed, 
didst with his wife, in fear of those new-come from war, 
a treacherous murder for the army-chief contrive.’ 


1617 (1566). shalt be dragged, ἄξει. The necessity of so rendering 
seems plain, though Mr Paley gives the verb a transitive meaning. 


EXODOS. 


who hadst not, even when contriving this man’s death, 
1620 (1568) 
courage to do the deed by killing him thyself! 


AEGISTHUS. 


No: to deceive him plainly was a woman’s part: 

I stood suspected 85 “δὴ old familiar foe. 

but [ll endeavour with the aid of this man’s wealth 

the citizens ta rule: and one that hearkeneth not 1625 
Pll yoke with heavy collar, as a high-fed colt 

by no light traces pulling: him to mildness tamed 

shall hateful hunger, that with darkness dwells, behold. 


CHORUS, 
Why, base-soul’d coward as thou art, didst thou not kill 
this man thyself, but him a woman with thee slew, 1630 (1578) 
pollution of her country and her country’s gods? 
Orestes surely somewhere sees the light of day, 
that hither he with favouring fortune may return, 
and of this pair become the slaying conqueror. 


AEGISTHUS. 
Since not words but acts thou meanest, speedy shall thy 
lesson be. 1635 


CHORUS. 
Ἃ * 


AEGISTHUS. 
Ho! what ho! my friendly guardsmen ; not far off this work 
of ours. 
CHORUS. 
Ho! what ho! let each have ready to his hand the hilted 
sword. 


1635 (1583). After this verse, a line spoken by the. Chorus is lost. It 
might be in spirit of this nature od γάρ, εἰ γέροντές ἐσμεν, τοῖς κακοῖς 
ὑπείξομεν, though we are old men, yet will we to the wicked not submit, 


152 AGAMEMNON. 


AEGISTHUS. 
I too verily refuse not hand upon the hilt to die. 
CHORUS. 
‘Die’ thou say’st: we take the omen; fortune’s doom it is 
we choose. 
CLYTAEMNESTRA. 
Let us not, o my beloved, further evils execute: 1640 (1588) 
surely to have reaped so many makes a doleful harvest now. 
large enough our crop of mischief; let us keep ourselves from 
blood. 
go thyself, and ye too, elders, unto your appointed homes, 
ere for daring deeds ye suffer: what we’ve done should satisfy : 
if your share of these afflictions be sufficient, we’re content, 1645 
thus unfortunately smitten by the heavy hoof of fate. 
such the counsels of a woman, if there be that deign to 
learn. 
AEGISTHUS. 


And are these to fling upon me flowers of an unbridled tongue, 

language of this sort to sputter, putting fortune to the test, 

and from wise discretion erring, offer insult to the prince! 
1650 (1595) 


CHORUS. 
This were not the mood of Argives, on a wicked man to fawn. 
AEGISTHUS. 
Yet will I o’ertake thee with my vengeance in the days to come. 
CHORUS. 
Not if fate direct Orestes hither safely to arrive. 


1639 (1587). αἱρούμεθα. Between this reading of Auratus, adopted by 
Dind. Herm. Franz. Pal., and ἐρούμεθα (we will enquire of fortune, i.e. 
make her our arbitress), which Schiitz, Blomf. and Peile accept, the choice 
is very questionable. Clyt. probably comes out of the palace now. 

From this point to the end of the play, our text and exegesis do not 
differ from. those of Paley. See Cons. Lect, 


EXODOS. 


AEGISTHUS. 
Well I know that men in exile feed upon the fare of hope. 


CHORUS. 
Play thy part: grow fat, polluting justice, since thou hast the 
power. 1655 
AEGISTHUS. 


Of this folly thou shalt pay me—be assured—the penalty. 


CHORUS. 


Vaunt with unabated courage, as a cock beside his hen. 


CLYTAEMNESTRA, 
Of these senseless howlings take not any notice: you and I, 
being rulers of this palace, will arrange its duties well. 


1659 (1607) 


1654 (1602). Aegisthus speaks from his own experience: see Il. 
1592—4- 

1658 (1606). A Greek tragedy usually concludes with a gnomic speech 
of the Chorus, as the moderating party: but their quarrel with Aegisthus 


gives that character and office here to Clytaemnestra., 


ON THE TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


(Bracketed numerals refer to Dindorf’s text.) 


I. THE text of the Agamemnon is derived from the follow- 
ing manuscripts : 

A. a. Codex Mediceus, in the Laurentian Library at 
Florence (cited as M.). This, the most valuable ms. of 
Aeschylus, is ascribed to the roth century, and supposed to 
have been copied from an uncially written codex, though some 
think it to be’a copy of such a copy. It contains scholia, 
which afford proof of an earlier origin. Of the Agamemnon, it 
exhibits only ll. 1—286 (1—310, Dind. Poet. Sc.) and Il. 
992—1087 (1067—1159), the remainder being unhappily lost. 

B. Codex Guelpherbytanus (G.). 

This is a. 15th century copy of the Cod. Med. with the 
same lacunae. 

y. Codex Marcianus (Marc.) at Florence. 

A similar 15th century copy. 

δι Codex of Bessarion (B.), at Venice. 

This, ascribed to the 13th cent., is supposed to have been 
copied from the Cod. Med. while entire. It contains about the 
first 330 lines of the play. 

The foregoing codd. form the Medicean group, and are 
generally included in the citation M., except where any of 
them happens to bear a separate testimony. 

B. Codex Florentinus (Fl.) of Cent. 14. This has the 
Agamemnon entire. Though some regard it as copied from 
the Medicean Cod., their opinion has no sufficient foundation. 


: 
παν OTT Hen ge RIOR LIEN LOE LG EPG LOE LOLOL LON ATE! AOE EC es 


Sean ST 


TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


C. Codex Venetus (V.), of Cent. 13, contains the follow- 
ing fragments of the Agamemnon: Il. 1—4s5 and 1022 (1095) 
to the end. 

D. Codex Farnesianus (Farn.) at Naples, written at the 
close of Cent. 14 by the grammarian Demetrius Triclinius, with 
his corrections, and with Scholia of his. and of ‘Thomas 
Magister, contains the whole play. 

When no codex differs from the rest, the reading first 
cited (a) must be taken as that of mss. generally. 

The four earliest editions are those of (1) Aldus, Venice, 
1518, taken from G., cited Ald.: (2) Robortelli, Venice, 1552, 
from M., cited Rob. : (3) Turnebe, Paris, 1552, cited Turn. : 
(4) Vettori, Paris, 1557, cited Vict.: this was taken from M. 
ΕἸ. Farn. and is the first in which the Agamemnon appears entire. 
Canter’s edition appeared at Antwerp in 1580, Stanley’s in 
London 1663, Butler’s (from Stanley’s) at Cambridge in 1810. 

The emendations of John Auratus and Joseph Scaliger were 
obtained by Hermann from a manuscript of Spanheim at 
Berlin, transcribed from Is. Voss’s copies of the edition of Vic- 
torius. These are now at Leyden. 

II. The principles laid down by Karsten for the just use 
of these manuscripts in editing Aeschylus agree so closely with 


our own views, that we cite from the Preface to his edition of 


the Agamemnon the whole passage treating of this subject. 


““Horum codicum ut antiquissimus ita optimus est Mediceus, non 
quod purior et limatior sit, sed ipsa quae habet vitia propius a germana 
scriptura distant. Contra infimum locum tenet Farnesianus, non quod 
sordidior, sed quod lectio manifesto arguit serioris grammatici manum, 
qui textum suo arbitratu ad grammatices et critices regulas refinxit, ut 
jam Victorius animadvertit et hodie inter omnes convenit. Medium inter 
hos ambos locum tenet Florentinus, qui, ut a veritate longius distat 
Mediceo, ita caret sedula illa correctura quae Triclinianam officinam olet. 


Hermannus censet Mediceum descriptum esse de libro quadratis literis 


scripto, quod ad rectum ejus codicis usum non obliviscendum esse. Sane, 
sive talis liber Medicei pater sive, quod credibilius mihi videtur, avus 


fuerit, ingens est mendorum numerus, qui ex unciali scriptura explicandus 


TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 157 


est, natus partim e perversa syllabarum et vocum distinctione, partim 
e consimilium literarum permutatione, partim e prava interpunctione aliisve 
ejus generis causis. Horum vitiorum magnum numerum interpretes emen- 
darunt, non pauca vero eaque turpissima adhuc relicta sunt, quae criti- 
corum aciem fugerunt. Quaesitum est autem, num Mediceus habendus 
sit archetypus atque fons unde, ut Guelferbytanus, Marcianus et Bessarionis 
codex, ita ceteri quoque derivati sint. De quo ut certum statuere difficile, 
nisi quis intentis ad id oculis et mente codices ipse contulerit, ita illud 
certissimum, nullius trium illorum librorum auxilio nos posse carere, quum 
nec pauca in Mediceo peccata sint quae corrigat Florentinus, et hic aeque 
ac Farnesianus interdum lectiones offerat, quae undecumque profectae 
Mediceo sint anteponendae: exempli gratia, vs. 28 Med. vitiose ézop- 
Oplagew, pro quo ΕἸ. et Farn. recte ἐπορθιάζειν. Vs. 101 hi ambo habent 
θυμοβόρον, cuius glossema paene videtur quod est in Med. θυμόφθορον. Vs. 
218 a Farn., recte absunt verba, quae adsunt in Flor., eademque in Med. 
secunda, antiqua tamen, manu sunt adscripta. Vs. autem 938 Farn. 
lectio vel potius interpolatio a Flor. (καὶ fvywy θιγεῖν βίᾳ a Flor. δουλείας 
μάζης Bia) tantum distat, ut vix aliunde nisi e lacuna natam putes. 

Quodsi vitiorum genera quibus Orestea laborat attendimus eorumque 
cntees quaerimus, haec tam multiplicia sunt tamque vetera, ut nusquam 
fere latior pateat critices exercendae palaestra. Ne memorem menda, quae 
modo attigi, e syllabarum confusione et literarum ac vocum permutatione 
orta, alia e scriptura compendiaria in verborum maxime terminationibus, 
aut e prava accentuum notatione, e perversa interpunctione, e ‘scribarum 
denique oscitantia in literis vel omittendis vel iterandis profecta : haec 
ut omittam, sunt alia minus in aperto posita eaque partim perantiqua, 
glossemata dico, quae vel in obscurati verbi vacuum locum sunt illata vel 
explicandi gratia annotata furtim in textum migrarunt. Notabile ex hoc 
genere exemplum est, vs. 111, ubi germana lectio, servata in Aristophanis 
Ranis vs. 1321, σὺν δορὶ καὶ χερὶ mpaxrop: in Mediceo ceterisque codicibus, 
cessit αἰτοῦ huic σὺν δορὶ δίκας mpaxropt, quae aperte glossema olet. 

& 7 % * 4 * ~ * 

Lacunae in Agamemnone, me judice, aliquanto pauciores sunt quam 
multi crediderunt ; contra plures versus insititii, iique partim ex aliis 
fabulis deprompti, quos grammaticus aliquis ob similitudinem adscripsisset, 
partim a versificatore conflati, qui adsuendo aliquo panno sententiam 
clariorem amplioremve facere vellet. 

* x + * » % x * 

Singula haec quae dixi vitiorum genera latius patent quam adhuc 
animadversum est; quare non parca relicta est errorum messis, quae 
resecanda et evellenda est, ut pristinus poétae nitor reddatur. Ad hoc 


4 


"ρ΄ eT οὐχ. τατον SERRE τι ψ' NATE OIE eT ον ae, ABE PPE τν 


158 TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


autem, ut dixi, parum suppetit librorum auxilium ; in corruptissimis prae- 
sertim et obscurissimis locis hi plerumque ita vel concinunt inter se vel 
discrepant, ut parum inde lucri ad poetae manum restituendam emergat. 
Nec Scholia vetera, ad Agamemnonem certe, quidquam, me judice, afferunt 
quod alicujus pretii sit. 

Unde i 


ad ingenium, et conjectura resarciendum quod scriptura nobis negavit. 


gitur auxilium petendum? Ubi libri deficiunt, confugiendum 


Haec ratio si neque itn certa et firma est, ut codicum auctoritatem aequi- 
paret, at neque ita est incerta et dubia ut vocabulum ipsum indicare videtur, 
Immo si quis ut prudens medicus, cognitis vitiorum causis perspectoque 
scriptoris ingenio, colore, habitu, procul a timida cunctatione aeque atque 
a temeraria festinatione operam adhibeat, plerumque eveniet ut sententia 
ipsa velut bona natura latentem sub ulcere sanam lectionem efferat et 
emendationem monstret tam verisimilem, ut scripturae testimonio paene 
par sit. 

Principium autem et fundamentum critices est justa interpretatio, qua 
in re mirum est quam saepe Aeschyli interpretes a recta et simplici via 
deflexerint. Causa ejus rei partim posita est in ipsa lectionis depra- 
vatione, cujus emendandae difficultate fatigati qualicumque modo corrupta 
aeque ac sana explicare maluerunt quam vitiosa fateri; accessit vero 
Aeschyleae audaciae et obscuritatis fama, unde nonnullis opinio nata, 
nihil tam insolite, tam licenter dictum esse, quin Aeschyleo cothurno 
dignum . sit habendum; nihil tam obscure et intricate, quin exquisita 
aliqua cogitatio aut abditum aliquod sapientiae effatum inde excudi posse 
videatur. Ita factum ut Aeschylum interpretari quibusdam, ut Paleius 
dicit, nihil aliud videretur quam grande aliquod et quasi continuum 
aenigma enucleare. Quodsi multi recentiorum interpretum ingenia tam 
acuissent ad verum inveniendum quam ad prava explicanda, jam pridem 
aliquanto puriorem, credo, et illustriorem hanc tragoediam haberemus. 
Verum non raro vitium hoc cadit in doctissimos et acutissimos homines, 
quibus ipsa ingenii acies interdum fraudem facit, ut occulta et involuta 
sectentur, aperta et prompta non videant aut spernant. Perlege Klauseni et 
Hermanni commentarios, etsi ambos multum inter se dissimiles : admirere 
licet eorum eruditionem et acumen, non raro tamen te ceterosque conso- 
labere quos natura coégit mediocri supellectile esse contentos. Verum 
hunc scopulum quum vites, ne in alterum offendas cavendum est; ne, 
simulatque sententia, constructio, verbum parum clarum et aperta vide- 
antur, statim scalpellum adhibeas antequam singula accurate et diligenter 
exploraveris, aut, quum manifestum apparuerit vitium, semotis codicibus 
et spretis scripturae indiciis, solo ingenio utare et confidenter expromas 
conjecturas, per se fortasse non culpandas, tamen aut inutiles aut a veterum 


TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 150 


exemplarium ductu et a verisimilitudine plane recedentes. Ab hac audacia 
si ita cavisset Hartungius ut est acutus et doctus et ingeniosus, multo 
etiam melius quam nunc fecit de Aeschwo et de tragoedia vetere esset 
promeritus. Equidem, si mihi contigerit in Aeschylo explicando aliquanto 
plus interdum videre aliis quibus doctrinae et ingenii palmam facile con- 
cedo, id eo me assecutum sentio, quod in difficili opere non festinandum 
censui nec in locis obscuris aut corruptis prius aliquid tentandum quam 
omnia rerum momenta accurate perpendissem. Ideo etiam in Commentario 
non ita studui brevitati, ut non primo loco ponerem perspicuitatem, nec 
defugi laborem redarguendi quae prava, illustrandi quae recta putarem : 
quod haud scio an in re critica et difficillimum saepe sit et ad judicium 
acuendum juventuti praesertim utilissimum. 

Ne vero quis credat me, quum alios reprehendam, me ipsum vitiis 
immunem putare, optime scio quam in omnes quadret illud ‘ decipimur 
recti specie,’ atque multum gaudebo, si peccavero fortasse minora. Sed 
nec critici acuminis gloriolam mihi quaero, nec reformido doctorum 
reprehensionem; immo nihil mihi erit acceptius quam, si erraverim, 
peccata mea corrigi, et censoribus gratiam habebo, si mea opera casti- 
ganda simul ad pulcherrimum musae tragicae opus castigandum et li- 
mandum aliquid contulerint.” 


We wish that the principles, thus wisely laid down, had 
been practically applied by Karsten with equal wisdom in 
his construction of the text. But the rashness and lack of 
judgment, which his emendations too often show, are soberness 
itself, compared with the extravagant audacity displayed in 
Keck’s edition. 

III. As regards the text of our own work, in every case 
where an emendation has been received which departs impor- 
tantly from the ms, text or texts, we have thought it right to indi- 
cate (to the best of our knowledge) the original emender, and to 
place the ms. text (a) side by side with the correction adopted 
(8), subjoining our reasons when they seem to be needed. Mere 
misspellings and false accents or stops, of which the correction 
is obvious (as ἀγγέλων miswritten for ἀγγέλλων 30, μολπὰν for 
μολπᾶν 106), or ms. readings manifestly inferior, corrected by 
some other ms. or mss. (as μῆκος δ᾽ M. corrected by μῆκος 
without δὲ in Fl. Farn. 2, viv φῶς in Ven. ΕἸ. Farn. corrected 
by φάος M. 23), we have seldom thought it necessary to record, 


160 TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


Corrections made by our-own judgment, and not to our 
knowledge anticipated by any other scholar, are noted in the 
conspectus by asterisks. They have grown upon us, during our 
editorial labours, in larger number than we expected when we 
began the work of editing. ‘Though the reasons on which they 
are severally based appear in their proper places, we may use- 
fully premise certain general principles, which have gone far to 
guide and determine our treatment of many passages, especially 
in the lyric parts of the drama. 

The few extant mss. of the Agamemnon have, as Karsten 
Says, come down to us laden with a heap of corruption ; 
with miswritings, glosses intruded on the text, lacunae, dis- 
locations of words and lines,—errors of careless or ignorant 
transcribers and inadequate commentators accumulated from 
generation to generation. We may be thankful that the results 
affecting this magnificent work of a noble genius have not been 
more ruinous than we find them. That the purer mind of 
Aeschylus in this play has emerged from the corruptions with 
which it was overlaid, we owe to the learning, skill and judg- 
ment of a host of Greek Scholars from the Revival of Letters to 
the present day, beginning with Vettori, Auratus and Canter, 
and ending with Hermann and Paley. Among these, piety and 
friendship induce us to specialise the names of Butler and 
Peile. The rest—magna doctorum manus—will be seen in our 
conspectus and notes. 

In some places, certainty in restoring the text is out of the 
range of possibility, and the exact wording of the poet’s mind 
is matter of guesswork. Such are (Greek text) 103, 136 (144), 
157 (167), 166 (182), 227 (250), 280 (304), 321 (345), 349 
(374), 383 (412), 703 (767), 1199 (1270), 1253 (1324), and a 
few more. Yet we believe that in such places the emendations 
which we have adopted, partly from other scholars, sometimes 
on our own responsibility, do approach very closely to the mean- 
ing designed by Aeschylus, where we cannot venture to say 
that they certainly restore his precise words. 


TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 161 


The commentators, and perhaps most of the scribes, who 
dealt with the codices of Aeschylus before the invention of 
printing, had a fair knowledge of the laws of the iambic senarius 
in dialogue, and of those which govern anapaestic systems. 
But we believe them to have had very imperfect ideas of the 
metrical principles observed in the lyric strophe and _anti- 
Strophe: and through this ignorance we are convinced that 
much corruption has been introduced into the choral portions 
of the Agamemnon, which has hitherto not been detected, 
at all events not removed. 

A careful study of the lyric composition of Aeschylus leads 
us to think that, in general, (1) he made his strophic and 
antistrophic lines correspond exactly ; and this not only in the 
character of the metres, but, for the most part, in the number 
and quantity of the syllables also: (2) that he was unwilling 
to allow a short vowel at the close of a line to remain unelided 
before a vowel beginning the next; or (3) a short syllable at the 
close of a line to count as a long one by virtue of that station ; 
except (a) when the vowel or syllable ends a strophe, antistrophe 
or epode ; see 404, 434, 665: (8) when it precedes a speech; 
προφῆται 380: (y) when the construction is interjectional; 381, 
1006, ro11. In most places where these laws are transgressed 
in the vulgate text, we believe that emendation is required, 
and that the fitness of such emendation will be found in every 
case to be supported by concurring reasons of great force. See 
189—90, 215, 356—8, 388—9, 397, 402, 651, 681. Moreover 
we think that the probability of corruption existing in such places 
is not a little strengthened by the facilities which they afford in 
almost every instance to emendation without impairing sense or 
construction, without obliterating or distorting what we may 
reasonably suppose to have been the true expression of the 
poet’s mind: though we grant that a few dark and doubtful 
passages occur, on which opinions may fairly differ. 

Even a long vowel or a diphthong ending a line before a 
vowel beginning the next (except in cases a, B, y) we view 


K. A It 


162 TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


with some suspicion, though we would not correct on this 
ground alone. See 371. Laws (2) (3) apply, as is well known, 
to anapaestic as well as lyric rhythms in dramatic poetry, but 
not to the iambic senarius. Hence we find short syllables 
sometimes treated as long at the close of even those iambic 
senarii, which occur in commatic . passages mixed with lyric 
metres. See 1065, 1075. 

The apparent violation of these laws in the vulgate text of 
Aeschylus occurs chiefly in older plays, especially in Suppl. 
Pers. Sept.; in Prometheus hardly ever. And in Agamemnon, 
corrupt as the mss. are, we can only point to the following 
snstances in our text: 188; 215; 355—8; 388—9; 397; 
4οτ---2; 657; 668—670; 680; 680—1; 916; 926; 1016; 
1070; 1340; 1508. On these places see Notes on Tr. and 
Consp. Lect. 

As to ourother corrections, they are chiefly founded on the 
doctrine stated by Karsten: ‘ principium et fundamentum criti- 
ces est justa interpretatio:’ and in changes of the text we have 
tried to bear in mind his needful warning ‘ne solo ingenio 
utare, et confidenter expromas conjecturas, per se fortasse non 
culpandas, tamen aut inutiles aut a veterum exemplarium ductu 
et a verisimilitudine plane recedentes.’ In the places where 
we depart from the guidance of codd. we have based our deci- 
sion on strong grounds of internal probability. On these see 
Addenda at the close of the volume, 


CONSPECTUS LECTIONUM. 


7 (a) ἀστέρας ὅταν φθίνωσιν ἀντολάς τε τῶν. 

(8) bracketed, as by Paley. 
17 (a) 
25 (a) ἰοὺ ἰού, (8) ἰοῦ ἰοῦ. Hermann. 
26 (a) σημανῶ Ven. ΕἸ. Farn. Bess. (8) σημαίνω M. 
40 (a) ἐπεὶ Πριάμω M., ἐπὶ Πριάμῳ Ald. Turn., ἐπεὶ 
Πριάμῳ Rob. (8) ἐπεὶ Πριάμου Ven. FI. Farn. 

64 (a) ἐριδομένου M., ἐρειπομένου Farn. ΕἸ. p. m, 

(8) ἐρειδομένου Bess. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ΕἸ. s. m. 
69 (a) ὑποκλαίων (8) ὑποκαίων Casaubon. 


- 


7. This 1. was first noted as spurious by Valckenaer (ad Phoen. 506), 
then by Porson. It is retained by Hermann and others. Against it we see 
not only the unusual initial dactyl, but a construction hardly defensible: for 


either we expect ἀντέλλωσί τε after ὅταν φθίνωσιν, or we require ὅτε φθίνουσιν 
before ἀντολάς τε τῶν. 


10,11. Elmsley supports κρατεῖν... ἐλπίζω, the rr. of Ald. Turn. The 


ms. Ir. Κρατεῖ... ἐλπίζον (but ἐλπίζων M.) are kept by Hermann, Peile, Paley 


ἄς. rightly: H.’s rendering of κρατεῖ, commands, we prefer to that of Pal., 
prevatls. 


ἐντέμνων M. Farn., ἐκτέμνων ΕἸ. V, (B) * ἕν τέμνων 


14. The emphatic position of ἐμὴν does not displease us, as it did 
Auratus, who reads ἐμοί, and Hermann, who gives τί μήν ; 

17-. See Notes on Translation for our defence of the emend. ὃν τέμνων. 
The variety in the mss. proves that no special meaning attached to the 
older reading ἐντέμνων, while the passages cited by us show the peculiar 
fitness of the simple form τέμνων. 


+ — . 5 . 
19. Enger’s conj. δεσποτουμένου for διαπονουμένου is ingenious and 
possible, but not convincing. 


25. τὸ ἰοῦ ἐπὶ χαρᾶς, Suidas, cited by Herm. who transposes this 1. 
to follow 1. 21. 

45- With Dind. we read χιλιοναύτην here and ἀρωγὴν in 1. 47, but 
᾿Ατρειδᾶν in 1. 44. The question of Dorism or Atticism in Anapaests is, as 
Blomf. observes, a very slight one, and hardly definable by rule. 

69. Casaubon’s emend. ὑποκαίων (or ὑποκάων) for ὑποκλαίων is re- 
commended by two reasons: (1) we may expect victims to be mentioned as 


well as libations: (2) οὔτε δακρύων, which Pal. brackets, thus obtains its full 
justification. 


II—z2 


164 TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


ἀνάσσων (8) ἀνάσσων Hermann. 
τιθιπεργήρως M., τοθιπεργήρως Fl. 
τόθ᾽ ὑπέργηρων Farn., τό θ᾽ ὑπέργηρων Vict. 
λέξασ᾽ (8) λέξαις Hartung. 
ayava paives M., ayava daivove Fl. Farn. 
ayava φαίνουσ᾽ 
τὴν θυμοφθόρον λύπης φρένα M., τὴν OvpoBcpov 
λύπης φρένα ΕἸ., τὴν θυμοβόρον Avrodpeva Farn. 
(β) τὴν θυμοβόρον φρενὶ λύπην. Pauw. 
107 (a) ἀλκὰν (β) ἀλκᾷ Hermann. 


74. ἀτίται and ἀτίτᾳ in point of form are identical: but the former 
seems distinctly preferable. 

79. From this confusion of the mss. Paley and others elicit 6 θ᾽ ὑπέο- 
γήρως, which even on account of the hiatus we dislike. Martin, followed 
by Dav. τί θ᾽ ὑπέργηρως ; where the absence of the article displeases. We 
follow Vict. Blomf. and Peile in reading τό θ᾽ ὑπέργηρων. The masc. ἀρείων 
is ‘per synesin’ referred to γέρων. 

84. For τί νέον τί δ᾽ Karsten conj. τί νέον τόδ᾽, which is ingenious and 
possible. 

87. All mss. have πειθοῖ, except ΕἸ. πυθοῖ, whence Dind. Blomf. Pal. 
edit πευθοῖ, which is good in itself: but we agree with Peile and Herm. in 
keeping πειθοῖ : for see ll. 248, 250, 328, 445- 

θυοσκινεῖς, is the τ. of mss.; but in Schol. Farn. Triclinius says εὕρηται 
καὶ θυοσκοεῖς, ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ θυοσκόος. Hence Enger edits θυοσκεῖς, not, we think, 
justifiably: Dav. θυοσκνεῖς, while Pal. suspects, but does not edit, θεοσκνεῖς. 

90. οὐρανίων codd. Weil, Pal.r. ἀγοραίων, Enger, Dav. τῶν re θυραίων. 
With Herm. we keep the ms. r. There may have been a special distinction 
between ἀγοραῖοι and οὐράνιοι θεοί, unexplained to us. 

96. βασιλείῳ codd. Pal. reads βασιλείων, but we do not see the need. 

97. λέξασ᾽, though followed by παίων τε γενοῦ, has the support of many 
good names, Herm. Peile, Conington, Paley ἄς. Blomf. edited λέξον θ᾽ too 
boldly. Hartung’s conj. λέξαις is adopted by Dind. Eng. Dav. Weil. An 
opt. for an imperative verb, as in Latin, may be used in addressing a 
superior. We have seen the conj. γίγνου for re γενοῦ. 

τοι. dyava φαίνουσ᾽ Herm. Peile, whom we follow. ἀγανὰ σαίνουσ᾽ 
Butler. Paley, using M., reads ἀγανὴν φαινεὶς ἐλπίδ᾽ ἀμύνειν. 

103. Pauw’s conj., which we edit, is approved by Pors. and Pal., while 
Herm. conj. τῆς θυμοβόρου φρενολύπης. 

105. ἐκτελέων codd. Auratus conj. ἐντελέων, and so Blomf. and Eng. 
Paley takes ἐκτελέων as a participle, but we cannot concur with him. 


CONSPECTUS LECTIONUM. 165 


ἦβαν (8) ἥβας (ex Aristoph. Ran. 1284). 

τὰν γᾶν M., ταγάν Fl. (8) τάγαν Hermann. 

δίκας (8) καὶ χερὶ (ex Aristoph. Ran. 1289). 

ἀργίας (8) apyas Dindorf. 

παμπρέποις M (8) παμπρέπτοις Bess. 

ἐρικύματα φέρματι M., ἐρικύμονα φέρβοντο FI. Farn. 

ἐρικύμονα φέρματι recepit Paley. 

δημιοπληθὴ (8) δημιοπληθέα K. O. Miller. 

ara (8) aya Hermann. 

δρόσοισιν ἀέλπτοις μαλερῶν ὄντων M., dp. ἀέπτοις 

μαλερῶν ΕἸ. (8) δρόσοισι λεπτοῖς Wellauer, λεόντων Stanley. 

138 (a) δὲ καλέω (8) δ᾽ ἐκκαλέω Keck. 


112. Dindorf’s ἀργᾷς is for ἀργήεις. Some r. ἀργάς. 

118. We, with Paley, think it probable that ὅτε should take the place 
of δὲ here, but we also think that ἔδεν should be read for ἰδών. We have 
not changed the vulgate text. 

δισσοὺς codd. δισσοῖς Aurat. Cant. Blomf. Lobeck conj. πιστοὺς, others 
tcovs. A difference of character in the two brothers is noted. 

120. ἀρχάς M. which we read with Herm. Blomf. Peile, Pal.; ἀρχούς 
ΕἸ. Farn. Vict. 

121. τεράζων codd. Peile, Pal. τεράζων Herm. referring to Etym. Μ, 

122. ἀγρεῖ codd., which we keep with Hermann, Peile; αἱρεῖ Elmsl. 
Blomf. Paley. 

125. ἀλαπάξει M. ΕἸ. which we accept with Peile and Pal. But Farn. 
has λαπάξει, adopted by Elmsl. Blomf. Herm., perhaps rightly. 

126. Hermann’s aya for dra is generally accepted. 

132—138. These lines are among the corrupt passages of this play; 
and some of the corrections do not inspire perfect confidence. In 132 M. 
has καλά, Fl. & καλὰ, which at least is metrical. In 133 Wellauer’s λεπτοῖς 
and Stanley’s λεόντων (from Etym. M.) are justly received. In 135 τερπνὰ 
is by some referred to Artemis; but more probably to ξύμβολα. In 137 
στρουθῶν, which cannot follow a dactyl, is certainly bad. If we assume 
that Aesch. used this strange word to signify ‘large birds,’ i.e. the eagles, it 
may properly belong to 136, and the text may have been, 


στρουθῶν αἰτεῖ ξύμβολα τούτων 
δεξιὰ μὲν κατάμομφα δὲ φάσματα κρᾶναι. 


We would willingly suppose, had we sufficient authority, that Aesch. wrote 


TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


οὐδ᾽ ((ῈἘ} ov Karsten. 
λέξαι (B) ἂν λέγοι 
τῷ (β[) τὸν Schiitz. 
βιαίως (β) 1 βίαια Hermann. 

- ‘ δὰ Σ Ὁ : 
γαῶν καὶ (8) νεῶν τε καὶ Porson. 
τρίβῳ κατέξαινον ἄνθος ᾿Αργείων. 


* κατέξαινον ἄνθος ᾿Αργείων τρίβῳ. 


(α) μιαίνων παρθενοσφάγοισιν 


ῥεέθροις πατρῴους χέρας βωμοῦ πέλας. Μ. 
* ῥεέθροις παρθενοσφαάγοισιν 


μιαίνων πατρὸς χέρας βωμοῦ πέλας. 


τούτων αἰτεῖ ξύμβολα κρᾶναι, 

δεξιὰ μὲν κατάμομφα δὲ φάσματ'" ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὖν 

"Titov ἐκκαλέω Παιᾶνα, 
See Soph. Oed. 7. 154, where the same healing god (Paean) is addressed 
with the same epithet, 

"Ihie Δάλιε Tardy. 

éxxahéw (which we had conjectured before we found it in Keck’s text) 
is used by Soph. Qed. 7. 597, 


viv οἱ σέθεν χρήζοντες ἐκκαλοῦσί pe. 


155—157. The reading ἐξερεῖ had been suggested by us provisionally 
to take the place of λέξαι. Later on we thought the οὐδὲ λέξεται of Ahrens, 
adopted by Weil and Davies, a more feasible correction. The middle 
future of λέγω is used passively in several places, cited by Liddell and Scott. 
We now prefer οὐδὲν dv λέγοι. As the previous οὐδὲ becomes untenable, 
we have ἴῃ]. 155 edited οὔθ᾽, in 158 ὅς τ᾽ with Karsten. 

162. Porson and Blomf. accept τὸν with Schiitz. Wellauer, Peile and 
Hermann take the τῷ of codd. 

166. On the reading here see Votes on Tr. p. 67. 

172. παλιρρόθοις codd. The conj. of Ahrens, παλιρρόχθοις, has been 
received by many editors, for the sake of correspondence with βιαίως, 1. 166. 

179. ᾿Αργείων is unmetrical where it stands: we have therefore trans- 
posed τρίβῳ, which scribes may have displaced from the false view that it 
depends on τιθεῖσαι. Thus we justify βωμοῦ πέλας in 190. On the rhythm 
see Conspectus Metrorum Choricorum. 

188—190. This (with the strophic 1. 179) is one of those places in 
which unquestionably corruption exists: the precise mode of restoring the 
true text is doubtful; yet, whatever mode be adopted, the sense will remain 
the same, and the version itself will not vary. Corruption is shown (1) by 


CONSPECTUS LECTIONUM, 


βροτοῖς (8) βροτοὺς Schiitz. 
παρθένειον (8) παρθένειόν τ᾽ Porson. 
χέουσα (8)  χέουσ᾽ ad 

ayva (β) ayva Schiitz. 

αἰῶνα (8) παιᾶνα Hartung. 


the short final vowel in ἄγαλμᾶ, compared with the strophic word ἀφειδεῖς : 
(2) by the use of the word πατρῷος in a sense which it does not bear, viz. 
Jatherly or of me a father: whereas in all other places it has the relative 
sense ‘belonging to my (our, his, her, their &c.) father or fathers,’—as 
appears from the references found in lexica and indices. How is this cor- 
ruption to be removed? Here codd. help us by showing ῥεέθροις, an un- 
contracted form which we find again Pers. 489, ῥέεθρον ἁγνοῦ Στρυμόνος. 
This enables us to write ῥεέθροις παρθενοσφάγοισιν, which not only by its 
initial p supports the final a in ἄγαλμα, but gives a superior construction by 
placing the subst. before its epithet and the instrument before the verb. 
Next, by writing μιαίνων πατρὸς we get the rhythm of the strophic line 179 
shown above: the correspondence being 


179 κατέξαινον ἄνθος ᾿Αργείων τρίβῳ. 
190 μιαίνων πατρὸς χέρας βωμοῦ πέλας. 


Of the corruption all we can say is that somebody thought he was improving 
the text by placing the participle earlier, and by writing πατρῴους for 
πατρός. 

195. ὀργᾷ codd. plur. αὐδᾷ Farn. adopted by Herm. 

200. Blomf. Herm. Dind, also read βροτοὺς. 

213. φυλακὰν codd, φυλακᾷ Blomf. See Votes on Tr. 

ars. Here the ἃ of χέουσα is doubly objectionable, as a vowel follows 
in ἔβαλλ᾽΄. While Paley and others treat this matter with silent indifference, 
Hermann says with our full aceordance ‘non credam isto hiatu Aeschylum 
non abstinuisse.” Hence he proposes χέουσ᾽ ὧδ᾽. We rather prefer dd’, As 
Iphigeneia, hitherto passive, here first becomes an agent, the pronoun is not 
unfitting. Yet we should better like 


χέουσα δ᾽ ad? és πέδον κρόκου βαφὰς 


and in antistrophe τέχνα δὲ Κάλχαντος οὐκ ἄκραντος ἦν. 


See ἀψευδεῖ τέχνῃ Sept. 26. But there is another possibility, to our mind 
highly probable. Χέουσα may have been brought into the text by some 
commentator who took κρόκου βαφὰς to mean blood; and the participle 
used by Aeschylus may have had the form ~-~—~, as μεθιεῖσ᾽. See 1314 
μεθῆκεν αὑτοῦ κῶλα. 

222. Pal. Eng. Dav. accept Hartung’s correction. 


168 TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


227—8 (a) see ms. corruptions below. 
(8) τὸ μέλλον δ᾽ | ἐπεὶ γένοιτ᾽ dv κλύοις" προχαιρέτω" 
Bamberger. 
230 (a) συνορθὸν M., σύναρθρον ΕἸ. Farn. 
ξύνορθρον Wellauer. 
αὐταῖς. (8) αὐγαῖς. Hermann. 
εὔπραξις, (8) εὖ πρᾶξις Enger. 
εἴτε (8) εἴ τι Auratus. 
τί γὰρ τὸ πιστόν ἐστι τῶνδέ σοι τέκμαρ; 
*ri γὰρ τὸ πιστόν ; ἔστι τῶνδέ σοι τέκμαρ ; 
ἀγγέλου (β) ἀγγάρου Schiitz ex Etym. M. 
φανὸν (8) πανὸν Casaubon ex Athenaeo. 
πεύκη τὸ (8) * mpovxero 
σκοπάς (8) σκοπαῖς Turn. Vict. 
μὴ χαρίζεσθαι but 8) χαρίζεσθαι Farn. 
μηχαρίζεσθαι Wellauer. 


227—8. μαθεῖν ἐπιρρέπει τὸ μέλλον" τὸ δὲ προκλύειν (these three words 
in different hand) ἐπιγένοιτ᾽ ἂν κλύοις προχαιρέτω M. The same in ΕἸ., 
but ἐπεὶ γένοιτ᾽. Farn. omits τὸ δὲ προκλύειν. Ald. has ἀνηλύοις. Farn. 
Vict. have dv ἡ λύσις. Most editors rightly punctuate after ἐπιρρέπει. 
(1) τὸ μέλλον δ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὐ γένοιτ᾽ ἂν λύσις, προχαιρέτω Elmsl. Blomf. Pal. : 
but the crasis is not pleasing. (2) μαθεῖν ἐπιρρέπει τὸ μέλλον" τὸ δὲ 
προκλύειν, πρὶν γένοιτο, χαίρετω Heimsoeth, Dav., where we do not think 
πρὶν γένοιτο good Greek. Hermann also punctuates after μέλλον, then 
reading τὸ προκλύειν δ᾽ ἤλυσιν wpoxalperw. Bamberger’s reading, which 
we follow, is adopted also by Dind. Weil, Schneid. Ahr. Eng. 

231. We suspect some corruption in εὖ πρᾶξις, but have no emen- 
dation to suggest. 

237. Paley says nothing in support of πεπυσμένη κεδνὸν for 7. κεδνά, 

264. Our emend. προὔκειτο for πεύκη τὸ is defended in the WVotes to 
77. p. 73. The ‘ductus litterarum’ is complete. 

277- πλέον καίουσα τῶν εἰρημένων codd., where τῶν εἰρημένων may 
possibly mean ‘than the prescribed quantity of fuel’ (see σῳφρονεῖν εἰρη- 
μένον 1554): but Paley agrees with our translation ‘than those before 
mentioned.’ Dindorf instead of this clause edits one which he found in 
Hesychius, προσαιθρίζουσα πόμπιμον φλόγα. Heimsoeth inserts these words 
after Λήμνου 260, adding πεύκης to begin the next 1. 

280. Corruption here has been assailed by many conjectures: μῆχαρ 
ἵζεσθαι Stanl. Klaus. μὴ χατίζεσθαι Heath, Herm. Blomf. Dind.. μὴ 


CONSPECTUS LECTIONUM. 


κατόπτρον (8) κάτοπτον Canter. 
ὑπερβάλλειν (8) ὑπερβάλλει Schiitz. 
φλέγουσαν εἶτ᾽ (B) * φλέγουσ᾽ ἄνω τ᾽ 
ἐκχέας (8) ἐγχέας Canter. 

φίλως (8) φίλω Stanley. 

νῆστις ΕἸ. (8) νήστεις Farn. 

ὡς δυσδαίμονες (8) ὡς δ᾽ εὐδαίμονες Stanley. 
οὐκ ἄν y (8) οὐτὰν Hermann. 

αὖ θάνοιεν Fl. Farn. Vict., av θάνοιεν Bess. 
ἀνθαλοῖεν Auratus. 

θεοῖς δ᾽ ἀναμπλάκητος Bess. Farn. Vict. 
θεοῖς δ᾽ ἂν ἀμπλάκητος ΕἸ. 


ἐγρήγορον (8) ἐγρηγορὸς Porson. 
κλύοις. (8) κλύεις. Bess. 


πάρεστι τοῦτ᾽ ἐξιχνεῦσαι ΕἸ. (τοῦτό y Fearn.) 
* πάρεστιν τοῦτό γ᾽ ἐξιχνεῦσαί τ᾽. 
ὡς ἔπραξεν (β) ἔπραξαν Hermann. 

349 éyyovous (8) ἐκγόνοις Hermann. 

350 (a) ἀτολμήτων (8) ἀτολμήτως Hermann. 


χρονίζεσθαι Martin, Franz. Pal. We, with Well., Scholefield and Peile, 
suppose an Aeschylean form μηχαρίζ-, supply : whether with infin. here 
middle or passive is doubtful: we have chosen the latter. 

282—284. The corrections adopted in this passage are discussed in 
Notes to Tr. p. 75. For εἶτ᾽ ἀφίκετο Stanley reads és τ᾽ ἀφίκετο, which 
is not bad, but hardly required. 

295. λέγοις codd. which we distinctly prefer to the conj. λέγεις. 
See Notes on Tr. p. 76. 

321. Paley follows Fl. as we do. θεοῖσι δ᾽ ἀμπλάκητος, Stanl. Herm. 
which might be adopted in the same sense. 

324. With Bess. Pal. Karst. we prefer κλύεις to κλύοις. See 97. 

343—4. We punctuate after ἔχουσιν with Blomf., not, as Herm. and 
Pal., after εἰπεῖν. We read πάρεστιν, and insert τ᾽ at the close of 344, 
improving sense and metre thereby. . 

349—358. Strophe αἱ is much corrupted, especially in these lines. 
We have taken Hermann’s corrections to the close of 352. In 353, ὑπὲρ 
τὸ βέλτιστον must be corrupt, being a mere and a poor expansion of 
ὑπέρφευ. Yet βέλτιστον may be the right word. Ἔστω δ᾽ ἀπήμαντον can 


ΤΟ ΖΕΧΤ OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


9 σ΄ » > ~ ~ γι 
354—5 (a) ὥστ᾽ ἀπαρκεῖν ΕἸ, ὥστε κἀπαρκεῖν Farn. 
“΄ » > - a . 
(8) ὥστ᾽ ἀπαρκεῖν ἂν Weil. 
a = ( ) > , > » - 
325 a) ov yap ἐστιν ἔπαλέξις 
, ‘ Li > , 
πλούτου πρὸς κόρον ἀνδρὶ  λακτίσαντι μεγάλα 
(but ἐκλακτίσαντι Farn.) 
ΕΣ / , 
(8) *dovrov yap ris ἔπαλξις 
᾿ A ’ - 
φωτὶ πρὸς κόρον ἔξω | λακτίσαντι μέγαν 


360 (a) προβουλόπαις (8) πρόβουλος, παῖς Weil. 


hardly be correct. There is no sufficient clue to the restoration of the 
text here. We may suggest as possible what we dare not fully edit, as 
λαθεῖν δὲ βέλτιστόν ἐσθ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ἀπή- 
μαντον ὥστ᾽ ἀπαρκ- 


“Ἵ - , > ἔ 
εἰν ἄν (or τι») εὖ πραπίδων λαχόντα (or λαχόντ᾽ ἄν). 


* the best thing is to live retired, so free from harm that a man well endowed 
with wisdom of heart may be content.’ In the next three lines we have 
made changes which may seem overbold. Yet these changes, made on 
ee en the general sense unaltered, and its exprenion only 
(lhe μόν κρῖνε ch yaa te aaa in cee 

pt at the close of 357, as 


compared with the antistrophic word ἐλθών, (3) the non-correspondence of 
quantity between 356—7—8, and the antistrophic 37a—3—4. It is true 
that Greek poetry allows (what Horace in Latin avoids) an initial trochee 
for a spondee in Pherecratean and Glyconian verses: therefore Aesch. might 
use one or the other at discretion, as in 372, 373- And in his earliest play 
he has not scrupled to answer trochees with spondees, and vice versa: see 
Suppl. 572, 581, and the last lines in each str. and ant. from 619 to 676 
(ed. Pal.): also Sept. 284—307. But we find in the Oresteia his last 
work, a severer taste and a general stricter correspondence. See Dp. 161—2 
When we begin by desiring to remove the initial vowel οὐ, we instantly 
perceive that πλούτου γὰρ should replace it, and then the interro nd 
τίς naturally follows. This gives us a line corresponding to an sae 
strophic, and, as ἀνδρὲ following would not support the ts of bradtss, we 
remember that φῶς and ἀνὴρ are only distinguished by Aesch. when he h 

to use the latter in the sense Ausband. And now we might end 1 νὰ 
with ἐστίν, were it not that, by seeing ἐκλακτίσαντι in Cod. Farn τ ad 
led to believe that the ἐκ represents a lost ἔξω, As to λακγέσαντι which 
gives a trochee where antistr. has a spondee, we propose Naxrlfop 

believing that a commentator would prefer, where he dared the softer fo * 
as afterwards (389) he would prefer ὀμμάτων to ὀφθαλμῶν. Finall / ase 
once (with all critics) substitute μέγαν for that μεγάλα of sods which 


CONSPECTUS LECTIONUM. 


παμμάταιον. (8) πᾶν μάταιον Klausen. 
πτανὸν (8) ποτανὸν Schiitz. 
λογχίμους τε καὶ (8) τε καὶ λογχίμους Ahrens. 
σιγᾶς ἄτιμος ἀλοίδορος | ἅδιστος ἀφεμένων ἰδεῖν. 
(B) σῖγ᾽ ἄτιμος ὥς, ἀλοίδορος δ᾽ | ἅδιστ᾽ ἀφαιρεθεὶς ἰδεῖν. 
388—g (a) ἀνδρί, [ὀμμάτων δ᾽ ἐν ἀχηνίαις ἔρρει 
(β) “ἔρρει δ᾽ | ὀμμάτων ἐν ἀχηνίαις ἀνδρὶ 


392 (a) ὁρᾶν, (β)) ὁρᾷ, Prienius. 
395 (a) ὀπαδοῖς (8) ὀπαδοῦσ᾽ Dobree. 


alone would suffice to demonstrate the metrical ignorance and frequent 
dulness of the old commentators and transcribers. Thus we obtain 


πλούτου γὰρ τίς ἔπαλξις 
φωτὶ πρὸς κόρον ἔξω 
λακτίζοντι μόγαν δίκας βωμὸν εἰς ἀφάνειαν ; 


in perfect correspondence with the uncorrected ms. text of the antistrophe : 


οἷος καὶ Πάρις ἐλθὼν 
εἰς δόμον τὸν '᾿Ατρειδᾶν 
ἤσχυνε ξενίαν τράπεζαν κλοπαῖσι γυναικός. 
But we leave λακτίσαντι (and ὀμμάτων below) in our text for the present. 

371. καθαιρεῖ. We do not correct this; but καθαιροῦσ᾽ might be 
written with equal fitness. 

383—384. Editors have emulously striven to restore or explain this 
corrupt place, or to do both; no two, we believe, agreeing. We refrain 
from examining these variant ‘tentamina.’ In adding one to the number, 
we do not presume to offer it as a restoration of Aesch., but as representing 
our view of what he might possibly have designed to express. How some 
editors could suppose Helen to be the subject here, we cannot understand. 
The whole context, and the Greek words, point to Menelaus. As to the 
reading ἄτιμος ὥς, which improves the sense greatly, we suppose it first 
altered to ws ἄτιμος, whence σῦγ᾽ ὡς ἄτιμος became σιγᾶς ἄτιμος. If we 
might reject ἰδεῖν as a gloss, we should like to read ἄδισθ᾽ ὅσ᾽ ἦν ἀφειμένος, 
after parting with all that was sweetest. 

388—9. ‘The principle of our emendation here, transposing ἔρρει and 
ἀνδρὶ, and suggesting ὀφθαλμῶν for ὀμμάτων, is the same as that in 356—8 : 
we avoid the short final and hiatus at the close of 388, and we obtain 
correspondence with the antistrophic lines 403—4. 

392. Hermann, keeping ὁρᾶν, explains by supposing ὁρᾷ to be under- 
stood from the infin. We wish he had been able to cite any illustrative 
examples of so peculiar a construction. 


TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


ἐφ᾽ ἐστίας (8) ἐφεστίους Stanley, 
ἀφ᾽ Ἑλλάδος αἴας (β) ἀπ᾽ αἴας Ἑλλάδος Paley. 


οὗς μὲν γὰρ ἔπεμψεν (B) * τοὺς μὲν γάρ τις ὁ πέμψας 


διὰ (β) διαὶ Hermann. 

παλιντυχῆ (8) παλιντυχεῖ Scaliger. 
ὑπερκότως (8) ὑπερκόπως Grotius. 
κατέδοιμι. (8) κατίδοιμι Valckenaer. 
ἢ τοι (8) εἴτε Ahrens, 

μὴ (β) " τι 

ἦλθες (ἦλθ᾽ FI. p. m.). 

ἦσθ᾽ Blomfield fr. marg. Askew. 

καὶ παγώνιος (κἀπαγώνιος Farn.), 

καὶ παιώνιος Dobree. 

yrov (8) εἴ που Auratus, 
πεπληγμένος. (8) πεπληγμένοι. Tyrwhitt. 
στρατῷ. (8) * πόλει. 


Kal πῶς ἀπόντων (8) καὶ πῶς ; ἀπόντων Stanley. 


396. Hermann says of οἴκοι ἐφέστιοι, ‘appellatur ita domus, quae 
cuique sua et propria est.’ He, with Halm, reads ἄχη" τὰ δ᾽ ἐστὶ (and 
others there are). 

307. We would read ὑπερβατώτερ᾽" ἐς τὸ πᾶν to avoid the short final a, 
See Eumen. 510, és τὸ πᾶν δέ σοι λέγω βωμὸν alder: Δίκας. We have, 
however, left the vulg. reading in our text. 

402. That this 1. is corrupt we know not only from the short finals 
of ἧπαρ and ἔπεμψεν, answering to long strophic 
the want of ris, supplied by Porson. 
Two classes of slain are mentioned, one 


syllables, but from 
We add another strong reason, 


those who were burnt on pyres, 
and sent home as ashes in urns: the other those who were buried ne 


without being burnt. These latter are named at 417 οἱ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ x.7.n., 
which convinces us that for οὖς μὲν we should read here τοὺς μὲν, distin- 
guishing the former class. And this necessitates the reading ris ὁ πέμψας 
for ris ἔπεμψεν. Cod. Farn. has πέμψεν. 

421. Beis’. A spondee being desirable, we conj. xritove’. 

438. Our emend. τι is grounded on the supposition that this pronoun 
fell out after ἐστὶ, and that μὴ came in as a gloss to fill the gap. 

470. Hermann, whom Paley follows, reads ἦσθα for ἤεισθα, plup. of 


εἶμι, to account for the corrupt ἦλθες. But perhaps a mistaken view of 
rapa Σκάμανδρον caused the gloss, 


ar Troy 


CONSPECTUS LECTIONUM. 173 


εὖ λέξειν (8) ἂν λέξειεν Auratus. 
(a) assigned to herald: (β) to Clyt. by Hermann. 
ye (8) re Hermann. 
τύχῃς. (8) τύχοις Porson. 
ἀνὴρ (8) ἀνὴρ Hermann. 
᾿Αχαιῶν...θεοῖς. (8) ᾿Αχαιοῖς... θεῶν Dobree. 
τυφῶ (β) * τυφῷ. 
αἰῶν᾽ ἀμφὶ (8) αἰῶνα διαὶ Davies. 
λέοντα σίνιν (δ) λέοντος ἵνιν Conington. 
φιλόμαστον (8) * φιλόμαστον δ᾽, 
εὐφιλόπαιδα (8) * εὐφιλόπαιδά τε 
ἔθος (8) ἦθος Conington. 
τοκήων ΕἸ. Vict. (8) τοκέων Farn. 
γὰρ τροφᾶς ΕἸ. Vict. (8) yap τροφεῦσιν Farn. 
μηλοφόνοισιν ἄταις ΕἸ., μ. ἄταισιν Farn. 


— ee ee »,ῃοὺς a 
Q =) Ώ R ~ 


LO σε: 
eR 


»»ο-. 
Oe we ee eee eee 


— 
~ 
— 


—J «yj “J ™!] 
“I Cul 
R 


oa 
το 


WD 


* μηλοφόνοις θανάτοισιν 

αἵματι δ᾽᾿ (β) * ἐν αἵμασι δ᾽ 
προσετράφη. (8) προσεθρέφθη Heath. 
μετὰ (8) μέτα Hermann. 


ἐν κακοῖς (8) * ἔν γε τοῖς κακοῖς 


( 
( 
( 
( 
( 
( 
(a 


575. For τοροῖσιν we conjecture τοροῖσι δ΄. 

608. Herm. Franz. Pal. receive Dobree’s emend. here. | ; 

636. Toup, Hermann, Weil and others read χλωρόν τε for καὶ ζῶντα 
from Hesychius. eacbte 

664. For this we now abandon our conjecture αἰῶν ἅμα καὶ. | : 

676. Another possible conjecture is ras Tpopas γὰρ, but we cannot, 
with Hermann and Peile, reject the fine reading τροφεῦσιν, because it is 
probably due to one who often errs, Demetrius ὕβοίαμον. 7 

77. Paley reads μηλοφόνοισιν ἄσαισιν with Conington. ayatow — 
σὺν aras Ahr. Franz. We prefer to any of these our own emend. as above, 
7 loody deaths of sheep. 

a we wh dew here, and those in Il. 668, 670, 678, have ἂν 
common object of avoiding short finals and other syllables not ἜΡΟΝ 
with those in the verses which correspond, See Notes on Tr. Though in 
681 we doubt ἐκ θεοῦ, we have. left it in the text. See 349. | 

οι. The reading of codd. ἐν κακοῖς βροτῶν has led editors to regard 


ΣΝ ΜΉΝ 


174 ΖΕΧΤ OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


702 (a) ὅταν (8) ὅτε Klausen. 
703 (a) véapa φάους κότον (β) νέα δ᾽ ἔφυσεν Κόρον Paley. 
704 (α) δαίμονά τε τὸν ἄμαχον 

(8) δαίμονά τ᾽ ἄμαχον Paley. 
706 (a) εἰδομέναν (β) * εἰδομένας 
709 (a) ἐσθλὰ (8) ἔδεθλα Auratus. 
71O—7It (a) παλιντρόποις ὄμμασιν | λιποῦσ᾽ 

(β) * παλιντρόποισιν λιποῦσ᾽ | ὄμμασιν 

(α) προσέβα του (8) προσέμολε Hermann. 

) βιαζόμενοι. (8) βιῶνται, Weil. 
) οὐ γὰρ ἐπικεύσω, (β) οὐ γάρ σ᾽ ἐπικεύσω Musgrave, 
a) ἑκούσιον (8) ἐκ θυσιῶν Franz, 


a 


( 
( 


βίον in the antistrophic line 708 as spurious. We take the opposite view, 
Believing Biov to be genuine, we look for corruption here : and are therefore 
led to conjecture ἔν γε τοῖς κακοῖς βροτῶν, considering that Aesch. means 
tn evil men, not in mortal evils. 

702—705. In this very corrupt passage we have received Paley’s clever 
emendations, except the dual accusatives Ke\alva—Ara, eldouéva, which 
he has accepted from Dr. Donaldson. In the passages of Soph. which he 
cites, Oed. C. 532, Ant. 529, we find δύ᾽ “Ara, δύο δ᾽ “Ara, the presence of 
δύο constituting an important difference. Hence for ms. εἰδομέναν we read 
eldouévas agreeing with”Aras, and avoiding the hiatus. 

721. With Herm. we prefer τῷ δυσπραγοῦντί τ᾿, Codd. give δ᾽. 

725. We read βιῶνται for βιαζόμενοι with Dav., who ascribes this 
correction to Weil. The paroemiac verse so acquired justifies the hiatus, 
συγχαίρουσιν is dat. participle. See Transl. 

734. For ἑκούσιον of codd. Canter reads ἀκούσιον 
followed him. ἐκ θυσιῶν, Pal. from Franz. 

735- θνήσκουσι] If this is the true word, we do not take it to mean 
dying of famine (see 171, 179), but going to brave death at Troy (405 &c,) 
We should be glad if we could venture to read θρήσκοισι, superstitions. The 
adj. θρῆσκος is not found in classical Greek, but in the epistle of James 
i, 27, and its subst. θρησκηΐίη in Herodotus. Hesychius explains it δεισι- 
δαίμων, but also εὐγενής. 

736—7. The curtness of the language here leads us to Suspect some 
loss. After ἀφίλως we might wish for some such expression as this ; 


, and many have 


Séxoual σ᾽ εὔφρων 
τοῖσιν πόνον εὖ τελέσασιν. 
748. See Notes on Tr. 


CONSPECTUS LECTIONUM. 


γ»ν--ς 


θυέλλαι (8) θυηλαὶ Hermann. 
ἐπραξάμεσθα (8) ἐφραξάμεσθα Hermann. 
ἀσπιδηστρόφος El, (8) ἀσπιδοστρόφος Farn, 
ταῦτα (8) ταὐτὰ Auratus. 
πήματος τρέψαι νόσον. 
πῆμ᾽ ἀποστρέψαι νόσου. Porson. 
ἡδονὰς (β) κληδόνας Auratus. 
ἐπλήθυνον (8) ἐπλήθυον Porson. 
πολλὴν κιτιλ, (8) uncinis inclusus. 
λαβών (8) * λαβεῖν (probante Paleio). 
τοίνυν (8) τοί νιν Schiitz. 
πράσσοιμ᾽ ἂν (β) πράσσοιμεν Dindorf. 
ἐξεῖπον (8) * ἐξειπεῖν 
σωματοφθορεῖν (β) δωματοφθορεῖν Schiitz, 
εἰς ἄργυρον (β) ἰσάργυρον Salmasius. 
Zeist am (β) Ζεὺς ἀπ᾿ Hermann. 
δεῖγμα Fl. V. (8) δεῖμα Farn, 
ἀποπτύσας ΕἸ. V. (8) ἀποπτύσαι Farn. 
ἐπεὶ (β) ἐπὶ Farn. 
ξύνεμβόλοις (β}) ξυνεμβολαῖς Schneidewin. 
g16—917 (a) εὖθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ Ἴλιον | ὦρτο ναυβάτας 

(β) * εἶτε ναυβάτας | ὦρθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ Ἴλιον 
920 (a) ὅπως (8) ὅμως Stanley. 
924 (a) οὔτοι (8) οὔτι Casaubon. 
925—926 (a) τελεσφόροις | δίναις κυκλούμενον κέαρ. 


a, —_-_~ 
i i el a ee a is gi, ga 


(8) “κυκλούμενον | δίναις κέαρ τελεσφόροις. 
927 (a) ἐξ ἐμᾶς ΕἸ., ἀπ᾽ ἐμᾶς τοι Farn. 
(β) * ἀπ᾽ ἐμᾶς τοιαῦτ᾽ 


879. στρωματοφθορεῖν, Aurat. Pal. εἱματοφθορεῖν, Dind. Franz. The 
correction of Schiitz δωματοφθορεῖν is taken by Herm. Blomf. 

907. δεῖγμα Klausen, Peile, Pal., δεῖμα Herm. Blomf. Dind, Enger, 
bas eel By a facile transposition the short final is avoided : but 
possibly Aesch. wrote πλεῦσε, and some comm. chose to substitute an aug- 
mented form. 


TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


μαλαγάρ τοι τᾶς πολλᾶς ὑγιείας ΕἸ. Vict. 

μάλα γέ τοι Sy τ. π. ὑ. Farn. 

μάλα γέ τοι τὸ μεγάλας ὑγεΐας Paley. 

νόσος yap (8) νόσος yap ἀεὶ Blomfield. 
(a) ὄκνος βαλὼν | σφενδόνας an’ εὐμέτρου 
(B) *dz’ εὐμέτρου | σφενδόνας ὄκνῳ βαλὼν 


᾿ 


πάλιν ἀγκαλέσαιτ᾽ Fl. (8) ἔἜ πόλλ᾽ ἀγκαλέσαιτ᾽ 
οὐδὲ (8) * οὐχὶ 

αὖτ᾽ ἔπαυσεν (8) * κατέπαυσεν 

ἕπου τὰ (8) ἐπεὶ τὰ Heimsoeth. 

ἐμοὶ (β) * ἔτι 

σχολὴ (8) σχολὴν Wieseler. 
τὰ μὲν (β) * 

ἤδη (β) * ἡμῖν 

σὺ 8 (β) ἀλλ᾽ 


παρὲν ΕἸ., παρ᾽ ἐν M., παρὸν Farn. 


τανῦν 


περ ἐν Schiitz. 
, 5 , 4 5 , 
1016—1017 (a) συνίστορα | αὐτοφόνα Kaka καρτάναι 


(8) *ovvictop' ai- | τοκτόνα κακά τ᾽ ἀρτάναι τ᾽ 
1018 (a) ἀνδρὸς σφάγιον (β) ἀνδροσφαγεῖον Dobree. 
(a) καὶ πέδον ῥαντήριον (M. p. m. πεδορραντήριον). 


(β) * θ᾽ αἷμ ἅτων ῥαντήριον. 


930—50. On the corrections adopted in this corrupt strophe and anti- 
strophe see Votes on Tr. pp. tog—to. 

978. Heimsoeth’s conjecture seems to us convincingly true, though 
Paley has not even cited it. The two imperatives are inelegant and weak : 
and as the queen has not yet announced her departure, ἕπου is premature. 

g80—83. On the corruption and proposed corrections in these lines see 
Notes on Tr. pp. 112—13. 

986. Assuming σὺ δ᾽ to be an erroneous gloss, ἀλλ᾽ is the obvious sub- 
stitute: and we cannot persuade ourselves that Aesch. wrote σὺ δ᾽ when the 
two preceding lines begin σὺ δ᾽, εἰ δ᾽. 

1016—17. The emendation here has the advantage of obviating the 
hiatus at the close of both lines without any change of sense. 

1o18. Our correction clears up a dark place. The corruption of 
θαιματων (uncially written) into xasredov would not be very improbable ; or 
the latter may be the product of a gloss which supplanted θ᾽ αἱμάτων. 


CONSPECTUS LECTION UM. 


μαντεύειν M. (8) ματεύει Fl. Farn. 
ὧν ἂν εὐρήσῃ Μ. Farn., ὧν ἐφευρήσει ΕἸ, 
ὧν ἀνευρήσει Porson. 
τάδε βρέφη M., τὰ βρέφη FI. Farn. 
βρέφη Karsten. 
νέον ἄχος μέγα ; (β) * νῦν ἄχος νέον ; 
χεὶρ ἐκ χειρὸς ὀρεγομένα Μ., χεὶρ ἐκ χερὸς ὀρεγμένα 
ΕἸ, Farn. 
χεὶρ ἐκ | χερὸς opéypara, Hermann. 
τι Αιδου. (8) τί y “Αιδου. 
φόνου. (β) * λοιγοῦ. 
ἀκόρεστος (8) ἀκόρετος Bothe. 
are καὶ dopia M., ἅτε καὶ δωρία ἘῚ., ἅτε δωρία Farn. 
ate καιρία G. Dindorf. 
μελαγκέρως M., μελάγκερων ΕἸ. Farn. 
μελαγκέρῳ Hermann, 
ἐνύδρῳ (β}) ἐν ἐνύδρῳ Schiitz. 
τεύχει. (8) κύτει Blomfield. 
1064 ἐπεγχέασα. (β) * ἐπεγχέασ᾽. 
1065 (a) ποῖ δή με (β) "ἃ ποῖ με 
1069 (a) ἕουθὰ (8B) * ξουθᾶς 


“ 1023. Neither the pronoun τάδε nor the article τὰ is desirable here 
€ reestablish the metre by leaving βρέ i ᾿ ᾿ 

» Ἢ the metre by leaving βρέφη without either. 
Ἐ 1028. On the principle of our emendation here see Notes on Tr. p. 115 
Sagar says in his note ‘accuratissime syllabas exaequare solet Aeschylus.’ 

€ is right: and ‘he might have added ‘e inti 1 εὐ ai 
e Is rig ght have added ‘et quantitates syllabarum.’ But 

occasional exceptions occur in each kind 

1030. ἄφερτον φίλοισιν may be kept here. 
; 1044. Our emendation here (Aovyod) is bold: but the reasons in its 
avour are strong. See Notes on Tr. p. 116. In any case it does not 
. - κὰν ν <> Ἢ 7 ‘e Υ̓͂ - " , 5 : , : 
impair the sense. Metrically regarded, τύπτει might hold its place in ros 

. = . ἦ , 4 υ 
and it gains support from τύμμα τύμματι τῖσαι in 1. 1363 - 

re r Ξ ΡΝ Σ . oN . = : 

ro49- With Klaus. Peile, Pal. we admit G. Dindorf’s reading καιρία 
fe) 4: As ἐπεγχέασα spoils the metre, Paley reads éreyyéas with θροεῖς 
or θροῶ. But this change of person is to our mind inadmissible. We have 
therefore elided the final a by reading in 1065 ἃ ποῖ (as 101 2) for ποῖ δή 

1069. ξουθᾶς, See Votes on Tr. Ρ. 118, 

hs A, I 2 


ee 
o? 


ma ROE a SU πα. ὅᾳ.0ῳ0« ὍΝ Noe 


sey ge HE Py En 


r78 LTEXT OF THE AGAME MNON. 


1070—71 (a) φρεσὶν | Ἴτυν Ἴτυν 
(6) “Ἴτυν | φρεσὶν Ἴτυν 
1073 (α) ἀηδόνος μόρον. (8) μόρον ἀηδόνος, Hermann. 
1074 (a) περεβάλοντο M., περιβαλόντες FI. 
περίβαλον Blomfield, 
IogI veoyvos ἀνθρώπων μάθοι. 
καὶ παῖς νεόγονος ἂν μάθοι Hermann (nos καί τις). 
ΙΙΟΙ θερμόνους (8) θερμὸν οὖς Canter. 
1102 προτέροισι τάδ᾽ ἐφημίσω. 
προτέροις τάδ᾽ ἐπεφημίσω. Paley. 
103 κακοφρονεῖν (8) κακοφρονῶν Schiitz. 
104 ὑπερβαρὴς ἘῚ,, ὑπερβαρὺς Farn. 
ὕπερθεν βαρὺς Paley. 
IIO5 θανατόφορα F'., θανατήφορα Farn. 
* θανάσιμ᾽ ὧν 
1106 (a) τέρμα δ᾽ (β) * τέρματ᾽ 
(α) κλύειν (β) κλύζειν Auratus. 
(α) τηρῶ (8) θηρῶ Canter. 
(2) τό μ᾽ εἰδέναι (β) τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι Dobree. 
(α) πῆμα (β) πῆγμα Auratus. 
[070---Ἰ. In order to avoid the short final of φρεσίν, we venture to 
transpose it after the first"Irwy, See Soph. £7. 148 ἃ Ἴτυν αἰὲν Ἴτυν K.T.X, 


1ogt. We have accepted Hermann’s emendation here, only varying it 
by reading ris for his παῖς, 

1101. θερμὸν οὖς. Since writing our defence of this reading at p. 120, 
we learn from Hermann’s note that it was first suggested by Canter, a Dutch 
scholar who deserved well of Aeschylus. Hermann mentions it with favour, 
though he has not received it, as we do παντὶ θυμῷ. He Says ‘si Scripsit 
poeta ut Cantero visum, locutus est ut Euripides in Bacchis 682. 

εὗδον δὲ πᾶσαι κώμασιν παρειμέναι, 

αἱ μὲν πρὸς ἐλάτης νῶτ᾽ ἐρείσασαι φόβην, 
αἱ δ᾽ ἐν δρυὸς φύλλοισι πρὸς πέδῳ κάρα 
εἰκῇ βαλοῦσαι σωφρόνως. 

1105—6. Here too our emendation is bold. But the utter corruption 
of θανατόφορα or θανατήφορα, and the perfect propriety of what we have 
substituted, constitute our defence, See θανάσιμον γόον 1278, 

1123. κυρῶ Ahrens, Franz, Day. 

1125. On this place, and on £140, 1181, I191—2, see Notes on Tr. 


CONSPECTUS LECTIONUM. 


πῶς. δῆτ᾽ ἄνακτος 

πῶς δῆτ᾽ ; ἄνατος Canter. 

οὐδὲν οὐδέν ((6) οὐδέν᾽ οὐδέν Canter. 
Φροιμίοις ἐφημίοις 

“deleto ἐφημίοις conicimus ἐπισσύτοις. 


ἄπαρχος (β) ἔπαρχος Canter. 
καὶ κτείνασα F l. Farn. Vict. 


καἀκτείνασα Canter. 

τοιάδε (8) τοιαῦτα Vict. 

ἀρὰν (8) Ἄρην Hermann, 

μὴν (β) μ᾽ ἐν Auratus, 

ἄγαν γ᾽ (8) ἄγαν Bothe. 

πακδίων (B) παιδείων Schiitz. 
κάρτ᾽ ap’ dy (B) * κάρτα τὰν 
παρεσκόπης (8) παρεσκόπεις Vict, 
δυσπαθῇ (β) δυσμαθῇ Canter, 
δίτλους (8) δίπους Vict. 
ἀντιτίσασθαι (β) ἀντιτίσεσθαι Blomfield. 
σὲ. (B) σφὲ Auratus, 

ἀγαθὼ δ᾽ ἀμείψομαι, 

ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕψομαι. Hermann, 

army (B) ἅταις Schiitz, 

δέ με (β) " δ᾽ ὅμως 

μέτα (β) * ἔτλῃ 

ἐχθρῶν οὐ (B) * ἐχθρῶν τ᾽ οὐ 


See Notes on 7}. 


ἄτην is kept by Klaus. Franz. Dind., Pal., ἄτης Stanl. Herm. 


11991201. Paley is able to keep the ms. text here: we are utterly 


dissatisfied with it, and unable to believe that Aesch. having written ἔμε at 
the close of 1199, ended 1200 with δέ μέ, 1201 with μετὰ, passing on to 
μάτην, Our changes, which are very slight, supply good sense and good 
Greek lines. We think a colon (if not a comma) should replace the period 
after μάτην, and again after τύχας. 


(207. Koreloys, We should Prefer κοπείσῃ, removing comma after 
Μένει. 


I2——2 


TEXT OF THE AGAMEMNON. 


ea, 


CONSPECTUS LECTIONUM. 


ede 
z= = 


κάτοικος (8) κάτοικτος Scaliger. 

εἶχον (8) εἷλον Musgrave. 

τὰς λέγω (8) τάσδ᾽ ἐγὼ Canter, Auratus. 
χρόνῳ πλέω. (β) χρόνον πλέω. Hermann. 
φόβον () φόνον Canter, Auratus. 

ἀλλ᾽ ὡς θανούσῃ 

ἄλλως" θανούσῃ Hermann. 

ἢ (β) οὐ Hermann. 


ἐμοῖς (β) * φίλων 


ἰών. ῥ.-α 


1307 (a) νίκης (βἘ}, νείκης Heath. 
1310 (a) ἀμύνασθαι (8) ἀμύνεσθαι Vict. 
1312 (a) περιστοιχίζων, Fl. (8) περιστιχίζω, Farn. 
1313 (a) οἰμώγμασιν (8) οἰμωγμάτοιν Elmsley. 
1314 (a) αὐτοῦ (8) αὑτοῦ Schiitz (?). 
1320—1 (a) Διὸς νότῳ | γᾶν εἰ 

(β) διοσδότῳ | γάνει Porson. 

τοσῶνδε (8) τοσόνδε Blomfield. 


ἀπέταμες (B) * ἀπέταμές τ᾽ 


. 
ewe 


St Ξ: Par ΕΣ τὶ κε 


Gates Bene oer 
Sons on 


Pains δεν Ὁ. Ὁ 


ἐχθροῖς----τοῖς ἐμοῖς ι : ὧν» : 
ω ἐχθροὺς---τὸν φόνον = (8) ἀπόπολις Seidler. 
σκιά τις ἀντρέψειεν, ς (B) tor Voss. 

σκιᾷ τις ἂν πρέψειεν, Conington. 


TOO 
θρῃκίων τε λημμάτων. 

δυστυχῆ, (8) * δυστυχῇ, θρῃκίων ἀημάτων. Canter. 

βροτοῖς, (8) βροτοῖσιν, Pauw. χρὴ (β) χρῆν Porson. 

δακτυλοδεικτῶν (8) δακτυλοδείκτων Schiitz. 1360—1 (a) εὖ πρέπει [ ἀντίετον FI., εὐπρέπειαν | τίετόν 
μηκέτι δ᾽ εἰσέλθῃς 

μηκέτ᾽ ἐσέλθῃς Hermann. 


ἐπικρανεῖ ΕἸ., ἄγαν ἐπικρανεῖ Farn, 


T > , ‘ , 
V., εὖ πρέπει | arierov Farn. 
(8B) ἐμπρέπειν | arierov Hermann al. 
τύμμα τύμμα τῖσαι. 
, , A 
5 τύμμα τύμματι Tica. V son. 
éxixpaive. Hermann. de santa + ccs ee sche 
me = ἐμπατει ἐμπατειν Vict. 
τίς ἂν εὔξαιτο βροτῶν εὐ βή (B) 2) , Bis. ὃ 
LOTOTPLOYS. LOOTPLONS. auw. 
τίς ἂν εὔξαιτο βροτὸς ὧν Paley. vr ( ) ριβη 
β 4 ee τοῦδ (8) τῷδ᾽ Hermann. 
ἄν πως (8) av πως Hermann, Paley. wis (B ees 
ὦ ‘i εὐνῆς εὐναῖς 
μυθοῦσθαι (8) μυθεῖσθαι Paley. C4 ( ) : 
Galea καὶ πολλὰ (8) ἕκαὶ πολὺ ye 
ΤΉΜΟΨΩΏΡ αρκυστατον 24 ’ 
μ . ἰὼ παρανόμους 
(6) πημονῆς Auratus, apxvorar av Elmsley. oe ? 
ἰω LW TAPAVOUS Hermann. 
ἐμπίπτεις (8) ἐμπίτνεις Canter. 


διφυεῖσι (8) διφυίοισι Hermann. 


1228. Among the numerous conjectures we, with Paley, prefer that of 
Hermann, χρόνον πλέω, any longer, That of Weil, adopted by Dav., is 
ingenious, χρόνοι πλέῳ, the times are full. 

1232—3. Conington and Paley are undoubtedly right in keeping the ms. 
order of these ll. See Paley’s note. 

1253—4. Our emendation here is fully explained in Votes on Tr. p. 131. 

1257. See Notes on Tr. p. 132. 

1272. ἔσω: see Votes on Tr. p. 133. 

1304 (8). Herm, and Dind, adopt these readings, Paley retains 
that of codd. 


1307. Here too Paley keeps νίκης. But we find it hard to suppose that 
Clyt. should thus vaguely speak of the sacrifice of Iphigeneia as ‘a victory” 
gained by Agamemnon. A painful victory indeed! See it described in the 
Parodos. 

1376. Pauw’s correction is adopted generally. 

1380. On the various interpretations of this v. and of εὐνῆς especially, 
also on other proposed corrections, see Paley’s note. In our emendation 
εὐναῖς we find the only solution satisfactory to us. 


᾿ 
Sen gee lll 


ἀρ ee is 


Ἵ ἰσόψυ \ τ Υ 4 . 
1404 (α) κράτος ἰσόψυχον δεσμὸν Fl. Ven. (8) δεσμὸς Farn. Vict. 


anoas (8) πταίσας Butler. 
ἠπίοις (8) νηπίοις Jacob. 
οὐκ (8) οὐδ᾽ Paley. 

ἢ (8) ἢ Porson. 

voto (8) σκότῳ Auratus. 


(8) κράτος τ᾽ ἱσόψυχον Hermann, 
1405 (a) καρδία δηκτὸν (8) καρδιόδηκτον Abresch. 
1407 (a) ἐννόμος Fl. V. (B) ἐκνόμως Farn. Vict. 
1413 (a) νείρει (8) νείρᾳ Casaubon. 
1415 (a) οἴκοις τοῖσδε (8) “οἰκονόμον 
1444 (a) δὲ καὶ (8) δίκαν Butler. 
1445 (a) mpocBaivwy (8) προβαίνων Canter. 
1460—1 (a) τὴν πολύκλαυτόν τ᾽ Ἰφιγένειαν 


καὶ (8) κοὺ Hermann. 


< ᾿ 
ee ntnnnna "sea ἀσωσῳκσα, ἡφανενανοὐνην ον ονανωοσισιύτον ae oneeaianiermeeeeieamie teense ee aa aaa 


ee ee eee ee 


K ἰγὼ μὴν (βῚ) μὴν κἀγὼ Porson. 


ἐρούμεθα (8) αἱρούμεθα Auratus. 


> , ’ 
αναξια δράσας 


δράσομεν (8) δράσωμεν Vict. 
ὁ ἔρος (β) θέρος Schiitz. 
δ᾽ ἅλις γ (β) ὅάλις γ᾽ 


o ε 


ὕπαρχε---ἡματώμεθα. 


(8) τὴν πολύκλαυτον ἀνάξια δράσας 


᾿Ιφιγένειαν Weise. 


ἄξια πάσχων (8) ἔἜπάσχων ἄξια 


- 
— 


Nee eee ee 


εὐπάλαμνον μέριμναν ὑπάρχει---αἱματώμεθα Auratus. 


_— 
WA 
τ΄ 


εὐπαλάμων μεριμνᾶν Enger. 

ψεχὰς (8) ψαχὰς Blomfield. 

δίκη (δίκα) (8) δίκην (δίκαν) Blomfield. 
θήγει (8) θηγάνε, Hermann. 


> , > 
ἐπιτύμβιος alvos 


~ 
— 
<— 


, > ε ’ 
στείχετε ὃ οι γέβοντες 


CO 


— 


στείχε καὶ σὺ χοΐ χέροντες Franz. 


---. 


πρῖν παθεῖν ἔρξαντες καιρὸν χρῆν 

mpiv παθεῖν ἔρξαντες" ἀρκεῖν χρῆν Hermann. 
A a ¢ > 9 , > ¥ 

τῶν δ᾽ ἅλις γ᾽ éxoipe av 

3 ’ Φ - 

ἐπιτύμβιον αἶνον Stanley. 3) τῶνδ᾽ ἅλις, δεχοίμεθ᾽ av Martin. 


κάππεσε, κατθανε (B) καππεσεν, ἡμεῖς Paley. δαίμονας (β) δαίμονος Casaubon. 


᾿Ιφιγένειαν ἵν᾽ = (8) Ἰφιγένειά νιν Jacob. ἁμαρτῆτον κρατοῦντα. 

χεῖρα (β) χεῖρε Porson. . ἁμαρτεῖν, τὸν κρατοῦντα Casaubon. 

paov (8) ἀραῖον Hermann. θ᾽ ὑβρίσαι add. Blomfield. 

προσάψαι. (8) mposara. Blomfield. 1605 θαρρῶν (8) θαρσῶν Porson. 

ἐνέβη (8) ἐνέβης Canter. ὥσπερ (8) wore Scaliger. 

deest pes in fine. (8) ἐγὼ suppl. Heath. 
1607 (a) deest pes in fine. (8) καλῶς suppl. Canter. 


(a) μοι δ᾽ | ἀλληλοφόνους | μανίας μελάθρων. 1606 


μοι | μανίας μελάθρων | ἀλλ. Erfurdt. 
αὐτοῦ τ᾽ (β}) αὑτοῦ δ᾽ Elmsley. : 
ἔθρυπτ' (B) ἔκρυπτ᾽ Tyrwhitt. 1558. Perhaps παίσας, Herm. Pal. from Schol. Pind., is preferable. 
ἄν. πίπτει (8) ἀμπίπτει Canter. CG, δ Name ay 50. 
ἐρῶν, (8) ἐμῶν, Auratus. 

1539- Believing ἐπὶ δέκ᾽ here to be corrupt, and due to the gloss of an 


erring commentator, we conjecture that, instead of ἐπὶ δέκ᾽ ἀθλίω πατρὶ, 
Aesch, wrote ἀθλίῳ παίδων πατρί. 


CONSPECTUS METRORUM 
CHORICORUM. 


1. For general information on this subject, the student is 
referred to Linwood’s ‘Greek Tragic Metres.’ There, or in 
any equivalent treatise on the subject, he will find an explana- 
tion of the names of the so-called ‘Feet,’ the laws of Arsis, 
Thesis and Ictus, as constituting the Rhythm of Verse, those of 


Metre in general, and of the particular metres used in Greek 


tragic composition. - With this knowledge, he will have no 
difficulty in reading and comprehending the subjoined metrical 
exposition of the choric verses in the Agamemnon, with their 
appended names. 


2. As the terms Anacrusis and Basis (Base) often occur, 

let it be observed that Anacrusis is a syllable, usually short (υ), 
prefixed to a rhythm of which it does not constitute a part. 
Anacrusis may also be a long syllable or resolved into two 
short (uu) ; but either instance is comparatively rare. In 

> A 4 ~ 

tj γενεαὶ βροτῶν 
t is an anacrusis. 


A Base is a disyllabic foot, spondee (——), iambus (υ —) or 
trochee (—u), prefixed to a rhythm of which it does not consti- 
tute a part. ‘I'wo feet so prefixed are called a double base. 


The long syllable of a base may be resolved into two short : 
thus in 
δι ἔριν | αἱματόεσσαν 


δι ἔριν is ἃ trochaic base with first syllable resolved. 


CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORI CORUM. 


A verse may have anacrusis and base. 


af a fas ces 


πα | λιμμή | Ky χρόνον τιθεῖσαι. 


3. Trihemimeris (trihem.) means 1} foot (3 half feet). 
Penthemimeris (penthem.) » sp fer(s ἙΝ 
Hephthemimeris (hephthem.) ,, 34 ,, (7 Ἢ 


The trochaic hephthemimer is a verse of frequent occurrence 
in this play. 


The Cretic foot (- υ --) is a trochaic trihemimer. 


4. Dipodia (2 feet), tripodia (3 feet), pentapodia (5 feet), 


are used to express recurrence of the same foot: thus penta- 


pod. troch. means a sequence of « trochees. 


5. A spondee at the close of a line is treated as equivalent 


to a trochee in verses to which the latter foot properly belongs. 


6. Conspectus. 


PARODOS. 


Anapaestorum systemata novem; 40—103. 


MESODE, 104. 
στροφὴ, 104—17. ἀντιστρ. 118—-31, 
i ie wei Sep i “WY a —— 
--ὐὐ ἃ, a ie oe τὰ ρὲ “ῳψῳ — 
τοι ee 
νπύυπ͵ίπυυ mW VY |= 
i.e aon 
 ™™ |KHVUYV KH VY “ὦ 
a YP Geum ai ey 


ὙΠ See Mie ΒΔΑ ΔΎ ΟΝ ἢ Ὄπ oF ie “ῳῳψῳ 


ΟΡ os Ou δ ὦ 


www mm YY VY τῶν. OE 


“-- 


186 CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. 


7 ae -πΊπυυ 


lamb. dim, 
2. bas. dupl. iamb. + dact. c. dipodia troch, 
spond. dim. 3 (5)- ὅμα. a ae a 
4- bas. sp. t dact. c. dipodia troch. 
6. dact. pentam. (?) 
7- bas. dupl. iamb. + dact. trim, cat. 
8 (9). dact. tetram. t dact. trim. 
ΙΟ (12, 13, 14). dact. hexam., 
11. dact. trim. cat, 
15. dact. c. troch. 
16. dact. pentam. 


(12). dact. hexam. 
- dact. pentam. 


1 

2 

2. 

4 (11). bas. spond. t dact. c. troch. 
5 (10). bas. dupl. iamb. + dact. tetram. 
6. dact. dim. 

7. dact. tetram. 

8.. dact. tetram. cat. 

9. bini dact. tetram. 

13. iamb. dim. 

14. dact. pentam. 


Not. 1. versus 4. 11 bas. (spond. v. troch.) + dact. c. troch. appellatur 
versus ‘pherecrateus.’ Idem versus, si augetur syllaba post troch. ad finem, 
appellatur glyconeus. Ita latine ap. Horat. 


OpE, 148. 


, > ζ΄ 
στροφὴ a, 148—54. ἀντιστρ. a, 155—61, 
et te | saepe vocanti (pherecr.) 
duram | difficilis mane (glycon.) 


πες SSE SS 


--- — — vy — YJ _ 


~~ 


. 2. V. 13 disponi potest ut sit anacr. br. + troch. hephthem. 


βλᾶ βέντα λοισθίων δρόμων. 


> a7 
ΕΝ °° τ’ 
ἐπῳόος, 132—47. 


4 
. 
‘ 
: 
“ 
Ὦ 


/ 


poe eae 


i 


1. bas. spond. t.troch. hephthem. 
2 (3, 4, 5, 7). troch. hephthem, 
6. dact. pentam, 


στροφὴ β΄, 162—7. ἀντιστρ. β΄, 168—73. 


οὐ eae “ὦ > κω ὁρῶ τοῖν ae 


cet ὅ, — ἣν ἡ, — 


SS Limtnmidoumicrde ee os τας ρον: 


--|-v ae ἜΝ ee = 
ees ὦ 


WwW — Vy — — wv — wy 


Vv - Vy — wy -- 


Bi, : 


188 CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. 18 


saute: pect. 


6. anacr. br. + troch. penthem. + dipod. .troch. 

7 18 Ὁ 9. bas. iamb. + troch. penthem. + dact. c troch. penthem. 
T dact. c.,dipod. troch. 

io. dact. c. dipod. troch. 

Not. 7, 8, 9, 10 ita disponi placet, 


bini troch. hephthem, 
(6). troch. hephthem. 
bas. spond. + troch. hephthem. 
trini troch. trihem. + troch. hephthem. 
pentapodia troch. 


nc : F érha δ᾽ οὖν θυτὴρ γενέ- 
στροφὴ y, 174—84. ἀντιστρ. y, 185—95. σθαι Ovyarpds, γυναικοποί- 
γων πολέμων ἀρωγὰν 

καὶ προτέλεια ναῶν. 


στροφὴ €, 214---23. ἀντιστρ. 


Ῥω" 


“[ eve even 


yeu = lueye = 
--- ἕν “me 


wl-v 1s. = 47 one 


90 τὰ Ay 


eat agen κω ἀν mage ὧν 


v | -v- -ὖ- 
’ . Www ὌΧ 


“= wu “wu “φως eV πὰ «κα 


(2, 4,). dochm. dupl. (ex bin. jamb. penthem.) 
dipod. iamb. 
anacr. br. t bas. sp. Ἐ tripod. troch. eo Te Ἂν 


» hm 
τ, 


. 
w | me Hue -ὦ- ὦ. 
τ -- w= -|v-  -“- --- 


1. anacr. br. Ὁ trini troch. trihem. 
2(7, 9). dochm. dupl. (ex bin. iamb. penthem.) 
dipod. iamb. t dipod. troch. (qui versus periodicus est). 
anacr. br. t troch. dim. 
bas. dupl. ἴα. ἢ troch. hephth, 
anacr. br. + bini troch. trihem. 


I 
3 

5 

6. antispastus t+ troch. hephthem. 

7. tripod. iamb, (=anacr. br. + troch. penthem.) 
8 (9). dact. c. dipod. troch, 

10, choriamb. dim. 

11. choriamb. tetram. + dact. c. dipod. troch. 


Not. in v. 6. antispastus exemplo rariori basis duplex est. 


2k 


) 4 ᾿ ) Ἵ ᾽ © 2 - 
i lia. 196—204. wae SS5-—t} - anacr. br. t quaterni troch. trihem, 
10. dact. c. dipod. troch. 


=e: 


ime τή. ὦ 


veve —lumu- - Anapaestorum systemata tria, 331—42. 


ome, 


ee See eat νὰ | STASIMON I. 


3 
4. ve ve — lee ve - "τὰ 9 ῃ 

δ. v~ VO -.- v~- v= = | στροφὴ a, 343--359- αντιστρ. a, 360—376. 
6. 


»--- 


το ταῖς, RARE TN TS RE " sistas, 


7,8, 9. vo fovrve | eve ev υ.-ο οὕ... 


10, πώς .-. .ρυν---ς 


1 (2. 4, 5). dochm. dupl. (ex bin. iamb. penthem, ) 
3: anacr. br. Τ troch. hephthem. (secund, p. solut.) 


' 
i 
' 

5» 

qi 
Η 

| 


tt oe 


anacr. br. + bas. spond. + tripod. troch. 
+ anacr. br. + pentapodia troch. 
(11). anacr. br. + trini troch. trihem. 
6). anacr. br. + bini troch. trihem. 
8). anacr. br. + bas, spond. + troch. trihem. 
troch. penthem. 
bas. troch. + dact. c. dipod. troch. 
bas. spond. + dact. c. troch. 
bas. troch. + dact. c. troch. j pherecr, 
bas. t dact. c. troch. trihem. + bas. troch. T dact. c. troch. 
Not. v. 16=glyconeus + pherecrateus. Tribus his vy. 14, 15, 16 similes 
sunt tres ultimi in stroph. β' et γ΄. 


CONSPECTUS METRORUM CH ORICORUM: 


ΓΙ, 


τ batts ee 


anacr. br. + trini troch. trihem. 
anacr, br. + binj troch. trihem. + tripod. troch. 
(9). iamb. trim. (puri). 


anacr. br. + bas. sp. + troch. penthem. 
pentapodia iamb. 


dochm. dupl. (ex bin. iamb, penthem. ) 


7 (8). bas. dupl. iamb. + troch. hephthem. 


I. 
26 


anacr. |. + troch. hephthem. 
anacr. br. t+ bini troch. trihem. 
troch. trihem. + tripod. troch. 
bas. sp. + dact. c. troch, 

bas. tr. + dact. c. troch. \ pherecr. 


bas. + dact. c. troch. trihem. + bas. tr. Ὁ dact. ς, troch. 


στροφὴ γ΄, 405—4109. ἄντιστρ. γν, 420—434, 
Ϊπω 
—v~| 
[ae 
| 


Vv 


| 


| 

| 

| 
— | a 
ah 
εἰ 


ψψῳ 


WY * yY 


anacr. br. + trini troch, trihem. 
troch. trihem. + troch. hephthem, 


199 CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM 191 


af, 
πυ -- -= we 


| 


[== | β - 


a to 


os mn aes ae 
|-- | anacr. br. + trini troch. trihem. 
anacr. br. + bini troch. trihem. + tripod. troch. 


I. 
2. 

| — 3 (9). iamb. trim. (puri). 
4 


ae Ne anacr. br. + bas. sp. t troch. penthem. 

pentapodia iamb. 

Js 4 | ee - dochm. dupl. (ex bin. iamb. penthem. ) 
7 (8). bas. dupl. iamb. + troch. hephthem. 

— | vee anacr. 1. + troch. hephthem. 

anacr. br. + bini troch. trihem. 

troch. trihem. + tripod. troch. 


| 
δ Anas 


-v-[-vf[-us -- 


I (2, 9, το). anacr. br. + bas. spond. + tripod. troch. bank tess acs bo eee 
3: anacr. br. t pentapodia troch. bas. tr. + dact. c. troch. \ pherecr. 
4 (11). anacr. br. + trini troch. trihem. “ἴων 4 deck. ΕἸ Glues bie tae oS sa 
5 (6). anacr. br. + bini troch. trihem. 
7 (8). anacr. br. + bas, spond. + troch. trihem. ee : ; . 
TPODr 05-419. αἀντιστρ. 20— ; 

12. troch. penthem. στροφὴ γὙ) 405-410 ρ. γ, 4 434 
13. bas. troch. + dact. c. dipod. troch. 

- bas. spond. + dact. c. troch. 
© eRe. ry pherecr, 
15. bas. troch. Τ dact. c. troch. | 
16. bas. t dact. c. troch. trihem. + bas. troch. + dact. ς, troch. 
Not. v. 16=glyconeus + pherecrateus. Tribus his vv. 14, 15, 16 similes 

sunt tres ultimi in stroph. β' et γ΄. 


στροφὴ β΄, 377-389. ἀντιστρ. 8’, 390-—404. 


i 

, oem | 
oe ee ae www = 

iid nie naga | 

| 

| 


ed 


! Β ων ed 
wvworli—vwy — Vy -,-- 


' 


ey Se a 
gone fai ag ens ΘΝ 


I. anacr. br. + trini troch. trihem. 
2. troch. trihem. + troch. hephthem. 


Re ee a 5 τὶ 


ee ee τῶν ες 


ὕω =e . ito . 5 
a tila a ee ee ee ee ee πὰρ α 


2 CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. 


3 (4). anacr. br. + bini troch. trihem. 

5. trini troch. hephthem. 

6 (7, 8). anacr. + troch. hephthem. 

9. dact. c. tripod. troch. 

10 (11). anacr. soluta + tripod. troch. 

12. anacr. soluta t dipod. troch. 

13 (14). bas. spond. ἢ dact. c. troch. 

15. bas. fT dact. c. troch. trihem. * bas. tr. + dact. c. troch. 


w _ 
. . + . 


ΟΦ ON AM Sw 


9). anacr. br. + bini troch. trihem. 
troch. hephthem. 
lamb. trim. (puri). 
bas. dupl. iamb. + troch. hephthem. 
. iamb. trim. (tribus ped. solutis). 
12, jamb. dim. (ἀπο. ped. solutis), 


STASIMON II. 640. 


στροφὴ a, 640—652. ἀντιστρ. a’, 653—66s. 


“ὦ —wy “ὦ & Loy —VWv—Yy =— 
eo τυ π|πυπίπῳω - 


-ῳ “ν᾽ ο--.. 


— wv “ὦ -᾿. -- 


— we 4S 4 


vuvul—ve =m VJ 


bin. troch. hephthem. 


troch. hephthem. * troch. trihem. + troch. hephthem. 
3- +troch. hephthem. 
4 anacr. 1. tion. a min. dim. (cum anaclasi). 
5 (8, 9, 11). ion. a min. dim. (cum anaclasi). 
6. anacr. sol. + bas. tr. + dact. dim. 
7. bas. sp. tion. a min. mon. 
10. ion. a min. trim. (cum anaclasi). 


12. bas. sp. ἢ dact. c. troch. trihem. + dact. c. dipod. troch. 
13. bas. tr. soluta + dact. c. troch. 
Not. vv. 1 + 2 ita fieri possunt quattuor: 


troch. hephthem. 
troch. hephthem. 
troch. hephthem. 
troch. trihem. + troch. hephthem. 


στροφὴ β΄, 666—672. ἀντιστρ. β΄, 673—681. 


-͵Ιπυυ αν ἴων 
ψ͵ πυν — ae 


vl[—-ve er 


i a πᾶν τνὸ αἱ ἡ 9. om 
Ι. bas. iamb. + dact. c. troch. trihem. 
2. bas. troch. Ὁ dact. c. troch. trihem. 
K. A 


194 CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. 195 


iamb. trim. (tert. pede soluto). 


3. bas. troch. + dact. c. troch. 3 

4. act. trim. 4- anacr. br. t bini troch. trihem. 
, 5 

6 


. dact. hexam. 5. anacr. l. f tres troch. soluti. 
(7). troch. hepthem. (prim. pede soluto). 6. troch. hephthem. (pr. p. sol.) t dact. c. dipod. troch. 


8. bas. Τ dact. c. troch. trihem. + bas. troch. + dact. c. troch. 7. dact. ο. dipod. troch. 


στροφὴ γ΄, 682—690. ἀντιστρ. γ, 691—699. Anapaestorum systemata septem, 714--- 40. 


| 


ἘΠ ee ee ee oe : STASIMON III. 906. 


, 


στροφὴ a, 906—9g17. ἀντιστρ. a, 918—g29. 
cua ὐδ 


Vv 


a 
“ὦ ee 


bas. dupl. iamb. + pentapodia troch. 
bas. dupl. iamb. Ἢ tripod. troch. 
anacr. br. t bas. sp. t tripod. troch. 
dact. c. dipod. troch. 

bas. tr. Ἢ dact. c. dipod. troch. 
ion. a min. tetram. (cum anaclasi). 
ion. a min. tetram. : υ 
anacr. 1. Ὁ bas. tr. + dact. c. syll. 

. bas. tr. * dact. c. troch. 


Not. De ἀνακλάσει in Ion. a min. rhythmo vid. Linwood (Trag. M.) 


p- 87. 


ἕῳ“ 


5, 6, 11, 12). troch. hephthem. 
pentapod. troch. 
dact. pentam. 
ι . bas. tr. Τ dact. c. troch. 
στροφὴ δ΄, 700—706. Ἔ : - pentapod. iamb. 
anacr. 1. Τ' troch. hephthem. 


ad aa . 
bas. tr. t dact. c. troch. trihem. 


στροφὴ β΄, 930—944. ἀντιστρ. β΄, 945—9509. 


Vv ω) κω ἡ “Ὁ κα) 
ἣν “ὦ v-|-v- . a 


—- a γχ--- 
—|uve i ad i a 
— 


i πὰ ἢ 9 -“υπ|πυυ -ι == om 
“ VY Yo 


1. bas. dupl. iamb. + trini troch. trihem. 
2. bas. tr. + troch. hepth. 


196 CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. 


ed 
= a ἜΝ 


paeon. trim. 
anapaest. dim. 
3. anapaest. dim. cat. 
4 (5). dact. penthem. 
6. bin. dact. c. bin. troch. 
7 (8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 15). troch. hephthem. 
13. dact. dim. (pr. p.- spond.) 
14. dact. hexam. 


Commiatica, 997. 


or nef 4 , hy 9 > ΄ 
Τροφὴ α, 007---ὃὁ ἀντιστρ. a, 1001---2, 
Re VY ——— 


> 
“ὦ * 


—— wy -- 


bacchiac. dim. (pr. p. solut.) 
palimbacchiac. dim. 


στροφὴ β΄, τοοῦ---Ἴ. ἀντιστρ. β΄, 


bacchiac. dim. 
bacchiac. trim. cat. 


iamb. trim. (purus) 


στροφὴ γὙ, I015—18. ἀντιστρ. γ΄, 1021— 4. 


CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. 197 


spondeus. 

dochm. dupl. (syll. secund. solut.) 
troch. hephthem. (ped. sec. solut.) 
iamb. trim. 


στροφὴ δ΄, 1027—31. ἀντιστρ. δ΄, 1034—8. 
σ΄- 
| i ad τ ἂν 


as Ve 


bas. iamb. t+ troch. penthem. (pr: p. solut. ) 
troch. hephthem. (pr. p. solut. ) 

iamb. trim. 

bacchiac, tetram. 

troch. penthem. (pr. p. solut.) 


‘ , ν᾽ , 
στροφὴ €, IO4I—5. avtiotp. €, IO 
— ilies 
ὦ ee a eis | ween Ὅν 
lee aie” ἡδίων" ὧν 


2 sa we we wer Vw Vo 
ἂς == ve |uvurv - 
5 


—_~ 


. σὰν Ὅς | Ὁ ὐπὸ ὧν 

dochm. dupl. (ex duob. troch. penthem.) 
iamb. hephthem. 

jamb. trim. (pr. spond.) 

bas. dupl. + dochm. (troch. penthem.) 

dochm. (troch. penthem.) t bini troch. trihem. 


στροφὴ στ΄, 1046—5I. ἀἄντιστρ. or, 1057—62. 
(2). iambici trimetri non respondentes antistrophicis. 


~~ —_- aa 
wey Y —|vvvevevy = 
very —-|vu--v — 

i 


ων - .--- ω ---- 


ψν[ πυ- ele, μην 


CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. 199 


dochm. dupl. (strophico xpdx«6- respondet antistr. θά). 
dochm. dupl. 


bacchiac. trim. (pr. p- solut.) be yee er | ee Se 
anacr. br. t bini troch. trihem. ae 


στροφὴ ¢, 1090—4. ἀντιστρ. ὦ, 1102—6. 


“τ τ vyuvvr vo 


4 Ye Ae - ;’ 1072 "6 ᾿ τὸς 
στροφη ξ, —6, ἀντιστρ. ¢, 1073—706. : 


— 


] the. catia’ 
Ιωπ“ω,-- ; 

. 8 ° wwwewvwvvVvYe "Ξ 
χ»ο-- 


ute adie edie 

bas. iamb. + dochm. 

dochm. dupl. dochm. dupL 
iamb. trim. (non respondent antistrophici). - iamb. dim. 

dochm. dupl. 


‘ ΄ > , i : a Val 
στροφὴ 7, 1067—7. avrioTp. 4, 1077—82. . dochm. dupl. 


~ . dochm. 


Anapaestorum systemata tria, 1260. 


Commatica, 1336. 


στροφὴ, 1336—42. ἀντιστρ. 1357—63-. 


“ἢ 


dochm. dupl. 

(6). dochm. 
anacr. sol. ft troch. hephthem. 
dochm. t bini troch. trihem. 
dochm. dupl. 


στροφὴ θ΄, 1083—9. ἀντιστρ. θ΄, 1095—11I0T. 


dochm. 
anacr. br. t troch. hephthem. 
3 (4). dochm. dupl. 

anacr. br. t troch. penthem. 

dochm. 

bas. tr. ¢ dact. c. troch. 
tripod. iamb. 
troch. hephthem. στροφὴ a, 1381—7. ἀντιστρ. a, 1402—8. 
bas. iamb. + dochm. 
dochm. dupl. 
dochm. 


—_~ »--: 


οὐ κυνὶ oes 1 a Gd ea 


“οὐ. 


200 CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. CONSPECTUS METRORUM CHORICORUM. 201 


mg το, = στροφὴ στ΄, 1423—7. ἀντιστρ. or, 1447—54 faciunt 


muy -“οὧὐ - -- anapaestorum systemata duo. 


—“—-_~ 


συυ =u -πὸ- στροφὴ ζ΄, 1428—30. ἀντιστρ. ζ΄, 1452—4. 


"www 

! I, -- -- — | πυυτπτὸ - 
πων “ὦ “ὦ .- 

2. vv =v =v = 

dochm. dupl. 4, UY HUY ὦ == 
bas. tr. t dact. c. troch. 
dochm. dupl. 
bin. dact. c. dipod. troch. 
troch. hephthem. 3° 
dochm. dupl. a ose F 
troch. trihem. ft troch. hephthem. Hy στροφὴ ἢ, 1431—38. avriotp. ἢ, 1457—64 faciunt 


anapaestorum systema. 


1. dochm., dupl. 
2, anacr. sol. Τ' troch. penthem. 
bin. dact. c. dipod. troch. 


“TAM & ὦ μὶ 


στροφὴ β΄, 1318. ἀντιστρ. β΄, 1472—8o faciunt στροφὴ θ΄, 1465—71. ἀντιστρ. θ΄, 1493—9. 
anapaest. system. duo, sed in stropha perierunt wv. aliqui. 


ea ea ae | Vwrve = 

‘ , 9 , y 

στροφὴ γ; 1392, ἀντιστρ. y, 1481, Corruptae sunt. ean τῶ» wed 

στροφὴ δ΄, 1396—1401. ἀντιστρ. δ΄, 1409—14 faciunt yw om bree 
anapaestorum systema. a para ime ag agar gies 

ea ae | Oo ae | ae ΡΒ 

‘ , > , w= as ὃν ὧν "ἘΞ τὸς ον — 

στροφὴ €, 1415---22. ἀντιστρ. €, 1439—46. 


vl --|-~ τὸ -- 


eo ἴα (3, 5). dochm. dupl. (ex bin. iamb. penthem.) 


I 
“τυ που -ὸυ -- 2. dact. c. dipod. troch. 


-Ιπυυ τὸό΄Ξ -ππ-πΊπυπυυ -- . bas. dupl. iamb. t troch. penthem. 


iamb. trim. (purus). 


ΜΝ ea ep oo i 
anacr. br. t bas. sp. Τὶ tripod. troch. 


wo — ee ae 


δ “Ὁ wai ἂν ἡ «== . , ? ’ . 
στροφὴ t, 1484. avriotp. (ἷ, 1500—r10 faciunt 


vr vy --- 


PUAN PY bo 


anapaestorum systema: in stropha perierunt duo vv. 


“wy ~— sy — en 


1. dact. penthem. 

2. bin. dact. c. dipod. troch. 

3- anacr. |. Τ' dact. c. dipod. troch. t bas. tr. + dact. c. troch. 
4 (5,6). iamb. dim. (puri). 

7. dochm. 

8. dact. c. dipod. troch. 


’ 
i 
Ἶ 
ΓῚ 
4 


ADDENDA. 
(The numerals are those of the Greek text.) 


2. If μῆκος is a gloss on érelas, brought into the text, Aesch. may 
have written ἥνπερ ἐγκοιμώμενος, Karsten’s reading, which would give 
στέγαις a better construction. 

40. Parodos. We have comprised in this term, which Aristotle (Poet. 
12) defines as πρώτη λέξις ὅλου xopov, the Anapaests and the two Odes 
which follow them, because all these are recited and sung by the Chorus after 
their entrance to the orchestra before the first Epeisodion or dialogue scene. 
Most editors confine the term ‘ parodos’ here to the anapaests and former 
ode (which we speak of as ‘a mesode’ or intervening ode) and have called 
the subsequent ode ‘the rst Stasimon.’ If this is the more correct view, 
then those which we have numbered as ist, 2nd, 3rd stasimon will become 
respectively 2nd, 3rd, 4th. On the evolutions of the Chorus after entering, 
and the places in which these anapaests and odes were severally recited and 
sung, see Miiller’s Zumenides, quoted in Peile’s note here and on I&s, 
That the anapaests were not fully recited before the platform was reached 
is evident; for the Chorus could not have addressed Clytaemnestra from 
the floor of the orchestra. The truth is, we have no means of settling all 
questions of ancient theatric arrangement with minute accuracy. 

57- It is questionable whether the gen. μετοίκων depends on γόον 
or on *Epwiv. We have allowed the ambiguity to remain by removing 
commas from text and translation. But when, in our note, we referred 
this word to the nestlings, we thereby accepted the dependence on "Epwir, 
for the γόος can only be that of the parent birds. We took μετοίκων 
to signify removed from their habitation. But this very term might 
suit the old birds, who, having lost their δεμνιοτήρης πόνος, had therefore 
abandoned the nest. And it must be owned that, if ᾿Ερινὺν seems more 
applicable to the brood, the pronoun τῶνδε points rather to the old ones. 
Moreover the presence of olwvé@poov makes the dependence of μετοίκων 
on γόον less probable. As our judgment may be desired on this very 
disputable place, we think it now safer on the whole to connect τῶνδε 
μετοίκων with ᾿Ερινύν, and also to refer it to the wailing parents. 


ADDENDA. 203 


64, 65. If the genitives γόνατος, κάμακος are not absolute, but, as 
Flermann wishes, dependent on παλαίσματα, our translation will become 


‘ 


of knee that in the dust is planted 
and spear-shaft snapping in the onsets &c.’ 

ror. ‘Est φαίνειν lucere,’ Herm. who cites Eur. Z/. 1233. 

104—147. The lyrics which here intervene (strophe, antistrophe and 
epode, describing the omen of the two eagles, with its interpretation by 
Calchas) we have ventured to call a Mesode ; though this term is generally 
used, in a narrower sense, of lines occurring in a strophe without anti- 
strophic correspondence. Pro-ode might be a fitter term here. 

141. νεικέων τέκτονα σύμφυτον for ν. τ. συμφύτων, ‘artificer of kindred 
quarrels,’ as in Soph. Antig. 791 νεῖκος ἀνδρῶν ξύναιμον for ν. a. ξυναίμων. 

157. The reading now given in our text, av λέγοι, is suggested by 
Hermann, who cites instances of the phrase οὐδὲν λέγειν, to be of no import- 
ance. If it be received, the two negatives do not cancel one another, 
Our version of 169, p. 66, would become 

‘aught can profit, long departed.’ 
But see note there. 

190. In note at p.166—7, some may think we should have gone 
a step farther by reading πατὴρ instead of πατρός. Perhaps so: but 
examples are not wanting to justify the form adopted. See Soph. Z/. 546. 

195- Linwood explains εὖ γὰρ εἴη yes, that (they say) were well, making 
εἴη opt. in oratio obliqua. Tap favours this view. 

248. Our division and version here seem to us probable: but some 
may prefer ri γάρ; τὸ πιστὸν ἔστι x.t.X. ‘how then? hast thou the trusty 
proof of this event ν᾽ 

309. We prefer the full punctuation at the close of this l., connecting 
it with that which precedes. 

326. This 1. is somewhat difficult: but we incline to keep τὴν rather 
than to accept τήνδ᾽ from Hermann. In the aorist εἱλόμην, Clyt. seems to 
refer to the prayer she has just offered, using the Greek idiom of tense in 
such reference: ‘ Yes/ in so praying, J chose the enjoyment of many 
blessings.’ She is probably meant to allude to her own projects, as after- 
wards at go4. In transl. (p. 76) for ‘this delight’ read ‘ the delight.’ 

389. Our translation here supposes that by ὀμμάτων ἀχηνίαι is meant 
the want which the eyes of Menelaus feel by the absence of Helen. With 
Butler and Blomfield, we prefer this view to that of many commentators 
(Hermann, Paley, Peile, Klausen, &c.), who in this description understand 
the statues of Helen, which ‘ by the want of living eyes’ lose all loveliness: 

305. Paley renders ov μεθύστερον forthwith, and connects it with 
βέβακεν. We take it with ὀπαδοῦσ᾽, as rendered in our version. 

469. μηκέτι is written, not οὐκέτι, because the verb in the sentence 
(xatpe) is imperative. See 717. 

498. Hermann ends a long note on τεθνᾶναι by rejecting it as an 


204 ADDENDA. 


intolerable substitute for τεθνάναι, and suggests one or two corrections 
which are not satisfactory. Probably he thought it necessary to keep 
τεθνάναι, or he would have proposed θεοῖσι δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἀντερῶ θανεῖν. Paley, 
without noticing Hermann’s anathema, is satisfied with referring to τεθνηὼς 
for τεθνηκώς, suggesting that re@vnévac may have been similarly formed, 
and made by contraction re@vdva:. He cites this word in Theognis 181 ; 
but Hermann insists that τεθνάμεναι must be read there. As, however, H. 
admits ‘memorare grammaticos re@vava,’ we have not ventured to ex- 
tirpate this form, deeming it unlikely that any commentator or seribe 
would have introduced such a word to the exclusion of θανεῖν. 

521. τιθέντες. The words ἐξ οὐρανοῦ contain in sense ὄμβροι, and 
Aesch. uses a masc. participle agreeing with this, not with the following 
δρόσοι. : 

527—32. τοῖσι μὲν...ἡμῖν δὲ are here the protasis and apodosis. 
Therefore the translation of ἡμῖν δὲ (p. 89) should be ‘ but unto us.’ 

571. (p. 90.) the art of dyeing steel: for steel read brass. Xadxos here 
must have its strict sense, copper or brass, as in 363 (Gr.). In the Homeric 
poems it is freely used for σίδηρος, iron or steel: the Scholiast on this place 
writes ras βαφὰς τοῦ σιδήρου, and Hermann would understand χαλκοῦ 
βαφὰς to mean blood-shedding (the dyeing of steel in blood). Probably these 
comments led us to write steel, which now (sero sapientes) we regard as an 
oversight. 7 

659. 664. We have not printed in our final text the readings men- 
tioned in our notes on these verses at p. 96. We leave ὑμέναιον, though 
still suspecting that it is corrupt, and for ἀμφὲ we accept dial from Davies. 
This will make our version in 1. 705 for the sad blood. 

667. We have, with Paley, taken οὕτως to be the adv. of comparison 
so, not, with Peile, merely: but ἀγάλακτον φιλόμαστον δὲ we interpret, 
weaned from its mother’s milk but still teat-loving, i.e. not old enough to be 
carnivorous. , 

681. We have retained ἐκ θεοῦ in the text, though still dissatished 


with it and wishing for θείας ὧδ᾽, The version may be: 


‘So from some god within the dwelling 
. ™ , "| ἜΣ ; 
a priest of bale *twas bred. 


The πρὸς in προσεθρέφθη suggests a possibility that Aesch. wrote πρὸς 
θεοῦ δ᾽.. δόμοισιν ἐθρέφθη (or even δόμοις προσεθρέφθη). : 

717. The negatives μήτε... μήτε are determined by the imperative 
ἄγε before. 

719. Hermann renders τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι, the seeming to be; but προτίουσι 

~ e ᾶΪ » o .) τ- 

suggests a doubt. Could Aesch. have written πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἄρα τοῦ γ᾽ εἶναι τὸ 
δοκεῖν mporiove: ? , 

737—8. In this place, which we hold to be corrupt, our translation 
assumes a reading πόνον for πόνος. See note in Comsp. Lect. 


ADDENDA. 205 


745. This place may be suspected of corruption (1) on account of the 
harsh construction φθορὰς... ψήφους ἔθεντο and (2) because it is strange to 
say that the gods, without Aearing tongue-witness, proceeded to vote. 
The struggle at Ilium went on for ten years, during which the gods, divided 
in feeling, as the Iliad tells, heard much tongue-witness (or tongue-plead- 
ing) on both sides. It seems more proper to say that at the last, when a 
final decision took place, the gods did not pronounce with the tongue (ἀπὸ 
y\woons) their sentence of ruin and massacre against Ilium, but proceeded 
to vote this without one negative ballot. If Aesch. wrote κρίνοντες instead 
of κλύοντες, construction and sense would be improved : 


‘for the gods our process judged 
not by tongue-sentence—ruin with the deaths of men 
to Ilium—but cast votes into the bloody urn 
without dissension, while unto the opposing rim 
hope of a hand came ever near, yet filled it not.’ 


973. “Av οὖσα here is very suspicious, as οὖσα is not hypothetic but 
causal, We had surmised ἁλοῦσα, which we now find conjectured by 
Haupt, and adopted by Enger and Karsten. Hermann reads ἐκτὸς δ᾽ ἂν 
οὖσα, and so Dav. This gives good Greek, but weak sense. 

985. Δέχεσθαι λόγον is the correlative of διδόναι λόγον. The latter 
means ‘to offer or commence a discussion or conversation,’ the former, ‘to 
accept it by replying.’ Aeschylus does not make Clytaemnestra suggest 
that Cassandra is unacquainted with the Greek language. This would be 
to stultify himself, as the queen speaks in Greek, and in Greek bids Cas- 
sandra give sign with her hand. What is meant is this; that Cassandra. 
though understanding Greek when spoken to her, may not know it well 
enough (ἀξυνήμων οὖσα) to speak freely in reply (δέχεσθαι λόγον). 

1069. The use of fovds as applied to sound is defended by Butler 
in Peile’s note. He says: ‘non incommode haec vox in utroque sensu 
de lusciniis dici potest. De sono certe usurpatur in duobus locis a 
Blomfieldio laudatis; altero ex Anthol. Iv. 200, οὔρεσι καὶ σκιεραῖς ξουθὰ 
λαλεῦντα νάπαις, altero ex Athen. XIII. p. 608 D. ξουθοῖσιν ἀνέμοις. Huic 
interpretationi fidem faciunt quae sequuntur λιγείας ἀηδόνος et ὀρθίοις ἐν 
νόμοις.᾽ We alone are responsible for the reading ξουθᾶς instead of ξουθά, 
but the foregoing note added to what we have said at p. 118, shows that 
the epithet is not limited to colour, nor to the nightingale. 

1190. ἐμοῦ μισθόν. It is useless to seek a minute interpretation of 
a phrase, which, as Paley justly observes, is ambiguous, and, we think, 
designedly so. We may note that Clytaemnestra will pay off Cassandra for 
coming; for she will kill her (1189); and she will ay of Agamemnon for 
bringing Cassandra; for she will kill him (1192), 

1204. ἐκπράξας Ewe. We cannot accept Peile’s interpretation of this 
word, ‘having unmade,’ any more than that of Paley. Our rendering 


ADDENDA. 


is confirmed by ἐκπράξασα 540: ‘the seer-god first made her a seer, and 
then led her away to death.’ ay ea > 
1259. In respect of this verse, we rejoice to find — eps “" ὋΝ 
agreement with Butler, who, as cited in Peile’s note, a it, — ο 
magis deploro statum rerum humanarum quam caedem mihi say“? Ξ . 
1263. We are now inclined to agree with Dobree, Blomfield anc 
Peile, in placing the comma after ἐσέλθῃς. : : A 
1291. Klausen and Peile explain βίον τείνοντες all ous | fe one. 
Considering the old age of the Chorus, we prefer the view taken in our 
slation. 
eo Pitiless. Peile exhibits the play of words closely and Mga 
‘thou hast cast off, thou hast cut off, and an off-cast from thy people shalt 
thou be.’ τες ΡΝ Ἐπ os 
1401. We ought not to have called ἀξύστατος an amas λεγόμενον, 
but a word of Aeschylean invention. Aristophanes proves this by using it, 
evidently for a flouting purpose, of Aeschylus himself : ἐγὼ yap a 
νομίζω πρῶτον ἐν ποιηταῖς, ψόφου πλέων, ἀξύστατον, στόμφακα, mpererar | 
Nub. 1367. Athenaeus cites a line containing it (ἀσυστάτοισι...τύχαι5) from 
a writer called Xenarchus, who must also have borrowed it from our poet. 
1415. For the manifestly corrupt οἴκοις τοῖσδε, we have conjectured 
οἰκονόμον. But ἐν μελάθροις is equally feasible, οἴκοις τοῖσδε being a gloss. 
1528. τὰ ποδήρη, the parts about the feet, i.e. the toes (Blomf. gl.). . fF 
κτένας Peile says: ‘the teeth, quills, or prongs of any forked or comb-like 
instrument: hence, by an obvious comparison, the fingers of the human hand. 
1552. τῶν ἐπὶ ζυγῷ. These are the ζυγῖται, who ina Greek trireme 
occupied the bench midway between the @pavirac at the stern, and the 
θαλάμιοι at the prow. See Blomfield’s glossary. 


1607. Tothe wise and weighty words of Prof. Karsten (cited on p. 156) 
we desire to add the testimony, not less wise and weighty, of a much-lamented 
scholar, a contemporary and friend of our own, learned and sagacious 
beyond his years, who, if his valuable life had been prolonged to a term 
far short of that which his distinguished brothers have reached, would in 
all probability have occupied and adorned the Greek chair of ( ambridge. 
We allude to Mr John Wordsworth. In his Review of Prof. Scholefield’s 
Aeschylus, which appears in the Pizlological Museum, Vol. I. p. 209, he 
says, “ A scrupulous, we had almost said superstitious, reverence for the 
authority of the manuscripts, is the principle to which Mr δ ellauer has 
uniformly adhered in his edition of Aeschylus; and this principle, which 
under certain restrictions is an excellent and judicious one, has been 
adopted by Professor Scholefield with very slight modification or abate- 
ment. Both of them appear to us to have pushed it too far. We are no 
advocates for the licentious extravagance of those critics who make a 


ADDENDA. 207 
display of their own skill and ingenuity at the expense. of their author; 
but on the other hand great caution is necessary, lest in our zeal for the 
authority of the manuscripts we should assert it in defiance of the laws of 
the language. 70 the testimony of manuscripts so corrupt as those of 
Aeschylus we must not hastily surrender the established rules of syntax and 
metre..... If every editor should adhere with the same tenacity as Mr 
Wellauer to the readings of his manuscripts, and those readings, which are 
at variance with rules, were to be added to the catalogue of exceptions, 
there is no solecism or irregularity for which we might not find a sanction ; 
and the grammar of the language, instead of being simplified and reduced 


to more general principles as the language is more studied, would become 


almost a chaos of perplexity and confusion.” ‘Then, after referring to 


several notes on the Supflices in Prof. Scholefield’s edition, Mr J. Words- 
worth adds: ‘In such instances he” (the Professor) ‘‘appears to us to have 
been misled by an excess of caution, and to have sacrificed the principles 
of the language to an undue deference for the authority of the manuscripts.” 
Mr Paley, too, in the Preface to his 12mo edition of 1858 virtually re- 
cognizes similar principles, and in his several 8vo. editions he, like 
Hermann, has in practice exemplified them. He says: ‘*Tenenda semper 
est media quaedam via editori, qui quidem studiosae iuventuti prodesse 
velit; ut nec vana coniectandi libidine abripiatur neque nimia vulgatae 
lectionis veneratione deceptus (id quod quibusdam contigisse videtur) inepte 
scripta aut male Graeca novis anteponat, si modo quae nova feruntur multo 
probabiliora sint. LZst profecto in Aeschylo edendo, ac fortasse diu erit, et 
ingento locus et diuturnae cogitationis materia fere inexhausta),.” He goes 
on, however, to caution his reader against exaggerating the depravation of 
ms. texts, and quotes Hermann to the effect that ‘*multo minus corruptos ad 
nos pervenisse veteres scriptores, quam a criticis esse corruptos.” This 
Mr Paley considers ‘non inepte dictum,’ but we should call it ‘ineptissime 
dictum :᾿ for the old writers have ‘come down to us’ in manuscripts clogged 
with corruption, which since the invention of printing numerous critics 
have laboured, with much success, to purify. And (while we protest 
against the attempt of Keck, in his Agamemnon, to rewrite and restore the 
text from the resources of his own imagination, while we disapprove many 
conjectures too rashly admitted by others) it will surprise us if any 
edition (later than a possible Aldine) of any ancient author can be shown 
to be more corrupt than the mss. from which it is taken. Corruption is 
indeed due to critics; but these were the copyists themselves and the 
marginal commentators through whose hands the manuscripts passed down 
to the times of the Renaissance and thence ‘ad nos.’ 

Our Conspectus Lectionum scarcely exhibits one third of the corruptions 
which exist in mss., nor has Mr Paley thought it worth while to collect 


them: but all, or nearly all, may be seen in Hermann’s notes. About one 


+ The Italics are our own. 


ADDENDA. 


half of the Agamemnon rests upon two mss. only, Fl. and Farn., both 
abounding in corruption, but the latter here and there furnishes a good cor- 
rection. Editors have, we think, dealt too hardly with Demetrius Triclinius. 
He was not a great scholar certainly, but he sometimes produces an excellent 
emendation, if indeed he did not find it in some ms. since lost. See τρο- 
gevow in 1. 676. Hermann, cited by Paley, says, that critical scholars 
in the outset suspect more corruption than they find on mature examination. 
Our experience bears an opposite testimony. During the task of editing we 
think we have seen more corruption than we suspected before. 

We add a few words on those changes of the text, noted by an asterisk 
in Consp~. L., which are made or suggested on our own responsibility. 

I. a. The following deviations from the vulgate make no change affecting 
sense or translation: 

ll. 156—8, 179, 189—9Q0, 21 
916, 925, 986, 1016—17, 1064—5, 1070—71, 1181, 1340, 1461. 

ὦ. The following do not change sense, and modify translation little: 

ll. 17, 356, 388—9, 402, 865, 927, 947, 1023, 1091, 1386. 

c. The following keep the general sense, but modify translation more 
or less materially: 

ll. 264, 284, 937—8, 948, 950, 980, 981—2, 1018, 1028, 1044, 1069, 
1105—6, 1199—1201, 1380, 1418. 

d. ‘The only place in which we have substituted a sense other than that 


> on ὍΡΟΙ ) be » ‘ "» 
, 668, 670, 677—8, 7o1, 706, 710---11, 


- 
τ 
e 
ΕΝ 
Ἢ 


which the vulgate implies, 151]. 506, where we give πόλει for στρατῷ, which we 
think a blu. lering gloss. Hermann, believing as we do, writes φρενῶν. 

6. The emendation of Il. 1253—¥4 is perhaps our boldest: but the note 
at p. 131 will show why we believe it necessary and right. 

j. Our readings in ll. 157, 383—4 are merely tentative, as in these 
places no approach to certainty can be made. 

11. We suggest, but have not made, the following changes: 

121. Kedvds dre στρατόμαντις ἴδεν 137—8. φάσματ᾽" ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὖν Thor 
ἐκκαλέω 166. τάδ᾽ ἐστὶ (for βιαίω) 215. pectic 231. ἡ are (for 
tamt) 358. λακτίζοντι 3809. ὀφθαλμῶν 3092. εὖτ᾽ ἣν ἐσθλά τις δοκῶν 
ὁρᾶν, 307. ὑπερβατώτερ᾽ " ἐς 427. κτίζουσ᾽ 419. ἔμμορφοι 
556. κινοῦντες 575. τοροῖσι δ᾽ 658. νέον ὑμέν͵, 681. θείας ὧδ᾽ 
737. SeenoteonC.Z. 745. κρίνοντες 934—5. ὑπὲρ βιότου κύματ᾽ 
ἄφαντον ἕρμ᾽ ἔπαισεν. 9580. εὐλαβηθείς. 973. ἁλοῦσα τιρι. ἐπεύχεται 
δέ, φωτὶ θήγουσα ξίφος, 272. ἐγώ. 1539. ἀθλίῳ παίδων (for ἐπὶ 
δέκ᾽ ἀθλίῳθ. For other suggestions see our notes on 981—2, 1550, &c. 


INDEX. 


Numerals refer to our pages. B. 
pag 


Blomfield’s glossary. L. Linwood’s 


Lexicon. LS. Liddell and Scott’s Lexicon.] 


᾿Αγάλακτος 96 L. LS. 2 

ἄγαλμα 68 L. 

dyyapos 168 B. 

ἄγη 165 B. L. 

ἄγκαθεν κε LS. 1 

ἀγλάϊσμα 131 luxury L. 

ἀγνὼς ignorant 112 

ἀγοραῖοι θεοὶ 164 

ἀγρεῖν 165 L. 

ἀγύρτρια female conjurer 128 
mendicant L. 

ἄδολος (παρηγορία) 62 

ἀείδειν ἢ μινύρεσθαι 57 

“Αἰδου μήτηρ 125 B. L. 

αἴλινος 64 

αἰνεῖν speak 62, 1433; praise 104 

αἴρειν στόλον 60 Β. 

αἰχμὴ temper 83 B. L. 

axéXevoros, ἄμισθος, 108 

ἄκρος first-rate 92, 1183; superficial 
99 B. ‘ 

ἀλαπάξζειν or λαπάζειν 165 

ἀλάστωρ xi. 143 L. 

ἄλεπτος 65, 165 B. 

ἄλη 68 B. 

ἀλλὰ 113, 176 

ἀλοίδορος 81, 171 

ἁμαρτία x. 

dudpria wages of sin 86 

ἀμήνιτος 93 B. ἀμηνίτως 111 

ἀμπλάκητος 7 

ἀμφὶ 96 L. 

audlrexros 103 B. 

ἀμφινεικὴς debated 95 

dudloBawa 125 B. 


K. A. 


dv 205 ἴ,. 

ἀνάσσειν 164 

ἄνατος 124 
ἀνδροσφαγεῖον 115, 176 
ἀνδρὼν 70 

ἀνοτοτύζειν 114 
ἀντήλιος 86 B. 

ἀντήνωρ 82 B. 
ἀντιδίκος 59 
ἀντίμολπος 57 
ἀντιτίεσθαι 127 

ἀντολὴ 56 L. who defends line 7 
ἄνω 75 

ἄξει 150 

ἀξιοῦν 104 

ἀξυνήμων 113 L, 
ἀξύστατος 142 L. 
ἄπαππος 75 

ἀἁπαρκεῖν 80, 170 
᾿Απία γαῖα (Peloponnesus) 71 L. 
amdola 65 L. LS. 
ἀποδικεῖν 138 B. L. 
᾿Απόλλων 114 
amoréuvew 138 

ἄπτερος 72 

dupa lepd 61 B. L. 
ἀρὰ δημόκραντος 83 
ἀργᾷς or ἀργᾶς 165 
ἀρκύστατα (36 B. 
dpuryh 60 

arn x. 128 &c., B. L. LS. 
ἄτιμος 81, 171 

ἀτίτης 61, 163 
dro\unrws 80 
αὐτοκτόνος 115 


ADDENDA. 


half of the Agamemnon rests upon two mss. only, Fl. and Farn., both 
abounding in corruption, but the latter here and there furnishes a good cor- 
rection. Editors have, we think, dealt too hardly with Demetrius Triclinius. 
He was not a great scholar certainly, but he sometimes produces an excellent 
emendation, if indeed he did not find it in some ms. since lost. See τρο- 
φεῦσιν in 1. 676. Hermann, cited by Paley, says, that critical scholars 
in the outset suspect more corruption than they find on mature examination. 
Our experience bears an opposite testimony. During the task of editing we 
think we have seen more corruption than we suspected before. 

We add a few words on those changes of the text, noted by an asterisk 
in Consp. Z., which are made or suggested on our own responsibility. 

I. a. The following deviations from the vulgate make no change affecting 
sense or translation: 

ll. r56—8, 179, 189—9Q0, 215, 668, 670, 677—8, 7o1, 706, 
916, 925, 986, 1016—17, 1064—5, 1070—71, 1181, 1340, 1461. 

ὦ. The following do not change sense, and modify translation little: 

ll. 17, 356, 388—9, 402, 865, 927, 947, 1023, 1091, 1386. 

c. The following keep the general sense, but modify translation more 


͵ 


or less materially: 

ll. 264, 284, 937—8, 948, 950, 980, 981—2, 1018, 1028, 1044, 1069, 
1105—6, 1199—1201, 1380, 1415. 

d. ‘The only place in which we have substituted a sense other than that 
which the vulgate implies, is 1. 506, where we give πόλει for στρατῷ, which we 
think a blu. lering gloss. Hermann, believing as we do, writes φρενῶν. 

6. ‘The emendation of ll. 1253—4 is perhaps our boldest: but the note 
at p. 131 will show why we believe it necessary and right. 

jf. Our readings in ll. 157, 383—4 are merely tentative, as in these 
places no approach to certainty can be made. 

II. We suggest, but have not made, the following changes: 

121. κεδνὸς ὅτε στρατόμαντις ἴδεν 137—8. φάσματ᾽" ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὖν Thor 
ἐκκαλέω 166. τάδ᾽ ἐστὶ (for βιαίω) 215. μεθιεῖσ 231. ἡ ᾿πι (for 
τἀπὶ 358. λακτίζοντι 389. ὀφθαλμῶν 4302. εὖτ᾽ ἣν ἐσθλά τις δοκῶν 
ὁρᾶν, 307. ὑπερβατώτερ᾽ " ἐς 427. κτίζουσ᾽ 419. ἔμμορφοι 
556. κινοῦντες 575. τοροῖσι d 658. νέον ὑμέν᾽, 681. θείας ὧδ᾽ 
737. SeenoteonC.Z. 745. κρίνοντες 034--5. ὑπὲρ βιότου κύματ᾽ 
ἄφαντον ἕρμ᾽ ἔπαισεν. 050. εὐλαβηθείς. 973. ἁλοῦσα [101. ἐπεύχεται 
δέ, φωτὶ θήγουσα ξίφος, 1272. ἐγώ. 1539. ἀθλίῳ παίδων (for ἐπὶ 
δέκ᾽ ἀθλίῳθ. For other suggestions see our notes on 981—2, 1559, &c. 


INDEX. 


[Numerals refer to our pages. B. 


Blomfield’s glossary. L. Linwood’s 


Lexicon. LS. Liddell and Scott’s Lexicon.] 


᾿Αγάλακτος 96 L. LS. 2 

ἄγαλμα 68 L. 

dyyapos 168 B. 

ἄγη 165 B. L. 

ἄγκαθεν 55 LS. 1 

ἀγλάϊσμα 131 luxury L. 

ἀγνὼς zgnorant 112 

ἀγοραῖοι θεοὶ 164 

ἀγρεῖν 165 L. 

ἀγύρτρια female conjurer 128 B. 
mendicant L. 

ἄδολος (παρηγορία) 62 

ἀείδειν ἢ μινύρεσθαι 57 

“Αἰδου μήτηρ 125 B. L. 

αἴλινος 64 

αἰνεῖν speak 62, 143; praise 104 

αἴρειν στόλον 60 B. 

αἰχμὴ temper 83 B. L. 

ἀκέλευστος, ἄμισθος, 108 

ἄκρος first-rate 92, 118; superficial 
99 B. ‘ 

ἀλαπάζειν or λαπάζειν 165 

ἀλάστωρ xi. 143 L. 

ἄλεπτος 65, 165 B. 

ἄλη 68 B. 

ἀλλὰ 113, 176 

adoldopos 81, 171 

ἁμαρτία x. 

dudpria wages of sin 86 

ἀμήνιτος 93 B. aunvirws 111 

ἀμπλάκητος 7 

ἀμφὶ 96 L. 

ἀμφίλεκτος 103 B. 

ἀμφινεικὴς debated 95 

audloBawa 125 B. 


K. A, 


ἄν 205 ,. 

ἀνάσσειν 164 

ἄνατος 124 
ἀνδροσφαγεῖον 115, 176 
ἀνδρὼν 70 

ἀνοτοτύζειν 114 
ἀντήλιος 86 B. 

ἀντήνωρ 82 B. 
ἀντιδίκος 59 
ἀντίμολπος 57 
ἄντιτίεσθαι 127 

ἀντολὴ 56 L. who defends line 7 
ἄνω 75 

ἄξει 150 

ἀξιοῦν 104 

ἀξυνήμων 113 1,. 
ἀξύστατος 142 L. 
ἄπαππος 75 

ἀἁπαρκεῖν 80, 170 
᾿Απία γαῖα (Peloponnesus) 71 L. 
ἀπλοία 65 L. LS. 
ἀποδικεῖν 138 B. L. 
᾿Απόλλων 114 
ἀποτέμνειν 138 
ἄπτερος 72 

ἄπυρα lepd 61 B. L. 
ἀρὰ δημόκραντος 83 
ἀργᾷς or ἀργᾶς 165 
ἀρκύστατα τ36 B. 
ἀρωγὴ 60 

arn x. 128 &c., B. L. LS. 
ἄτιμος 81, 171 

ἀτίτης 61, 163 
dro\unrws 80 
αὐτοκτόνος I15 


ΦΙΟ INDEX. 


αὐτότοκος 64 B. L. 

αὐτοῦ 83 

αὐτόχθονος 86 

ἀχέων πόρθμευμα 146 

ἀχηνία 81, 203 Β. L. take our view 
Aegisthus xi. xiv. 147 
Agamemnon xi. xiv. 100 ἃς. 
Argos xvi.—xvilil. 

Article 93, 104 

Atreus 148 


Bapelacs (ζεύγλαι5) 51 L. 
βαστάζειν 58 

βιαίως 67 

βιῶνται 99, 174 

βλαβεὶς with gen. 64 
βοὴν κηρύσσειν 134 B. 
Bois ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ 58 Ὁ. 
βρίζω 72 Β. 

βωμὸς δίκης 80, 171 
Beacons 73 


Γάγγαμον ἄτης net 79 B. 

γάνος 8y, 137, 181 L. who in ]. 
1321 prefers Hermann’s em. dis 
νότῳ γανᾷ 

yap 109 

Γηρύων 103 B. 

γίγας Ζέφυρος 95 B. 

γραῖα (de re), 74 B. 

γραφὴ 70, 132 B. 


Adnu 64 B. 

δεῖμα or δεῖγμα 107, 1 

δέχεσθαι λόγον 113, 205 

δημιοπληθὴς 64, 165 B. 

diavdos 78 B. 

δικαιοῦν 80 B. 

δίκην 55 B. 

δισσὸς 64, 165 

δίφυιος 142, 181 

δοκῶν ὁρᾷ (or ὁρᾶν) 82, 171, 208 

δορίπαλτος 63 B. 

δόρυ 119 B. L. 

δρόσος 65 B. L. 

δυνάστης 56 B. L. who takes it to 
mean planets and greater stars 

δύσεδρος 97 B. 

δωματοφθορεῖν 106, 165 B. 


᾿Εγὼ 133 
ἔδρα 63 


εἱλόμην 203 

ἐκ δρόμου 126 B. 

ἐκ θυμοῦ 69 B. 

ἐκ θυσιῶν 90, 174 
ἐκκαλεῖν 65, 165 
ἐκμαρτυρεῖν 122 
ἐκπάτιος 60 B. L. 
ἐκπράσσειν 128, 205 
ἐκτελὴς 63, 164 L. 
ἐκφάτως οὔ B. L. 
Ἑλένη Q5 

ἔμβασις 106 B. 

ἐν αἵμασι οὔ, 173 
ἐναίσιμος 88 Β. 

ἐν μέρει 77 B. 

ὃν τέμνων or ἐντέμνων 57, 103 
ἔντερα 125 

ἐν ψήφῳ λέγειν 88 Β. 
ἐξαγίζειν 93 Β. L. 
ἐπαείδειν 110 Β. 
ἐπεγχέασα 118, 177 
ἐπεὶ ex quo 55, guoniam 112, 176 
ἐπιθέσθαι 138 
ἐπιλέγεσθαι 143 
ἐπινέμειν 84 B. 
ἐπίστροφος 81 B. 
ἐπορθιάζειν 58 B. 
ἐρικύμων 64, 165 B. L. (under Aaywos) 
ἐρινὺς 202 

ἕρκος 71 B. 

Epua 109, 110 B. 

ἔσω 133 

ev yap εἴη 195 
εὔμορφος 83 L. 

εὐναῖς 140 

εὖ πεσεῖν 83 B. 

εὖ πρᾶξις οἱ, 168 B. 
εὐσεβεῖν 78 

εὔφημος 126 B. 
εὐφρόνη 72 B. 

εὔφρων 99, 174 B. 
épéorios 172 B. 
Erinyes, Eumenides vii, ix. 


Ζεῦγος 60 B. 

Ζεὺς ξένιος 61 5; σωτὴρ 136 
ζυγῷ, ol ἐπὶ (ζυγῖται) 149 
Zeugma 88, 94 


Ἥφαιστος 73 


Θανάσιμος 121, 178 


θερίζειν 86 
θερμὸν οὖς 120 
θυοσκινεῖν 164 
θυραῖος 112, 164 
Thyestes, 148 


"Ins οὔ, 173 
lod 163 


ἰσοτριβὴς 181; ἱστοτριβὴς B. L. 


Ἴτυς 178 B. 


Καίριος 117, 133, 177 B. 
καλλίπρωρος 70 B. 
κάσις Edvoupos 85 
κατὰ in compos. 56 
κάτοπτος 75 b. 
κῆδος 95 Bb. 
κλάζειν ἐπινίκια 67 
κλύοντες 205 
κοιμᾶν φλόγα go 
κοιμᾶσθαι φρουρὰν 55 
κόρος a B. 

I 


κρατεῖν 50 


κρόκου Badal 70, 167 B. L. 


Κρόνος 64 

κτήσιος 109 L. 

κύκνος 140 

κύριος 63 B. L. 

κυροῦνθ᾽ ὅπως 136 L. 
κύων πτανὸς 64; κύων 125 
Cassandra xvi. 


Clytaemnestra Xi. XVi. 


Λάκτισμα δείπνου 149 L. 
λαμπαδηφόρων νόμοι 75 Ὁ. 
λέγοις 76 

λέξαις 164 

λέπαδνον 69 B. 

λήθομαι 59 B. 

Aovyds 116, 177 


Μελαμπαγὴς 80 Β. 
μὲν ---δὲ 55 

μετὰ in compos. 69 
μεταγιγνώσκειν 69 
μέτοικος 60, 202 
μῆκος 55, 202 
μηχάνημα 117 
μηχαρίζεσθαι 117 
μίσθος 129, 205 
Μοῖρα, Μοῖραι ix. 
μυχόθεν, μυχὸς 62 Β. 


INDEX. 


Macbeth xiv.—xvi. 
Mycenae xvii. 


Ναυτίλος 140 
νείκη 181 L. 
velpa 142 B. L. 
νεκρῶν σωτὴρ 136 


Ξιουθὸς 118, 205 


Ὅδιος 63 B. L. 

οἰκονόμος 65, 143 
ὁμοιοπρεπὴς 99 B. 
ὁμότοιχος 109 B. 

ὄρεγμα 177 L. 

ὁρμαίνειν θυμὸν 137 L. differs 
ὅρος 84 L. differs 

᾿Ορφεὺς 150 

ὅσσοις διόθεν 83 

οὐδὲν λέγειν 66, 166, 203 
οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως with opt. 91 
οὐ μεθύστερον 82, 263 
οὕτως 204 

Odyssey xi 

Oresteia vil. x. 


Παιὰν 70, 166 

παίσας or πταίσας 150, 183 

παιώνιος 172 B. 

παλιμμήκης 194 B. 

παλίρροθος 68, 166 B. 

πανὸς 73, 168 B. 

πάρα 112 L. 

παράσημος 98 B. 

παρασκοπεῖν 137 B. 

παρηβᾶν 108 B. L. 

πάρηξις 88 B. 

παρ᾽ οὐδὲν as nought 69 B. 

παροψώνημα further relish 140 B. 

πατρῷος 128, 166 L. explains βωμος 
πατρῷος the altar at which my 
father was slain 

πείθειν 112 

πέλανος 62 B. 

πεπαίτερος 135 B. 

πλέον φέρειν 110 B. 

πνεῖν Apn 80 B. 

ποδήρης, “οὔ 

ποίου χρονου 78 Bb. 

πόλει read for στρατῷ 87, 208 

πολυάνωρ 61 B. 

πράκτωρ 63 B. 


212 INDEX. 


πράσσειν 105, 129 Téepdfew 165 
πράσσεσθαι τοι B. τιθέσθαι 58 
πρέπειν 58, 132 τιμᾶν παιᾶνα 70 
πρὶν ὧν 66 tts 60, 821,. 
προβάλλειν 109 τλῆναι with participle 128 
πρόβουλος 80, 170 τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι 09, 2041, 
πρόδικος 83 τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι (?) 122 L. 
πρὸς ἡδονὴν 74 B. τριακτὴρ 67 
πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 150 Β. τρίβειν σχολὴν 112 (as Weil; we 
πρὸς κόρον 80, 170 B. think all others wrong) 
πρὸς τὸ βίαιον 64 B. τρίβος 68 
προτέλεια 61 B. τριπάχυιος 142 (Bl. with Klausen r. 
tporlew gg L. τριπάλαιον) 
πρὸ τοῦ φανέντος 84 τρίπους 61 
προτυπεὶς 64 Β, τρὶς & 58 
προὔκειτο 73 τριτόσπονδος 70 B. L. 
πρὼν headland 75 τροπαία 69 Β. 
πτὰξ 64 Β. τρύπος 60 
πυθόκραντος 127 B. Τυνδάρεως 62 
Parodos 202 τῶν ἀπὸ στρατοῦ 86 
Play on words 95, 1 [4 
Pleisthenes 149 Ὕβρις x. 
Pro-Ode, 203 vyela 109 
ὑμέναιος 108 
Ῥαντήριος 176 L. ὑμνῳδεῖν 108 
ῥέεθρον 167 ὕπατος 60 
ῥύσιον 861,. ὑπὲρ ἄστρων 79 
ὑπέργηρως 61, 164 L. 
Σειραφόρος 102 B. ὑπερτελὴς 73 L. See προὔκειτο 
σκήπτειν 75 ὑπέρφευ 170 
σπλάγχνα 125 Uranus 66 
στρουθὸς 165 B. L. 
συμφορὰ 58 Φαίνειν 164, 203 
συνδίκως 149 φιλήτωρ 140 
σὺν νεορρύτῳ ξίφει 134 φρὴν φρένες 109 
σύνορθρος 71 Β,1,. φυλακὰν κατασχεῖν 70 
συντελὴς πόλις 86 L. 
σχολὴ 112 Χαλκοῦ βαφαὶ 093, 204 
Spurious Verse (?) 163 χάριν συναινέσαι 84 
Strymon 68 ᾿ς χελιδόνος δίκην 112 
χέουσα 70, 167 
Taxa 63 χέρνιψ B. 111 
τὰ ψευδῇ καλά, κεδνὰ τἀληθῆ οἱ Choreutae, number of. [33 
τεθνᾶναι 86, 204 Chorus xii. 
τείνειν βίον 135, 206 
τέκμαρ 72 Ψήφους ἔθεντο τοι, 205 
τελευταῖος 75 L., with whom we do 
not agree ‘Os since (of time) 1 24 
τέμνειν φάρμακον (ἄκος) 57 ὡς εὐδαίμονες 77 


CAMBRIDGE: PRIN ΓΕ. 


| 
| S8Ae7 
| Aeschs lus 


| A φᾶν ey) nov} 
TEP. ($69 betes og... 


— a 
= al oe 
he AR OE? FT TET ἐεψῳ»»" - 


Set ΟΣΕΣ too ab 
iment Te ie 


y h Pas tts 2 ξ ; 

τὰ κυ δ, κ οἱ fe a tos σῷ ΤΩ , . + ter’ 2 ΣΤ rie ris 

; so EW Sg : : ; att elrirkr eaten 
Cod gn heels a tare eltety 


τ ᾿ ἜΣ Tibia wpe 


